S3000 H188-H189

Service Training
3205-3307
Release 2009-12-01
EN
SERVICE TRAINING - 3205-3307
2141325
SERVICE TRAINING
EN
2141325
3205-3307
SERVICE TRAINING
EN
2141325
3205-3307
SERVICE TRAINING
EN
2141325
H188-H189
3205-3307
SERVICE TRAINING
EN
2141325
H188-H189
3205-3307
SERVICE TRAINING
EN
2141325
H188-H189
3205-3307
01 - View
02 - Operators manual / maintenance
03 - Illustrations - mechanics
04 - Illustrations - electrics
05 - Illustrations hydraulics
06 - Electric circuit diagrams
07 - Hydraulic circuit diagrams
08 - Manuals
09 - Suppliers documentation
10 - Machine data
11 - Transportation data
12 - Appendix
a
Drive diagram 3000 series
# 2067359
3205 3307
Hydraulic-Training 1/3
# 2067359
3410 3520 HT
# 2067359
3625 HT
View
# 2071079
List of types series 3000
H188 H189 H179 H180 H176 H177
3205 3307 3410 3412 3516

STANDARD
3411 3414 3518

3520
3205 P 3307 P 3410 P 3412 P 3516 P

3411 P 3414 P 3518 P
3520 P
3307 VIO 3412 VIO
3414 VIO
3307 HT 3412 HT 3516 HT 3625 HT

HAMMTRONIC
3414 HT 3518 HT
3520 HT
3307 HT P 3412 HT P 3516 HT P
3414 HT P 3518 HT P
3520 HT P
3307 HT VIO 3412 HT VIO

3414 HT VIO
View 1 / 29
View
# 2071079
Type designation e.g. 3307
HAMMTRONIC
Operating weight [t]
Vibration- / Oscillation drum
Assembly
Series 3000
3307 HT VIO
P Padfoot
A Asphalt version
View 2 / 29
View
# 2071079
View of roller drum from the left

Engine room 3205
Engine room 3307 / ..HT
View 3 / 29
View
# 2071079
View of roller drum from the right
Engine (Type view)
Engine (Cooling air duct)
Switch box Standard
Switch box HAMMtronic
View 4 / 29
View
# 2071079
Engine compartment (left side) 3205 (H158) Air filter
Filter indicator for

main filter
Main filter for

hydraulic drive
and vibration
Filler neck
Engine oil
Oil dip stick
Fuel filter
Fuel pre-filter
Engine oil filter
View 5 / 29
View
# 2071079
Engine compartment (right side) 3205 (H158)
Starter relay
Brake release valve
Brake solenoid
Vibration pump
Drive pump
Connector block
Steering pump
Test port
Steering pump
max. 175 bar
Steering silencer
View 6 / 29
View
# 2071079
Engine compartment (left side) 3205 (H188)
Luftfilter
Sensor Khlmittelstand
Verschmutzungsanzeige
- Hauptfilter
Hauptfilter Fahr- u.
Vibrohydraulik
Einfllstutzen Motorl
lmessstab
Kraftstofffilter
Motorlfilter
View 7 / 29
View
# 2071079

Hauptsicherungen
Bremslseventil mit
Bremsdruckschalter und
Bremsmagnet
Anlassrelais
Kraftstoffvorfilter
Fahrpumpe
Vibropumpe
Sammelblock
Lenkungspumpe
Messanschluss
Lenkungspumpe
max. 175 bar
View 8 / 29
View
# 2071079
Air filter
Filter indicator for

main filter
Main filter for

hydraulic drive
and vibration
Filler neck
Engine oil
Oil dip stick
Fuel filter
Engine oil filter Fuel pre-filter
View 9 / 29
View
# 2071079
Engine compartment (right side) 3307 (H159) Starter relay
Brake release valve
Brake solenoid
Drive pump
Vibration pump
Collector block
Steering pump
View 10 / 29
View
# 2071079
Luftfilter
Sensor Khlmittelstand
Verschmutzungsanzeige
- Hauptfilter
Hauptfilter Fahr- u.
Vibrohydraulik
Einfllstutzen Motorl
lmessstab
Kraftstofffilter
Motorlfilter
View 11 / 29
View
# 2071079

Hauptsicherungen
Bremslseventil mit
Bremsdruckschalter und
Bremsmagnet
Anlassrelais
Kraftstoffvorfilter
Vibropumpe
Fahrpumpe
Sammelblock
Messanschluss
Lenkungspumpe
max. 175 bar
Pumpe Schubschild
Lenkungspumpe
View 12 / 29
View
# 2071079
3205 3307 3205 3307 3412 3625

H158-H159 H188-H189
oil cooled water cooled water cooled
View 13 / 29
View
# 2071079
Engine (Cooling air duct)
Intake of air on the highest

point of the engine hood
Long sound absorbing
distance
High cooling performance,

longevity of the components
Low noise
View 14 / 29
View
# 2071079
Switch box Standard (H158, H159)

Installation of
HCM
Rotary switch
km/h - mph
Vibration relay
Manual pump for

engine hood
Fuses and relays
Plug for Hamm

Compaction Meter
(HCM), CDS and
diagnostic
View 15 / 29
View
# 2071079
Connections for HCM

(=Compaction meter)
(option)
Connection HCN/CDS
(=Compaction Documentation System)
(option)
View 16 / 29
View
# 2071079

Anschluss HCM
Einbauort HCM-Rechner
Zentralplatine mit
Sicherungen u. Relais
Vibrorelais
Handpumpe Motorraum
View 17 / 29
View
# 2071079
Switch box HAMMtronic Installation of

HCM (option)
Rotary switch
km/h - mph
Rotary switch
padfood/smooth
roller drum
Microcontroller
Manual pump for

engine hood
Fuses and relays
Plug for Hamm

Compaction Meter
(HCM), CDS, HCN and
diagnostics
View 18 / 29
View
# 2071079
Switch box HAMMtronic
Connections for HCM

(=Compaction meter)
(option)
Connection HCN/CDS
(=Compaction Documentation System)
(option)
Connection for diagnostics (laptop)
View 19 / 29
View
# 2071079
Switch box HAMMtronic (H188, H189)

Drehschalter
Bandagenversion
Stampffu / Glatt
HCM-Rechner
Neigungssensor
Microcontroller
Zentralplatine mit
Sicherungen u. Relais
Handpumpe Motorraum
Anschluss HCM
View 20 / 29
View
# 2071079
Operating elements standard machine
Vibration
Big amplitude
Small amplitude
View 21 / 29
View
# 2071079
Vibration mode
Manual
Automatic
View 22 / 29
View
# 2071079
Traction control
View 23 / 29
View
# 2071079
Traction Control
Switch with
Stick on front screen
Old sign New sign
Attention!
The Traction Control is only processing in the working gear.
View 24 / 29
View
# 2071079
Drive speed
Transportation gear
Working gear
View 25 / 29
View
# 2071079
Signal horn
View 26 / 29
View
# 2071079
Warning flasher
View 27 / 29
View
# 2071079
R
0
Flasher
Lighting
(Option)
View 28 / 29
View
# 2071079
Monitoring elements on the standard display

identical with the HAMMtronic display !
Engine speed display Frequency display

Speed display
(option) (option)
(option)
View 29 / 29
Series 3000 - Hammtronic
# 2081049
HAMMTRONIC
Overview Hammtronic 1 / 12
# 2081049
Info-Display Engine
Vibration
Drive / ASC
HAMMTRONIC
= microprocessor controlled machines management
# 2081049
Charge
Charge message
message Selection
Selection data
data by
by
Diesel
Diesel engine
engine operator
operator
HAMMTRONIC
Drive Brake
Brake
ASC
Vibration
Engine
Starting and Preselection of final Constant

Constant speed
speed
braking speed function
function
# 2081049
Registering
Registering of
of Speed
Speed comparison
comparison
slope
slope axle
axle drum
drum
HAMMTRONIC
Drive
ASC
Vibration
Engine
Automatic adjustment of hydraulic axle drive and drum

drive
# 2081049
Selection
Selection of
of amplitude
amplitude Preselection of
of
(large/small)
(large/small) frequency
frequency
HAMMTRONIC
Drive
ASC
Vibration
Engine
Automatic control of preselected frequency independent of

soil conditions
# 2081049
Selection
Selection by
by operator:
operator: Speed,
Speed, drive,
drive,
lever,
lever, etc.
etc.
Charge
Charge message
message of of Temperature,
Temperature,
modules:
modules: drive,
drive, cooling
cooling water
water and
and
ASC,
ASC, vibration
vibration HAMMTRONIC hydraulic
hydraulic system
system
Drive
ASC
Vibration
Engine
Limited load Electronic

Electronic adjustment
adjustment of
of diesel
diesel
control engine
engine speed
speed according
according to
to
applications
applications
# 2081049
without HAMMTRONIC: with HAMMTRONIC:

Drive
Drive control
control by
by hydraulic-
hydraulic-
Anti
Anti Slip
Slip Control
Control (ASC)
(ASC)
mechanical
mechanical drive lever
drive lever
Constant
Constant Speed
Speed Drive
Drive (CSD)
(CSD)

Traction
Traction control
control
Shunting
Shunting mode
mode

Manual
Manual mechanical
mechanical Diesel
Diesel engine
engine
Limited
Limited charge
charge control
control
regulation
regulation

Automatic
Automatic engine
engine management
management (load-
(load-

2-point
2-point vibration
vibration (on/off)
(on/off) controlled
controlled speed
speed adjustment)
adjustment)

Infinitely
Infinitely variable
variable vibration
vibration control
control
Different structure:
Sensors
Microprocessor unit
Actuators
Electric linking
# 2081049
Monitoring and operating elements

Preselection Drive mode
Final speed normal
Engine speed shunt mode
Vibrator frequency
+/- Engine
Final speed management
Engine speed manual
Vibrator frequency automatic
Vibration Horn
big amplitude
small amplitude
Vibration mode
Warning flasher
manual R
Flasher
automatic
0
Lightning
L
(Option)
# 2081049
Monitoring and operating elements

Working spotlight
Hydraulic oil filter front and rear Working Cold starter
hour meter
Air filter Warning flasher
Flasher
Engine oil pressure
Charge indicator Water sprinkling
Coolant level
Compaction
Hydraulic oil indicator HCM
level
Jump mode RMV

Hydraulic oil
temperature
Engine temperature Stop Small or big amplitude

Speed
Fuel level display
Engine speed Frequency Padfood roller drum
Parking brake
or error codes
# 2081049
Diagnostics
Pushbutton switch
Auto Teach (black)
For servicing personnel only!

Only HT-version
Pushbutton switch
parking brake check (red)
For servicing personnel only!
# 2081049
Diagnostics
Selector switch
Speed indicator Micro controller
Km miles A/B
Fuses and
relays
Selector switch
drum version
Connecting cables for

compaction meter (HCM), CDS
and diagnosis
# 2081049
Diagnostics
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
3307 HT 3307 HT VIO 3307 HT P
/i
(TD 2011 L04 W)

Applying from factory No. H1890001
15205-10
Operating instructions
with safety notes
Ref. 2078739/10.07-en
HAMM AG 2009
The disclosure as well as the duplication of this document, the use and the forwarding of its contents, are forbidden as far as not expressively permitted. Violations will cause indemnities. All rights with respect
to patent, utility sample or design patent registration reserved.
HAMM AG
D-95633 Tirschenreuth/Germany
P.O. Box 1160
Telephone +49 96 31/80-0
Fax +49 96 31/80 120
www.hamm.eu
Operating instructions
/i
with safety notes
Vibrating Roller
3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO, 3307 HT P
HAMM AG D-95633 Tirschenreuth/Germany P. O. Box 1160 Telephone +49 96 31/80-0 Fax +49 96 31/80 120
HAMM AG 2009 I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of contents 2 OPERATION 28

2.1 Control and operation elements 28
1 GENERAL 1 2.1.1 General 28
2.1.2 Overview 28
1.1 Introduction 1
2.1.3 Description of elements 36
1.1.1 General 1
1.1.2 Foreword to the operating instructions 2 2.2 Driving 66
1.1.3 Special identifications in the text 3 2.2.1 General 66
2.2.2 Precaution measures prior to machine start 68
1.2 Use 4
2.2.3 Start of engine 69
1.2.1 Intended use 4
2.2.4 Driving 72
1.3 Notes 5 2.2.5 Driving with vibration 76
1.3.1 Indications on sound and vibration 5 2.2.6 Driving with vibration/oscillation (VIO) 78
1.3.2 Installation instructions for safety device ROPS cabin 6 2.2.7 Stop, switch off engine, leave machine 80
1.3.3 Installation instructions for safety device 2.2.8 Operation monitoring 82
ROPS anti-rollover bar 7 2.2.9 Towing 84
1.3.4 Safety 8
2.3 Heating/ventilation/cooling 86
1.3.5 Fuel 17
2.3.1 General 86
1.4 Identification of the roller 18 2.3.2 Operation 86
1.4.1 Type sign, VIN. 18 2.3.3 Heating/ventilation/cooling 87
1.5 Technical data 18 2.4 Opening the bonnet 88
1.5.1 Loading and transport 18 2.4.1 General 88
1.5.2 Dimension sheet 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO 20 2.4.2 Opening the bonnet 88
1.5.3 Dimension sheet 3307 HT P 21 2.4.3 Closing the bonnet 89
1.5.4 Technical data 3307 HT 22
1.5.5 Technical data 3307 HT VIO 24
1.5.6 Technical data 3307 HT P 26
II HAMM AG 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3 MAINTENANCE 90 3.7 Maintenance once every 250 operating hours 103

3.7.1 Lubricate articulated frame steering joint 103
3.1 Introduction 90
3.7.2 Lubrication of steering cylinder rod 103
3.1.1 General 90
3.7.3 Lubricate toothbelt for oscillation drive 104
3.1.2 Notes on spare parts ordering 91
3.7.4 Control of the scrapers 104
3.1.3 Safety 92
3.7.5 Control of radiator 104
3.1.4 Use of biologic hydraulic oil 93
3.7.6 Control of oil level in the vibrator 105
3.1.5 Refrigerant conditioning 93
3.7.7 Control of the oil level in the drum gearbox 106
3.2 Lubrication indications 94 3.7.8 Control of the oil level in the differential 107
3.2.1 Viscosity - temperature range 94 3.7.9 Control of the oil level in the wheel reduction gearbox 107
3.2.2 Lubricants used in delivery status 95
3.8 Maintenance once every 500 operating hours 108
3.3 Maintenance overview 96 3.8.1 Replacing the filter insert for the hydraulic system 108
3.3.1 Maintenance plan 96 3.8.2 Replacing the pressure filter for the steering system 108
3.3.2 Required maintenance parts 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO, 3.8.3 Changing the filter cartridge for the fuel pre-filter 109
3307 HT P (TD 2011 L04 W) 97 3.8.4 Checking the wheel nuts for tightness 110
3.3.3 Maintenance parts (Service Kits) 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO,
3.9 Maintenance once every 1000 operating hours 111
3307 P (TD 2011 L04 W) 97
3.9.1 Oil change in the vibrator 111
3.4 Running-in regulations 98 3.9.2 Oil change in the differential 112
3.4.1 After 50 operating hours 98 3.9.3 Oil change in the wheel reduction gearbox 112
3.4.2 After 500 operating hours 98
3.10 Maintenance once every 2000 operating hours,
3.5 Operation monitoring 99 at least once a year 113
3.5.1 Illuminated displays 99 3.10.1 Change hydraulic oil and ventilation filter 113
3.5.2 Dry air filter 99 3.10.2 Changing the refrigerant 114
3.5.3 Contamination display for hydraulic pressure filter 99 3.10.3 Changing the safety cartridge 115
3.5.4 Preliminary fuel filter 99 3.10.4 Oil change in the drum gearbox 116
3.6 Maintenance once every 10 operating hours 100 3.10.5 Change toothbelt for VIO-drive 117
3.6.1 Maintenance points at the engine for engine oil change 100 3.10.6 Visual inspection of hydraulic system 117
3.6.2 Check and clean dry air filter 100
3.6.3 Control of oil level in the hydraulic oil tank 101 4 TABLES 118
3.6.4 Control of refrigerant level for engine cooling system 101 4.1 Diagnostic Code 118
3.6.5 Check the function of the parking brake 102
3.6.6 Check the EMERGENCY STOP (NOT-STOP) function 102
HAMM AG 2009 III

TABLE OF CONTENTS
IV HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1 GENERAL the machine, there is considerable danger of Our customer service training centre holds
tilting, in particular during travels in transversal courses for roller drivers.
direction to slopes. The smooth surface of the
1.1 INTRODUCTION drums or the tyres, respectively, decreases lat-
It will give drivers:
General safety information
eral stability of wet, uneven ground. Operation
1.1.1 General Information on use and maintenance of
is not admitted on snow and ice. When driving
the machine
on hard surfaces, and in particular when driv-
You have purchased a HAMM Quality product. Information on the practical use of the roll-
ing in transversal direction so slopes, lateral
All parts of this machine have been tested and er
stability is decreased when the vibration is
verified carefully. They correspond to the quali- Information of a more rational use with
switched on (danger of falling).
ty you expect. add-on devices
This machine has been built according to the The high reliability of the machine is preserved
Furthermore, our specialist sales advisors are
current state-of-the-art and the current safety through correct use and careful maintenance.
always at your disposition. They will offer you
regulations. However it is indispensable to This includes the use of the obligatory operat-
the optimum product solution for your applica-
read and to observe the safety notes as well as ing resources and the use of original HAMM
tion. The safety, operation and maintenance
the operating and the maintenance instructions spare parts.
notes included in this manual are intended to
prior to start-up. Every inappropriate use, or
This manual will introduce you to the operation be used by roller drivers and mechanics.
use not according to the intended use, of the
of the machine. You will find the following in it:
machine will cause: Thus, keep this manual always at hand!
Regulations for your safety
Dangers to life and health of the user or to
The introduction of the machine and its
third parties
characteristics
Impairment of the machine and further
The operation
properties of the user
The maintenance instructions
Dangers to the efficient work of the ma-
Indication on spare parts management
chine
and customer service
The operating instructions of the combustion
Our representations will help you to keep your
engine is a part of the overall operating instruc-
roller in perfect operating condition.
tions. Maintenance and care of the engine
have to be performed according to these oper- Our representations will be at your disposition
ating instructions. Any safety notes have to be with consulting and service even after the war-
followed. ranty period. They will provide our original
Even if the regulations for safety, use and HAMM spare parts which do not only corre-
maintenance are followed, residual dangers spond to the technical requirements but also
will remain. Due to the high operating weight ensure exchangeability and quality.
and to the high distance of gravity centres of
HAMM AG 2009 1
GENERAL
1.1.2 Foreword to the operating These operating instructions must be read and
instructions applied by all persons ordered with works with
or on the machine, e.g.
These operating instructions shall facilitate the Operation including care, disposal of oper-
introduction to the machine and the use of their ating supply or auxiliary substances
intended operational possibilities. Servicing (maintenance, inspection, re-
The operating instructions includes valuable in- pair) and/or
formation in order to operate the machine safe- Transport.
ly, appropriately and economically. The obser- Apart from these operating instructions and the
vation of the operating instructions will help to binding accident prevention regulations apply-
avoid dangers, decrease repair cost and down- ing in the country of use and at the place of uti-
times, and to increase reliability and lifetime of lisation, also the generally accepted specialist
the machine. rules for appropriate and safe work have to be
These operating instructions must be updated observed.
with instructions due to existing national acci-
dent prevention and environment protection
regulations.
The operating instructions must always be
present at the place of utilisation of the ma-
chine.
The operating instructions of the combustion
engine are a part of the overall operating in-
structions of the machine. Maintenance and
care of the engine have to be performed ac-
cording to these operating instructions. Any
safety notes have to be followed.
2 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1.1.3 Special identifications in the text All rights reserved

No part of this publication my be reproduced,
The following symbols or notes are used for processed, copied and/or published in any way
the identification of text which do not apply to (imprint, photocopy, microfiche or any other
all machine variants: procedures) without the written consent of
/i
Only for machines with CE equipment HAMM. This also applies to the corresponding
drawings and schemes.
/i
Only for machines without CE equipment

HAMM reserves the right to change individual
/i
parts at any time without previously informing
Option Special equipment the customer. The contents of this publication
can also be changed without prior announce-
Positions in figures ment.
The positions in the figures are represented
with letters and numbers. The positions identi- This publication applies to the standard design
fied with letters in alphabetical order are only of the previously listed machine types. There-
explained in the corresponding text segment, fore it is possible that these instructions include
beginning new for each single figure. The posi- descriptions of components not installed in
tions identified with numbers correspond to the your machine. HAMM does not accept liability
numbering of the plates for operating ele- for possible damages resulting from the appli-
ments, control devices and switches. They are cation of this publication on machines deviat-
identical to the numbers of the individual oper- ing from the standard design.
ating and control elements. In the describing Please contact to the customer service of your
text, these position numbers are in brackets. supplier for all information about adjustment,
Among other things, this ensures that impor- maintenance or repair work not included in this
tant and additional information can be found publication.
immediately and without difficulties in the de-
scriptions of the elements.
HAMM AG 2009 3
GENERAL
1.2 USE Arbitrary changes will exclude the manufactur-

er's liability for any damage resulting from this.
1.2.1 Intended use
The machine may only be deployed on surfac-
es that can support it. It is intended solely for
deployment for compressing loose surfaces,
road foundations, road surfaces and similar
compactible foundations. Any other deploy-
ment or a deployment beyond this is not
deemed as intended. The manufacturer/suppli-
er is not liable for any damage resulting from
this. The user will bear the complete risk.
The intended use also includes the observ-
ance of the operating instructions as well as
the compliance with the inspection and mainte-
nance requirements set out by the manufactur-
er.
This machine has been built according to the
state-of-the-art and the generally accepted
safety regulations. However, danger for life
and health of the user or impairment of the ma-
chine and of other objects can arise during the
use of the machine.
This machine may only be used in technically
unobjectionable condition, as well as according
to the intended use, and aware of safety issues
and possible dangers, always observing the
operating instructions. All safety devices re-
moved for transport purposes (anti-rollover de-
vice ROPS, handles, silencers etc.) must be in-
stalled to the machine prior to using it. In par-
ticular, any troubles which could have effect on
safety must be eliminated immediately.
4 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1.3 NOTES Vibration indication

The vibration indications for the whole-body vi-
1.3.1 Indications on sound and bration on the driver's seat, required according
to Appendix 1, section 3.6.3.1 of the CE Ma-
vibration
chinery Directive (weighted effective accelera-
The subsequently listed sound and vibration tion calculated according to ISO 2631 part 1),
indications correspond to the requirements of are:
the CE Machinery Directive in the version 3307 HT .............................................. 0,3 m/s2
2006/42/EG. 3307 HT VIO ....................................... 0,3 m/s2
The sound emission of the machine was meas- 3307 HT P........................................... 0,3 m/s2
ured according to the CE Sound Emission Di-
rective in the version 2000/14/EG.
Sound indication for driver's seat

The sound pressure level at the place of the
operator, required according to Appendix 1,
section 1.7.4.2 of the CE Machinery Directive,
is:
3307 HT ................................... LpA = 78 dB(A)
3307 HT VIO ........................... LpA = 78 dB(A)
3307 HT P ............................... LpA = 78 dB(A)
Sound emission of the machine

The sound power level of the machine, re-
quired according to Appendix 2 of the CE
Sound Emission Directive, is:
3307 HT ................................ LWA = 106 dB(A)
3307 HT VIO ......................... LWA = 106 dB(A)
3307 HT P............................. LWA = 106 dB(A)
HAMM AG 2009 5
GENERAL
1.3.2 Installation instructions for safety device ROPS cabin

The machine may only be operated with installed anti-rollover device!
ok
ok
M16x50 M16x45
Mt 200 Nm Mt 200 Nm
07734-10
6 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1.3.3 Installation instructions for safety device ROPS anti-rollover bar

The machine may only be operated with installed anti-rollover device!
ok
ok
M20x70
Mt 407 Nm
M20x70
Mt 407 Nm
07735-10
HAMM AG 2009 7
GENERAL
1.3.4 Safety Principle; intended use The intended use also includes the ob-
This machine has been built according to servance of the operating instructions as
The safety notes summary applies to sever- the state-of-the-art and the generally ac- well as the compliance with the inspection
al machine types with different equipment. cepted safety regulations. However, dan- and maintenance requirements set out by
Thus, it may be possible that some safety ger for life and health of the user or impair- the manufacturer.
notes are listed which do not apply to your ment of the machine and of other objects
machine type. can arise during the use of the machine.
This machine may only be used in techni-
Warning notes and symbols cally unobjectionable condition, as well as
The following denominations or symbols are according to the intended use, and aware
used in the operation instructions for indica- of safety issues and possible dangers, al-
tions of special importance. Please disclose ways observing the operating instructions.
these safety instructions also to other users. All safety devices removed for transport
Immediate danger; possible consequenc- purposes (anti-rollover device ROPS, han-
es: dles, silencers etc.) must be installed to
Death or very severe injuries. the machine prior to using it. In particular,
any troubles which could have effect on
Possibly dangerous situation; possible
safety must be eliminated immediately.
consequences:
Arbitrary changes will exclude the manu-
Death or very severe injuries.
facturer's liability for any damage resulting
Dangerous situation; possible conse- from this.
quences: The machine may only be deployed on
Light or insignificant injuries, warning of surfaces that can support it. It is intended
property damage. solely for deployment for compressing
Possibly detrimental situation; possible loose surfaces, road foundations, road
consequences: surfaces and similar compactable founda-
The product or things in its surrounding tions. Any other deployment or a deploy-
may be damaged. ment beyond this is not deemed as intend-
ed. The manufacturer/supplier is not liable
Hints on application and useful informa- for any damage resulting from this. The
tion. user will bear the complete risk.
No information warning against a danger-
ous or detrimental situation.
8 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Organisational measures The personnel must not wear open long The installation of tires requires sufficient
The operating instructions must always be hair, loose-fitting clothes, or jewelry, in- knowledge and appropriate mounting
stored readily available at the place of ap- cluding rings. Danger of injury due to tools.
plication of the machine (in the tool case or catching or pulling-in. The storage places and the use of fire ex-
in the container for this purpose). Personal protection equipment must be tinguishers must be announced.
The operating instructions of the combus- used as far as necessary or as required by Fire alarm and fire extinguishing possibili-
tion engine are a part of the overall operat- regulations. ties must be observed.
ing instructions of the machine. All safety and danger indications at the
The generally applying legal and other machine must be observed.
binding accident prevention and environ- All safety and danger indications on/at the
ment protection regulations must be ob- machine must be kept complete and legi-
served and instructed supplementary to ble.
the operating instructions. Any changes, conversions, add-ons to the
Such duties may also concern, e.g., the machine, which could impair safety, must
handling of hazardous substances or the not be performed without the approval of
disposition/wearing of personal protection the manufacturer. This also applies to the
equipment, as well as provisions of traffic installation and the adjustment of safety
law or occupational health regulations. devices and valves as well as for welding
The operating instructions must be supple- on load-bearing parts.
mented by instructions for taking into ac- Spare parts must comply with the technical
count factory-related particularities, includ- requirements determined by the manufac-
ing supervision and notification duties. turer. This is always ensured for original
The personnel ordered to perform activi- spare parts.
ties with this machine must have read Hydraulic hoses must be replaced in the
these operating instructions, and in partic- defined or appropriate intervals, even if
ular the safety section. It is too late to do safety-relevant defects cannot be detect-
this during work. This is particularly true ed.
for staff only working occasionally on the Any intervals for recurring inspections/
machine, e.g. for repair and maintenance. tests defined or indicated in the operating
The safety and danger awareness of the instructions must be kept.
personnel during work, taking into account A workshop equipment corresponding to
the operating instructions, must be control- the work is absolutely necessary for per-
led at least from time to time. forming servicing work.
HAMM AG 2009 9
GENERAL
Selection and qualification of staff; general Safety notes on certain operation phases Starting the engine and conducting the
duties machine may only be performed from the
Any work with or on the machine must only Normal operation drivers seat. Do not start the engine by
be performed by appropriate and reliable All working modes which are questionable short-circuiting the electric connections at
staff. The minimum legal age must be ob- with respect to safety must not be per- the starter, since the machine could imme-
served. formed. diately start moving. Also, the function of
Only trained or instructed staff may be The operator must get familiar to the work- the starter protection switch must not be
used. ing environment at the place of utilisation overridden.
The responsibility of the staff for operation, prior to the start of work. The working envi- Get familiar with all devices and operating
maintenance and servicing must be clearly ronment includes e.g. the obstacles in the elements as well as with the functions of
defined. working and traffic area, the load carrying these prior to starting the engine. It is too
It must be ensured that the machine is on- capacity of the underground and neces- late to do this during work.
ly operated by staff ordered to do this. sary safeguarding of the working site to- The acceleration and braking behaviour of
The responsibility of the machine operator wards public traffic. the machine are influenced by viscous hy-
- also with respect to traffic regulations - Measures must be taken which only allow draulic oil. For this reason, warm up the
must be defined; these must allow him or the operation of the machine in a safe and machine during the warming phase with
her to reject unsafe instructions of third functional condition. Only operate the ma- moderate speed and low load until the hy-
parties. chine if all protection devices and safety- draulic oil has heated to 20 C (68 F).
Any staff to be trained, instructed, taught- related devices, e.g. detachable protection Always wear a safety belt during travel.
in, or any staff within a general education equipment, EMERGENCY STOP devices Never adjust the driver's seat during trav-
measure, may only work on the machine (NOT-STOP), sound protection devices, el.
under the continuous supervision of an ex- aspiration devices, are existing and opera- The vibration function must never be used
perienced person. tive. in the immediate vicinity of buildings (dan-
Any work on electrical equipment of the The machine must be inspected with re- ger of collapse). Prior to switching on the
machine may only be performed by a spe- spect to visually detectable damages and vibration function, ensure that any lines
cialised electrician or by instructed per- defects at least once per shift. Any oc- laid in the underground (gas, water, sew-
sons under the supervision of a special- curred changes (including changes of the age, electricity lines) are not damaged or
ised electrician and according to the rules operational behaviour) must be notified destroyed.
of electric engineering. immediately to the responsible entity/per- Observe all switching processes and con-
Any work on suspensions, braking and son. If necessary, immediately shut down trol displays according to the operating in-
steering installations may only be per- and secure the machine. structions.
formed by specialised staff trained for this. In case of malfunctions, the machine must Prior to starting the machine ensure that
Only staff with specialist knowledge and immediately be shut down and secured. nobody can be put into danger by the
experience of hydraulics may work on hy- Have the malfunction eliminated immedi- starting of the machine.
draulic installations. ately.
10 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Prior to driveaway, check for persons in Always check for sufficient clearance Special work in the scope of machine
the immediate vicinity of the machine. when passing underpasses, bridges, tun- utilisation, servicing work, as well as
Prior to driveaway/start of work, check nels, overhead lines etc. troubleshooting during working
whether the brakes, the EMERGENCY Always keep sufficient distance to borders procedures; disposal
STOP device (NOT-STOP), the steering of excavation pits and batters. Comply with adjustment, maintenance and
system, and the signaling and illumination Do not use any working procedure that inspection work and schedules defined in
installations are operative. would impair the stability of the machine. the operating instructions as well as with
Check for sufficient vision. Adjust neces- The driving speed must always corre- indications on the replacement of parts/
sary mirrors correctly. spond to the conditions of the surround- partial equipment. Only specialised staff is
Prior to driveaway, always check the acci- ings. authorised to perform such works.
dent-safe storage of accessories. Lift at- Do not drive slopes in transversal direc- Inform operating staff prior to the start of
tached add-on devices off the ground. tion; keep working equipment and loaded special work and servicing work. Keep un-
Never leave the driver's stand during trav- goods always near to the ground, in partic- authorised persons off the machine during
el. ular when driving down slopes. these works. Denominate a supervisor.
In emergency situations and when Avoid driving sudden curves when driving During all works concerning the operation,
there is a danger, bring the machine to an up or down slopes. the production adaptation, the conversion
immediate stop by operating the EMER- Always switch to a lower gear before a or the adjustment of the machine and its
GENCY STOP switch (NOT-STOP). slope, never on the slope. safety-related devices, as well as inspec-
Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP Before leaving the driver's stand, always tion, maintenance and repair, observe
switch (NOT-STOP) as service brake. prevent the machine making unintentional processes for switching on and off accord-
In emergency situations and when movements (0 position lock engaged, ing to the operating instructions as well as
there is a danger, bring the machine to an parking brake applied, engine switched the notes for servicing work.
immediate stop by operating the parking off). As far as necessary, safeguard the servic-
brake! If the driver removes from the machine, he ing area spaciously.
Do not use the parking brake as the or she must pull out the ignition key and Protect the machine against unexpected
service brake. lock the cabin door and, if applicable, the starting during maintenance and repair
When driving on public roads and places, cabin doors or the dashboard cover. work.
observe the applying traffic regulations Lower down completely any installed addi- For this:
and bring the machine to an admissible tional devices prior to leaving the machine. Lock the main command devices and
condition with respect to traffic law, if nec- Never jump from the machine (risk of inju- pull off the key
essary. ry). Use the climbing steps and the grips. Pull off the key from the battery dis-
In case of bad visibility and in darkness al- Disconnect the engine from electrical sup- connector and
ways switch on the lights. ply with the battery disconnector. Attach a warning sign to the steering
It is forbidden to transport passengers. wheel.
HAMM AG 2009 11
GENERAL
Generally, all maintenance and servicing Only order experienced persons with the Always tighten any screwed connections
work may only be performed when the en- fixing of loads and the guidance of crane loosened during maintenance and servic-
gine is at a standstill. operators. The guiding person must be in ing work.
Only open the engine hood when the en- visible range of the operator or have a If the removal of safety devices is neces-
gine is at a standstill. speaking contact to him or her. sary for rigging, maintenance and repair,
Keep away from moving, rotating or re- During installation work above body the safety devices have to be re-installed
volving parts; do not touch these (danger height, use safe climbing aids and working and checked immediately after the end of
of accidents). platforms intended for this purpose. Do not the maintenance and repair work.
Only perform maintenance and servicing use machine parts as climbing aids. In Take care for a safe and environment-
work if the machine is parked on a level, case of maintenance work in greater friendly disposal of operating and auxiliary
stable ground and if it is secured against heights, wear fall protection. Keep all han- substances, replaced parts and contami-
rolling away and buckling (danger of bruis- dles, steps, handrails, pedestals, plat- nated cleaning material.
ing). forms, ladders, free from dirt, snow and
Perform maintenance and servicing work ice.
below the lifted driver's stand only when Clean all oil, fuel, and care agent residues
the lock is latched in. Engine bonnet al- from the machine, in particular from con-
ways fully open (danger of life). nections and screwed connections, prior
After maintenance and servicing activities to maintenance and repair work (fire haz-
that require the lifting of the driver's stand, ard). Do not use aggressive cleaning
the driver's stand must be reattached/ agents. Use fibre-free cleaning cloth.
screwed to the engine frames. This is the Prior to cleaning the machine with water,
only way to ensure the roll-over protection. vapour stream (pressure washer) or other
Individual parts and bigger assemblies means of cleaning, cover/seal all aper-
must be attached carefully to lifting equip- tures which must not be penetrated by wa-
ment and safeguarded in a way that no ter/steam/cleaning agent due to safety or
danger can emanate from these. Only use functionality reasons. Electric motors and
appropriate and technically unobjection- distribution cabinets are specially endan-
able lifting equipment as well as load-car- gered in this respect.
rying equipment with sufficient loading ca- After cleaning, the covers/seals must be
pacity. Do not rest or work under suspend- taken off completely.
ed loads. After cleaning, check all fuel lines, engine
oil lines, and hydraulic liquid lines for
leaks, loose connections, chafe marks,
and damage. Eliminate detected defects
immediately.
12 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Notes with respect to special types of ed persons under the supervision of a spe- Welding, torching and grinding work may
danger cialised electrician and according to the only be performed at the machine if this is
rules of electric engineering. expressivley admitted. There may be fire
Electrical energy During works at the electric installation, and explosion hazard.
Only use original fuses with the correct the machine must be de-energised at the Prior to welding, torching and grinding,
power value. Immediately shut down the battery disconnector or by disconnecting clean the machine and its surroundings
machine in case of troubles in the electric the negative pole (earthing strip) at the from dust and flammable substances and
power supply. battery. take care for sufficient ventilation (danger
During the start of the machine with bat- Do not smoke during maintenance work at of explosion).
tery connection cables, always connect the battery (danger of explosion). Keep
the positive pole to the positive pole and away igniting sparks or open flames. Hydraulic system, pneumatic system
the negative pole to the negative pole. Al- Dispose used batteries properly. Only staff with specialist knowledge and
ways connect the negative pole last and The electrical equipment of a machine experience of hydraulics may work on hy-
disconnect it first. must be inspected/tested regularly. Any draulic installations.
Keep sufficient distance between the ma- defects, as e.g. loose connections or burnt All lines, hoses and screwed connections
chine and overhead voltage lines. During cables, must be eliminated immediately. must be checked for leaks and visible
works near electric overhead lines, the Only use tools insulated against voltage. damage (at least once per year). Dam-
equipment must not come near to the aged parts must be replaced immediately.
overhead lines. Danger of life! Inform your- Gas, dust, vapour, smoke Further operation is inadmissible. Oil
self about safety distances to be kept. Only operate combustion engines and fu- spurting out can lead to injuries and fire.
After touching high-voltage lines: el-operated heating systems in sufficiently Liquids spurting out under high pressure
Do not leave the machine ventilated areas. Take care for sufficient (hydraulic oil, fuel) can penetrate the skin.
Drive the machine out of the danger ventilation before starting in closed rooms In case of such injuries consult a doctor
area (danger of poisoning). Observe the regula- immediately; otherwise, severe infections
Warn surrounding persons not to tions applying for the respective place of may occur.
come nearer and not to touch the ma- application. Prior to work on hydraulic lines, safeguard
chine The operation of the machine is inadmissi- the machine against rolling away (parking
Have the voltage shut down ble in places where flammable gases or brake, wedges). Lower down add-on de-
Only leave the machine after it abso- dusts can occur (e.g. near fuel storage ar- vices completely. Only then remove the
lutely sure that the touched/damaged eas, coal storage areas, cereals storage pressure from the lines.
line is de-energised. areas, wood dust or similar). Remove the pressure from system sec-
Any work on electrical installations or op- Unusual sounds and strong smoke ex- tions to be opened and from pressure lines
erating resources may only be performed haust of the engine during operation can (hydraulics, compressed air) according to
by a specialised electrician or by instruct- point to dangers. Find out the cause and the assembly descriptions prior to begin-
have the damage repaired. ning the repair work.
HAMM AG 2009 13
GENERAL
Lay and install hydraulic and compressed Release emulsions for tires may only be
air lines appropriately. Do not confuse con- mixed from water and release concentrate
nections. The fittings, the length and the according to the indications of the release
quality of the hose lines must comply with agent manufacturer. The environment pro-
the requirements. tection regulations must be observed.
Noise
Sound protection devices at the machine
must be in protection position during oper-
ation.
Fuel, oils, greases and other chemical

substances
Only appropriate and clean lubricants may
be used. Otherwise the guarantee be-
comes void.
During the handling of oils, greases and
other chemical substances, observe the
safety regulations applying for the respec-
tive product.
Do not heat oil above 160 C (320 F); oth-
erwise, oil or oil vapours may ignite.
Prior to filling up fuel, switch off engine and
heating and pull out the ignition key. Do
not fill up fuel in closed rooms. Wipe away
spilled fuel immediately.
Be extremely careful when handling fuel -
increased fire hazard. Never fill up fuel
near open flames or igniting sparks. Do
not smoke during filling up!
Be careful during the handling of brake flu-
id and battery acid (noxious and caustic).
Be careful during the handling of hot oper-
ation and auxiliary materials (danger of
burning or scalding).
14 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Transport and towing During towing, keep the specified trans-

Only tow, load and transport according to port position, the admissible speed and
the operating instructions. the travel path.
Only use appropriate transport means and
lifting hoist with sufficient load capacity.
Take into account the weight and the di-
mensions (technical data).
Only use stable loading ramps with suffi-
cient carrying capacity for loading. Take
care not to endanger persons by tilting or
sliding.
Prior to loading ensure that the vehicle
(e.g. trailer, flat bed etc.) cannot tilt up-
wards when driving onto the loading area.
Do not step or rest under suspended loads
(danger of life).
Do not rest in the danger zone of the ma-
chine during the guidance and loading of
the machine (danger of life).
Use the specified gantries.
Drive the machine slowly onto or from the
loading area, respectively.
Safeguard the machine with square timer,
wedges and tensioning ropes against
shifting. Safeguard the attenuation ele-
ments of the drum suspension against
overload by means of a support.
Remove square timbers, wedges and ten-
sioning ropes completely before unload-
ing.
All safety devices removed for transport
purposes (anti-rollover device ROPS, han-
dles, silencers etc.) must be installed to
the machine prior to using it.
HAMM AG 2009 15
GENERAL
ROPS cabin ROPS anti-rollover bar

The machine frame must not be warped, The machine frame must not be warped,
bent or cracked in the cabin fixing area bent or cracked in the ROPS fixing area
(deformation). (deformation).
The reinforcement elements of the ROPS The ROPS must not show rust, damage,
cabin must not show rust, damage, fis- fissures or open fractures.
sures or open fractures. All screwed connections must comply with
All screwed connections of the reinforce- the given specifications and must be
ment elements must comply with the given screwed tightly to each other (observe
specifications and must be screwed tightly tightening torque values).
to each other (observe tightening torque Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent
values). or deformed.
Bolts and nuts must not be damaged, bent Additional parts may not be installed with-
or deformed. out the manufacturer's approval.
Additional parts may not be installed to the Any change which would decrease the
reinforcement elements without the manu- strength of the ROPS is inadmissible.
facturer's approval.
Any change to the reinforcement elements
which would decrease its strength, is inad-
missible.
16 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1.3.5 Fuel For diesel fuels with a fuel content between A maximum of 30 % engine petroleum can be
0.5 % and 1.0 %, or continuous ambient tem- added:
Danger of explosion! Increased fire haz- peratures below -10 C (14 F), the engine oil
/i
ard! Danger of intoxication! change intervals must be halved. External temperature Summer die- Addition
Be careful during the handling of fuel! If diesel fuels with manufacturer-guaranteed (C / F) sel fuel (%) (%)
Prior to refilling fuel, the diesel engine and winter properties are used, additives can be 0 to -9 (32 to 15.8) 80 20
fuel-operated heating systems, if any, omitted until the guaranteed temperature is
must be shut down. reached. -10 to -14 (14 to 6.8) 70 30
Do not fill up fuel in closed rooms. In case of low temperatures, fluidity and filtera- At extremely low temperatures, add additive al-
Wipe away spilled fuel immediately. Do not bility of the diesel fuel are insufficient (crystal- so to winter diesel fuel:
breathe in vapours. lised paraffins). /i
Fuel is flammable and explosive. Thus, Therefore, diesel fuels with increased low tem- External temperature Winter diesel Addition
avoid open flames or igniting sparks dur- perature properties are available in winter (C / F) fuel (%) (%)
ing fuel handling, or even near fuel. Do not months. Prior to the cold period, take care to fill
smoke! This also applies where the char- up winter diesel fuel. -15 to -25 (5 to -13) 70 30
acteristic smell of fuel can be detected. In
In order to maintain fluidity and filterability for The use of flow improvers keeps engine power
case of fuel smells in the machine itself,
summer diesel fuel at low temperatures, a constant and allows the use of the vehicle also
the cause must be detected and removed
quantity of engine petroleum, depending on for extremely low temperatures.
immediately.
the external temperature (observe country- Observe the manufacturer's indications.
Only operate the diesel engine with common specific regulations), or commonly available fu-
diesel fuel with a sulphur content below 0.5 %. el additives, so-called flow improvers, must be
In case of a higher sulphur content, the engine mixed into the vehicle tank. A dissolving of al-
oil change intervals must be shortened. ready crystallised parrafins is impossible.
Admissible fuel specifications are:
DIN EN 590
JIS K 2204 Grade 1 and 2
ASTM D 975-88: 1-D and 2-D
Marine Diesel Fuel, heating oils etc. may not
be used.
The stated engine oil change intervals require
a diesel fuel with a maximum sulphur content
of 0.5 % and a continuous ambient tempera-
ture of a minimum of -10 C (14 F).
HAMM AG 2009 17
GENERAL
1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF THE 1.5 TECHNICAL DATA If necessary, support the loading area to
the floor in order to prevent the vehicle
ROLLER (trailer) from tilting upwards when the roller
1.5.1 Loading and transport
is driven onto the loading platform.
1.4.1 Type sign, VIN. When loading rollers onto lorries, trailers or Only use appropriate gantries or planks.
semitrailers, it is very important to secure the When driving the roller up the loading ar-
load properly. The duty for tie-down on street ea, take care that the drums or tires have
vehicles arises from StVO 22, StVO 23, appropriate contact.
HGB 412 as well as from VDI guideline 2700. Gantries and planks must be free from
Sufficient knowledge about the loading of vehi- grease, dirt, ice etc.
cles as well as about their behaviour under Drive the machine slowly onto the loading
load are required for loading and transporting area with diesel engine speed.
the machine. The machine may only be loaded On rubber wheel rollers with tyre inflation
by trained loading staff. It must be fixed to the system, the tyre pressure must be set to
The unique identification of the roller is given vehicle in an form-locked or friction-locked and 6 bar (87 psi). The actuation element for
by the vehicle identification number (VIN). It transport-safe way. The machine must not tire filling must set the the centre position
can be found on the type sign together with the change its position of the vehicle during normal after that.
type designation and the weight indications. traffic loads. Emergency braking, change ma- Shut down the machine and secure
The type sign is fixed to the machine frame. It noeuvres and uneven grounds count among against unauthorised start (see section
must neither be changed nor removed. normal traffic loads. If it is impossible to secure Stopping, shutting down the engine, leav-
If the type sign is not legible any longer, or if it the machine properly onto the vehicle, of if the ing the machine).
has been lost, a replacement type sign must loading vehicle shows visible defects which do In case of rollers with articulated steering,
be ordered immediately at the HAMM custom- not ensure safe transport, loading must not be the steering blocking must always be acti-
er service, stating the VIN embossed into the performed. vated for transport.
right front part of the machine frame, and fixed The relevant accident prevention regulations Secure the drums or tires with wedges
to the machine. as well as further generally acknowledged against shifting.
Please state the VIN and the type designa- safety and traffic-related rules must be com- Lash the machine with appropriate lashing
tion of your machine for every spare part plied with. devices onto the loading area, using only
order. Weight and dimensions (technical data). the marked lashing lugs (see figure).
It is very important to use a loading ramp In case of crane loading, only fix ropes to
when loading the machine onto a lorry. the marked lifting lugs.
18 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Remove wedges and lashing devices

completely before unloading. Unblock
steering system by unblocking the articu-
lated frame steering block.
All safety devices removed for transport
purposes (anti-rollover device ROPS, han-
dles, silencers etc.) must be installed to
the machine prior to using it.
Drive the roller slowly and carefully from
the loading area.
Load securing
Position 2 wedges at each axis, as far to
the outside as possible, flushing with drum
or tire, and fix them with 3 nails each to the
loading area.
The lashing devices A and B must be fixed
to the lashing point of the machine and at
the vehicle. The permitted tractive force
must be at least 4000 daN also at the lash-
ing point.
The arrangement of the lashing devices shown
in the figure must be realised on both sides.
HAMM AG 2009 19
GENERAL
1.5.2 Dimension sheet 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO
2100
(82.7")
(110.0")
2795
16
")
25
(1.0
0
12
)
64 ")
9"
7.
R
(83.1")

2110
(4
9
7.
(4
(23.6")
600
(15.7")
400
34
(12.2")
310
32
910 2465 1305 55 1680 55

(35.8") (97.1") (51.4") (2.2) (66.1") (2.2")
4680 1790
(184.3") (70.5")
07854-10
20 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
1.5.3 Dimension sheet 3307 HT P
2100
(82.7")
(111.0")
2820
56
)
13
.4"
(53

0
64 ")
R
2160
(85.0")
9
7.
(4
(23.6")
600
(15.7")
400
34
(12.2")
32
310
910 2465 1305 55 1680 55

(3.2")
80
(35.8") (97.1") (51.4") (2.2") (66.1") (2.2")

4680 1790
(184.3") (70.5")
08056-10
HAMM AG 2009 21
GENERAL
1.5.4 Technical data 3307 HT

/i
Dimensions and weights

Empty weight without cabin 6215 kg (13,702 lbs)
Operational weight with cabin 6840 kg (15,080 lbs)
Front axle load 3960 kg (8,730 lbs)
Rear axle load 2880 kg (6,349 lbs)
Working width 1680 mm (66.14")
Turning radius outside/inside 4740/3060 mm (186.61/120.47")
Drum diameter 1216 mm (47.87")
Tires 2 treaded tires 14.9-24 6 PR
Air pressure 1.2 bar (17.4 psi)
/i
Filling quantities
Fuel tank 175.00 l (46.24 US gal.)
Engine (for oil change) 10.00 l (2.64 US gal.)
Refrigerant 11.00 l (2.90 US gal.)
Oil container for hydraulic installation 32.00 l (8.45 US gal.)
Differential axle 6.60 l (1.74 US gal.)
Wheel reduction ratio, left and right side, resp. 0.80 l (0.21 US gal.)
Bandage gearbox 2.00 l (0.53 US gal.)
Vibrator 10.00 l (2.64 US gal.)
/i
Engine
Deutz Diesel engine, four-stroke, 4 cylinders, liquid cooled, type TD 2011 L04 W
Power acc. to ISO 14396 65.0 kW/2600 rpm
/i
22 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
Electrical equipment
Operation voltage 12 V
Battery 12 volts/135 Ah
/i
Drive
Hydrostatic drive, continuous, one-lever-operation 4x4
Speed 0-11.6 km/h (0-7.2 mph)
Gradeability with vibration up to 57 %
Gradeability without vibration up to 62 %
/i
Vibration
Direct hydrostatic drive. Automatic and engine-independent frequency regulation with digital display
Level 1: Frequency/amplitude max. 30 Hz/1.70 mm (max. 30 Hz/0.07")
/i
Steering
Hydrostatic assisted steering via articulated pendulum centre pivot steering. Steering angle to both sides 35. Pendulum compensation 10 upward and downwards.
Service brake
During operation, the machine is braked with the hydrostatic drive. Wear-free braking.
Parking brake
Spring-loaded multiple disk brake to drum and to both rear wheels. Manually and automatically.
EMERGENCY STOP brake (NOT-STOP)
By hydrostatic drive and spring-loaded multiple disk brake.
Special equipment
On request, the machine can be equipped with extensive special equipment.
Changes in design, weight and dimensions reserved.
HAMM AG 2009 23
GENERAL
1.5.5 Technical data 3307 HT VIO

/i

Drum diameter 1216 mm (47.87")
Tires 2 treaded tires 14.9-24 8 PR
/i
Filling quantities
Engine (for oil change) 10.00 l (2.64 US gal.)
/i
Engine
/i
24 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
/i
Drive
Speed 0-11.6 km/h (0-7.2 mph)
/i
Vibration
Frequency/amplitude max. 36 Hz/1.38 mm (max. 36 Hz/0.05")
/i
Oscillation
Frequency/tangential amplitude max. 36 Hz/1.37 mm (max. 36 Hz/0.05")
/i
Steering
Service brake
Parking brake
Special equipment
HAMM AG 2009 25
GENERAL
1.5.6 Technical data 3307 HT P

/i

Bandage diameter over stamping feet 1356 mm (53.39")
Stamping feet, quantity 112 units
Stamping feet, height 80 mm (3.15")
Stamping feet, end face 113 cm2 (17.51 sq. in.)
Tires 2 treaded tires TR 14.9-24 6 PR
/i
Filling quantities
//Engine (for oil change) 10.00 l (2.64 US gal.)
Vibrator 10.00 l (2.64 US gal.)
/i
Engine
/i
26 HAMM AG 2009
GENERAL
/i
Drive
Speed 0-11.0 km/h (0-6.8 mph)
/i
Vibration
/i
Steering
Service brake
Parking brake
Special equipment
HAMM AG 2009 27
OPERATION
2 OPERATION 303 501, 502, 503 523

2.1 CONTROL AND
OPERATION ELEMENTS
2.1.1 General
These operating instructions apply to several
types of this series. Therefore it is possible that
these instructions include descriptions of oper-
ation elements not installed in your machine.
The position numbers refer to the description
of the individual elements in this chapter. In the
text for operation and maintenance, these po-
sition numbers are in brackets.
2.1.2 Overview
302 EMERGENCY STOP switch (NOT-
STOP)
303 Lever switch for turning
lights/illumination (option)
501 Driving lever
502 0 position lock/parking brake
503 Multifunctional grip
520 Seat adjustment weight/height
522 Seat adjustment backrest
523 Seat adjustment armrest
524 Seat adjustment rotation
525 Seat adjustment left - right
528 Steering column adjustment
528 524 520 302 525 522 10117-10
28 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
310 Key switch

electric system/engine start 523 501, 502, 503 501, 503
405 Socket 12 V
501 Driving lever
502 0 position lock/parking brake
503 Multifunctional grip
520 Seat adjustment weight/height
521 Seat adjustment forward - backward
523 Seat adjustment armrest
524 Seat adjustment rotation
521 524 520 310 405 15027-10
HAMM AG 2009 29
OPERATION
310 Key switch

electric system/engine start
405 Socket 12 V
353 Pushbutton parking brake control (red)
354 Pusbutton switch Autoteach (black)
30 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
301 Rocker button signal horn

303 Lever switch for turning
lights/illumination (option)
305 Warning lights rocker switch (option)
312 Rocker switch for vibration
319 Rocker switch for vibration mode
Manual-Automatic (option)
348 Rocker switch driving mode
normal shunting
349 Rocker switch motor management
manual - automatic
357 Rocker switch final speed/engine
speed/vibration frequency
358 Toggle switch
357
358
348
312
349
319
301
305
303
R
0
15184-10
HAMM AG 2009 31
OPERATION
101 Operating hours counter

102 Motor temperature display
103 Oil temperature display of the
hydraulic system
104 Fuel filling level
106 Motor speed display (option)
108 Speed display (option)
109 Compression display HCM (option)
110 Frequency display
201 Illuminated display for charging current
202 Illuminated display for engine oil pressure
203 Illuminated display for air filter 214
203
204 Illuminated display parking brake 234 219 218
206 Illuminated display refrigerant level 202 201 216
211 Illuminated display for turning lights (option) 227 101 217 109
211
214 Illuminated display for hydraulic oil filter 206
215 Illuminated display for hydraulic oil level
223
216 Illuminated display for cold start device
215
217 Illuminated display for warning lights (option) 222
218 Illuminated display for front working lights 102 221
219 Illuminated display for rear working lights 103 204
220 Illuminated display STOP
221 Illuminated display for small amplitude 220
104
222 Illuminated display for big amplitude
223 Illuminated display for stamping feet belt
224 Illuminated display for RMV (jump operation)
224
(option)
227 Illuminated display for fuel pre-filter water 106 108 110
sump
234 Function not existing
15174-10
32 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
230 Cabin illumination

311 Rocker switch for rotating beacon
(option)
332 Rocker switch for front windscreen wiper
333 Rocker switch for rear windscreen wiper
336 Rocker switch for rear working lights
337 Rocker switch for front working lights 332 333 337 336 403
338 Rocker switch for front washer system
403 Fusibles for cabin console
230 338 311
07927-10
HAMM AG 2009 33
OPERATION
330 Rotary switch for cabin heating

347 Rotary switch for cabin heating 330 347 355
temperature regulation
355 Air conditioning rocker switch (option)
10111-10
34 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
351 Jumper link plug km/h - mph

352 Rotary switch smooth-/stamping feet 400 351 352 356
drum
356 Battery disconnector
400 Fusibles and relays
530 Hand pump
531 Operating lever
531 530 15188-10
HAMM AG 2009 35
OPERATION
2.1.3 Description of elements

The positions identified with numbers corre-
spond to the numbering of the plates for oper-
ating elements, control devices and switches.
They are identical to the numbers of the indi-
vidual operating and control elements. In the C
describing text, these position numbers are in
brackets. Among other things, this ensures that
important and additional information can be B
found immediately and without difficulties in the
descriptions of the elements.
A
0102-105
101 Operating hours counter 102 Motor temperature display

Registers the operating hours of the running The illuminated displays are only activated
diesel engine. Maintenance work has to be when there is a deviation from the normal op-
carried out according to the accumulated oper- erating temperature. They inform about the re-
ating hours. spective temperature statuses (warm-up
After switching on the electric system, an phase, increased operating temperature or
internal test code is displayed for overheating).
2 seconds. Indication A lights up, too low ........... YELLOW
Indication B lights up, increased ...............RED
Indication C flashes, overheating..............RED
When display B lights up the engine speed
is increased to maximum for improved
cooling in the engine management mode
AUTOMATIC.
When Indication C lights up, the illuminat-
ed display STOP (220) is activated simul-
taneously. At the same time an acoustic
signals sounds.
36 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Determine and remove the cause of the tem- When display B lights up the engine speed
perature increase. is increased to maximum for improved
cooling in the engine management mode
AUTOMATIC.
When Indication C lights up, the illuminat-
C ed display STOP (220) is activated simul-
taneously. At the same time an acoustic
signals sounds.
B Determine and remove the cause of the tem-
perature increase.
A
0103-106
103 Oil temperature display of the

hydraulic system
The illuminated displays are only activated
when there is a deviation from the normal op-
erating temperature. They inform about the re-
spective temperature statuses (warm-up
phase, increased operating temperature or
overheating).
Indication A lights up, too low ........... YELLOW
Indication B lights up, increased ...............RED
Indication C flashes, overheating..............RED
HAMM AG 2009 37
OPERATION
1/1
1/2
RPMx100 KM/H
0 0104-100 0106-100 0108-100
104 Fuel filling level 106 Motor speed display (option) 108 Speed display (option)
The fuel filling level in the fuel tank is displayed The actual engine speed is calculated from a Indication of the driving speed in km/h or mph.
by an illuminated display. A light point is mov- multiplication of the indicated value by 100. The unit is set with a jumper (351) and is also
ing correspondingly between 1/1 and 0. If the When the speed is adjusted with the rocker displayed.
light point 0 flashes, fuel must be re-filled. switch (358), the value for the target rotation When the selected speed is adjusted with the
Never drive the machine until the fuel tank speed appears in the display. After 3 seconds rocker switch (358), the value for the target ro-
is empty. Fill the fuel tank every evening. the current engine speed is displayed again. tation speed appears in the display. After 3
This avoids the formation of condensed When the sensors are defective, an error seconds the current engine speed is displayed
water in the fuel tank. number is displayed. again.
After switching on the electric system, an When the traction drive control is defective, an
Only use clean fuel! error number is displayed.
internal test code is displayed for 2 sec-
onds. After switching on the electric system, an
internal test code is displayed for 2 sec-
onds.
38 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
HZ
0109-100 0110-100 0201-106
109 Compression display HCM (option) 110 Frequency display 201 Illuminated display for charging
current
The magnitude of the indicated value depends Indication of the current vibrator frequency.
on the material to be compressed. When the selected frequency is adjusted with When the electric system is switched on (key
During compacting work with the vibration the rocker switch (358), the value for the target switch (310) in position I) and the engine does
switched on increasing HCM-values show an frequency appears in the display. After 3 sec- not run, this indicator must be illuminated. After
increasing material densification or carrying onds the current vibration frequency is dis- the start of the engine the illumination must go
capacity. If the value remains constant at a pre- played again. If the selected target frequency out. Lighting up during operation indicates
compressed place, this place cannot be com- cannot be reached over a longer period of missing charging current.
pressed further. time, the display flashes.
The use is only permitted in earth-moving When the vibration control is defective, an er-
works. If the machine is not equipped with a ror number is displayed.
computer unit HCM (option), the pointers will After switching on the electric system, an
not move. internal test code is displayed for 2 sec-
Compression measurement is not possible onds.
with the VIO models.
HAMM AG 2009 39
OPERATION
0202-106 0203-106 0204-105
202 Illuminated display for engine oil 203 Illuminated display for air filter 204 Illuminated display parking brake
pressure
Flashing during operation indicates a clogged The indication flashes when the parking brake
When the electric system is switched on (key air filter cartridge. is applied and after the actuation of the EMER-
switch (310) in position I) and the engine does GENCY STOP switch (NOT-STOP).
not run, this indicator must flash. After the start A flashing indication during driving indicates
of the engine the illumination must go out. that the oil pressure is insufficient for opening
Flashing during operation indicates insufficient the parking brake (stop the engine, find and
oil pressure. When the display lights up during eliminate the cause).
driving, the illuminated display STOP (220) is
activated simultaneously. At the same time an
acoustic signals sounds. Shut down the en-
gine, determine and eliminate the cause.
A flashing indicator with warm engine and idle
speed is admissible, if the indicator stops flash-
ing when the engine speed increases.
40 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0206-105 0211-105 0214-101
206 Illuminated display refrigerant level 211 Illuminated display for turning lights 214 Illuminated display for hydraulic oil
(option) filter
If the display flashes when the electric system
is turned on, the refrigerant level in the cooling The display flashes when the turn indicator is Flashing during operation indicates a clogged
system of the diesel engine is insufficient (only switched on. filter cartridge of the hydraulic oil filter.
for water-cooled engines).
HAMM AG 2009 41
OPERATION
0215-101 0216-105 0217-101
215 Illuminated display for hydraulic oil 216 Illuminated display for cold start 217 Illuminated display for warning lights
level device (option)
If the display flashes when the electric system When the electric system is switched on (key The display flashes when the warning lights
is turned on, the filling level of the hydraulic switch (310) in position I), this indicator lights are switched on.
system oil container is insufficient. up. The illumination goes out when the starting
temperature is reached. Start the diesel en-
gine.
42 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0218-100 0219-100 0220-101
218 Illuminated display for front working 219 Illuminated display for rear working 220 Illuminated display STOP
lights lights
Flashing during operation shows a malfunction
This indicator lights up when the front working This indicator lights up when the rear working of the hydraulic system or the diesel engine. At
lights are switched on. lights are switched on. the same time an acoustic signals sounds.
Causes:
No engine oil pressure (202).
Engine overheated (102).
Oil for hydraulic installation overheated
(103).
Shut down the engine, determine and elimi-
nate the cause.
HAMM AG 2009 43
OPERATION
0221-100 0222-100 0223-100
221 Illuminated display for small 222 Illuminated display for big amplitude 223 Illuminated display for stamping feet
amplitude belt
The display lights up if big amplitude vibration
The display lights up if small amplitude vibra- is activated. The display must flash when the machine is
tion is activated. equipped with stamping feet belt or mounted
padfoot shells on smooth drum. When the pad-
foot shells are disassembled, the belt version
must be adapted at the rotary switch (352) for
a correct calculation of the displayed values for
speed and traction.
44 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0224-101 0227-105 0230-100
224 Illuminated display for RMV 227 Illuminated display for fuel pre-filter 230 Cabin illumination
(jump operation) (option) water sump
This works even if the electric system is
The vibrating drum must not be lifted from the Flashing during operation indicates an exces- switched off.
ground (jump operation) during compression in sively high water sump in the fuel pre-filter.
earth moving work.
A slow flashing of the display indicates
that the drum is immediately before jump
operation.
A fast flashing of the display indicates that
the drum is in jump operation.
No even compression measurement can
be realised during jump operation. In this
case, the values of the compression dis-
play (109) are not reliable any longer.
HAMM AG 2009 45
OPERATION
After actuating the EMERGENCY STOP

switch (NOT-STOP), the machine must be
brought to its initial position.
If the engine is started with the EMER-
GENCY STOP switch (NOT-STOP)
pressed, the engine will not start for safety
reasons. In the speedometer display
(108), the error number "Er 39" is dis-
played.
Initial position:
Switch off the electrical system (310).
Latch driving lever (501) in position 0.
Release EMERGENCY STOP switch
(NOT-STOP).
0301-100 0302-100
Start the diesel engine.
301 Toggle switch signal horn 302 EMERGENCY STOP switch (NOT-
STOP)
The signal horn sound as long as this pushbut-
ton is pressed. When the EMERGENCY STOP switch (NOT-
On ........................................................ PRESS STOP) is pressed, the hydraulic drive is
stopped, the vibration system is shut down, the
diesel engine is shut off, and the hydraulic
brakes are activated.
On ......................................................... DOWN
Danger of injuries!
The roller stops immediately without any
delay!
Do not use the service brake!
To disengage the switch knob, turn it clock-
wise.
Off ............................................................... UP
46 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Parking light - driving light

Illumination is switched on by rotating the lever
around the lever axis.
Illumination off........................................ BACK
Parking lights ....................................CENTRE
Driving light .......................................... FRONT
0303-101 0305-101
303 Lever switch for turning lights/ 305 Warning lights rocker switch (option)
illumination (option)
On ........................................................FRONT
Two functions are assigned to the lever switch: Off ..........................................................BACK
Turn indication
The switch button flashes when the switch is
Parking light - driving light
pressed.
Turn indication Check the correct function of the warning
The activation direction of the lever corre- lights prior to starting the engine.
sponds to the sense of rotation of the steering
wheel when driving a curve.
Steer to left............................................. BACK
Steer to right.........................................FRONT
When a turning light is switched on, the control
light flashes (211).
HAMM AG 2009 47
OPERATION
When the engine is at a standstill and the

electric system is switched on for a longer
period (key position I), the battery dis-
charges rapidly.
If the engine is started with the EMER-
GENCY STOP switch (NOT-STOP)
pressed, the engine will not start for safety
reasons. In the speedometer display
(108), the error number "Er 39" is dis-
played.
To activate the machine:
Latch driving lever (501) in position 0.
Release the EMERGENCY STOP
switch (NOT-STOP) (302).
0310-100 0311-101
310 Key switch electric system/engine 311 Rocker switch for rotating beacon
start (option)
The electrical components are supplied with Off ............................................................... UP
power through the key switch, and the diesel On .........................................................DOWN
engine is started and stopped.
Key position 0
Electric system.......................................... OFF
Diesel engine .........................................STOP
(Key released)
Key position I
Electric system............................................ON
Key position II ................................. PREHEAT
Key position III .......................ENGINE START
(Key turns back to position I after starting)
48 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0312-101 0312-101 0319-101
312 Rocker switch for vibration 312 Vibration/Oscillation rocker switch 319 Rocker switch for vibration mode
Manual-Automatic (option)
Vibration is switched on and off with the rocker Vibration/Oscillation is switched on and off with
switch. The vibration works with small or big the rocker switch. Depending on the position of The rocker switch sets the operating mode for
amplitude, according to switch position. the switch the vibration or oscillation works. the vibration system. The vibrators can be
Big amplitude ....................................... FRONT Vibration (big amplitude) ......................FRONT switched on or off manually or automatically.
(Illuminated indicator (222) lights up) (Illuminated indicator (222) lights up)
Manual ................................................... BACK
Vibration off ........................................CENTRE Vibration/Oscillation off ......................CENTRE
The vibration can be switched on or off at any
Small amplitude ..................................... BACK Oscillation (small amplitude) .................. REAR
time with the pushbutton on the multifunctional
(Illuminated indicator (221) lights up) (Illuminated indicator (221) lights up)
grip (503).
When the vibration system is switched on, the When the vibration/oscillation system is
Automatic ............................................. FRONT
vibrator can be switched on or off at the multi- switched on, the vibrator can be switched on or
The switching on and off of the vibration is cou-
functional grip (503). off at the multifunctional grip (503).
pled to the road speed. When the admissible
Danger of collapse! Danger of collapse! road speed with vibration (8 km/h (4.97 mph))
Do not switch on the vibration system near Do not switch on the vibration system near is exceeded, vibration is switched off. Only af-
buildings! buildings! ter an engine stop the vibration is re-activated.
HAMM AG 2009 49
OPERATION
Braking (below 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph))........ OFF

Acceleration
(more than 0.5 km/h (0.31 mph)) ............... ON
Driving (more than 8 km/h (4.97 mph)) ..... OFF
The automatic mode must be activated
with the pushbutton at the multifunctional
grip (503) after initial switching on.
time, even during automatic operation, with the
pushbutton on the multifunctional grip (503).
0330-101 0332-100
330 Rotary switch for cabin heating 332 Rocker switch for front windscreen
wiper
The rotary switch regulates the fan for the cab-
in heating. Off ............................................................... UP
Air flow off ....................................................... - On .........................................................DOWN
Air flow level 1.................................................
Air flow level 2.................................................
Air flow level 3................................................z
50 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0333-100 0336-100 0337-100
333 Rocker switch for rear windscreen 336 Rocker switch for rear working lights 337 Rocker switch for front working lights
wiper
The rocker switch switches on the rear working The rocker switch switches on the front work-
Off ............................................................... UP lights at the cabin. ing lights at the cabin.
On ......................................................... DOWN Off ............................................................... UP Off ............................................................... UP
On ......................................................... DOWN On .........................................................DOWN
HAMM AG 2009 51
OPERATION
0338-100 0347-100 0348-100
338 Rocker switch for front washer 347 Rotary switch for cabin heating 348 Rocker switch driving mode normal
system temperature regulation shunting
Off ............................................................... UP The heat exchanger for the cabin heating is At the rocker switch the operating mode for the
On ......................................................... DOWN connected to the diesel engine cooling circuit. drive is set. According to the switch position
The heat exchanger temperature can be set the drive works in normal or shunting mode.
freely with the rotary switch. Toggling from normal into shunting mode or re-
Temperature min. .............................stop LEFT verse is only possible when the engine is
Temperature max. ......................... stop RIGHT stopped and the driving lever is in the middle
position. Is the switch is actuated during driv-
ing, the drive brings the machine to a stop. Af-
ter that, the drive must be re-activated (driving
lever in the middle position).
Normal mode ......................................... BACK
The electronic control makes available all func-
tions for driving and vibration drive, that ensure
an optimal work deployment of the machine.
52 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Shunting mode.....................................FRONT The optimal speed of the diesel engine is con-

(Switch button illuminated) tinuously calculated by the electronic control
The electronic control activates the drive with according to the currently required engine load
special features. This ensure a high degree of and is automatically adjusted to changing con-
safety while unloading and shunting on restrict- ditions.
ed surfaces.
Characteristics:
The speed of the diesel engine is set
to 1/2 of the maximum speed and cannot
be regulated.
The maximum speed at full driving lever
displacement is limited to 1/3 of the maxi-
mum speed. This ensures sensitive appli-
cation of the drive.
0349-100
The selection of the final speed with the
rocker switch (358) is out of function.
The drive assembly follows the move- 349 Rocker switch motor management
ments of the driving levers without delay. manual - automatic
Reverse lever displacement gives reverse At the rocker switch the operating mode for the
movement. diesel engine is set. According to the switch
The constant speed function and the limit- position the speed control of the engine oper-
load control that depend on the speed of ates manually or automatically.
the diesel engine are turned off.
The vibration drive cannot be Manual ...................................................BACK
actuated. The engine speed can be regulated variably
with the toggle switch (358) between the idle
speed and maximum speed according to the
deployment conditions of the machine.
Automatic ............................................. FRONT
(Switch button illuminated)
HAMM AG 2009 53
OPERATION
A 0351-101 0352-102
351 Jumper link plug km/h - mph 352 Rotary switch smooth-/stamping feet
drum
The unit for the speed display is set with a
jumper link plug A. For the correct calculation of driving speed and
km/h .............................................JUMPER UP traction the corresponding belt version must be
mph ....................................... JUMPER DOWN set at the rotary switch.
Smooth drum ......................................... LEFT
The toggling requires:
Stamping feet belt ................................. RIGHT
Electrical system (310)....................... OFF
Jumper link plug......................... TOGGLE The toggling requires:
Electric system.....................................ON Electrical system (310)....................... OFF
Driving lever (501) ..............to the FRONT
Rotary switch .................................. TURN
Electric system..................................... ON
Driving lever ......................to the CENTRE
54 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Danger of injuries!
delay!
Do not use the service brake!
Only trained specialised staff may perform
works at the parking brake! Call your cus-
tomer service for works at the parking
brake!
0353-101 0354-100
353 Pushbutton parking brake control 354 Pusbutton switch Autoteach (black)
(red)
This switch is intended for service staff on-
Danger of accidents! ly!
For this maintenance work, the drive must The electronic control unit updates changed
be actuated. Take care that nobody stays system parametres of the machine on actua-
in the danger zone of the machine. Ob- tion of the push-button.
serve safety regulations. After the work on components, that influence
The parking brake may only be tested when the electronic control of the driving and vibra-
the engine is at a standstill. The parking brake tion drive as well as the speed adjustment of
is applied only as long as the pushbutton is the diesel engine, an update has to be per-
pressed. formed.
If the drive blocks, the parking brake works This update may only be carried out by trained
properly. If the multiple disks of the brakes are personnel.
worn in a way that driving is possible even if
the pushbutton is pressed, the brake must be
inspected or replaced.
HAMM AG 2009 55
OPERATION
0355-100 0356-100 0357-100
355 Air conditioning rocker switch 356 Battery disconnector 357 Rocker switch final speed/engine
(option) speed/vibration frequency
The circuit to the minus pole of the battery is
When the air conditioner is switched on, the interrupted at the battery disconnector. All On actuation of the toggle switch (358), the
cabin ventilation air flow is cooled. electric components will be off. final speed, engine speed or vibration frequen-
Off ............................................................... UP Key position down cy are adjusted according to the position of the
On ......................................................... DOWN Circuit......................................INTERRUPTED switch.
The temperature is regulated with the rotary (Key released) Final speed ..........................................FRONT
switch (347) and the air flow from the fan (330). Key position to the left Engine speed ................................... CENTRE
Circuit................................................ CLOSED Vibration frequency ............................... BACK
(Key latched)
Only interrupt the circuit at the battery dis-
connector when the engine is at a stand-
still and when the electric system is
switched off! Otherwise, voltage peaks
could produce damage.
56 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
The actuation of the toggle switch forward will Vibrator frequency

cause an increase and backward a reduction Toggle switch (357) ................................ BACK
of the limit speed. When the vibration is switched on the frequen-
Final speed + .......................................FRONT cy of the vibrator can be adjusted variably with
Final speed - ..........................................BACK the toggle switch between 20 Hz and 30 Hz
when the big amplitude is activated and be-
When the final speed is adjusted a value for
tween 25 Hz and 40 Hz when the small ampli-
the target speed appears in the display (108).
tude is activated. The actuation of the toggle
After 3 seconds the current engine speed is
switch forward will cause an increase and
displayed again. An adjustment can also be
backward a reduction of the vibrator frequency.
made during driving. After switching off the die-
Vibrator frequency +............................. FRONT
sel engine the set value is stored so that when
Vibrator frequency - ............................... BACK
the engine is started again the last limit speed
is available again. However, the final speed is When the frequency is adjusted a value for the
limited to 6 km/h (3.73 mph) for security rea- target frequency appears in the display (110).
0358-100
sons. After 3 seconds the current vibration frequency
is displayed again. Adjustment can be made
358 Toggle switch Engine speed
during the vibration. If the selected target fre-
Toggle switch (357) ............................CENTRE
The final speed, engine speed or vibration frequency cannot bei reached (speed of the die-
Only in the operation mode MANUAL the
quency are adjusted on actuation of the toggle sel engine in operation mode MANUAL to low),
speed of the diesel engine can be regulated
switch according to the position of the toggle the display flashes.
variably with the toggle switch between idle
switch selection (357). speed and maximum speed. The actuation of
Limit speed the toggle switch forward will cause an in-
Toggle switch (357) .............................. FRONT crease and backward a reduction of the engine
For the corresponding deployment conditions speed.
the limit speed can be pre-selected variably Speed +................................................FRONT
with the toggle switch. Speed -...................................................BACK
The driving lever (501) is regulated through a When the speed is adjusted a value for the tar-
variable range for the limit speed between get speed appears in the display (106). After 3
2 km/h (1.24 mph) and the maximum speed, seconds the current speed is displayed again.
so that a sensitive control at low limit speeds is An adjustment can also be made during driv-
achieved. Exact road speeds, which are re- ing.
quired for certain sealing activities can be re-
peated through the selection of the limit speed.
HAMM AG 2009 57
OPERATION
400 Fusibles and relays

Fusibles
F1 MC-power section A 15 A
F2 MC-power section B 15 A
F3 Sensor for:
Coolant level,
Contamination display for hydraulic sys-
tem,
Contamination display water sump,
Inclination 1A
F4 Sensor for:
Frequency,
Speed,
Engine speed 1A
F5 Fuel filling level transmitter,
Control of filling pump
(option) 5A
F6 Multifunctional grip,
Push plate (option) 7,5 A
F7 EMERGENCY STOP (NOT-STOP) 25 A
F8 Right driving light (option) 7.5 A
F9 Left driving light (option) 7,5 A
F10 Right parking light (option) 5A
F11 Left parking light (option) 5A
F12 Signal horn 10 A
F13 Warning lights (option)
(terminal 15) 10 A
F14 Filling pump (option) 25 A
F15 Back-up-alarm (option) 7,5 A
F16 Fuel pre-heating (option) 30 A
F17 not assigned
15189-10
58 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
F18 HCM (option) 7.5 A Relay

F19 not assigned
F20 Generator D+ 5A K1 not assigned
F21 Display (terminal 15) 7.5 A K2 Fuel pre-heating (option)
F22 not assigned K3 Turn indicator (option)
F E D C B A
F23 Socket 10 A K4 Filling pump (option)
F24 Magnet for engine shutdown 10 A K5 Driving light (option)
F25 not assigned K6 Parking brake
F26 Cold start device 10 A K7 Back-up alarm (option)
F27 Heating, air conditioner (option) K8 Push plate (option)
(terminal 15) 15 A K9 Push plate (option) 6 5 4 3 2 1
F28 not assigned K10 Starter protection
F29 not assigned K11 Cold start device
F30 Electric system (terminal 30) 10 A K15 Power terminal 15
F31 not assigned 0401-102
F32 Illumination (option)

(terminal 30) 15 A 403 Fusibles for cabin console
F33 Warning lights (option)
(terminal 30) 10 A A Illumination for control devices
F34 Cabin (terminal 30) 30 A (terminal 58) 10 A
F35 MC-control section A 1A B Tachograph, radio
F36 MC-control section B 1A (terminal 30) 10 A
F37 Cabin (terminal 15) 30 A C Working light at the cabin
(terminal 15) 25 A
FL Receptacle for fusible test D Interior cabin illumination,
When the green LED lights up, the fusible washer system,
is operable. beacon (terminal 15) 15 A
E Front/rear wipers
(terminal 15) 15 A
F Radio, tachograph
(terminal 15) 10 A
HAMM AG 2009 59
OPERATION
Danger of injuries!
0 delay!
The machine is equipped with a STOP
function. A backwards movement of the
driving lever in the opposite direction to the
driving direction past the mid position is in-
terpreted as an emergency situation. The
drive is stopped without decelerating.
The drive must be activated again after an
interruption:
Driving lever in centre position
If there is danger, the machine can also be
0405-101 0501-100 brought to a halt with the EMERGENCY STOP
switch (NOT-STOP) (302).
405 Socket 12 V 501 Driving lever
Can be loaded with a maximum power of The driving lever determines the driving direc-
100 W (8 A). tion and speed.
Forward movement .................... to the FRONT
Backward movement .................. to the BACK
Braking.....................................to the CENTRE
Stopping ............................................CENTRE
The driving speed is proportionate to the
magnitude of the lever displacement. However,
it is dependent on the pre-selected limit speed
(358) and the driving mode (348).
If the driving lever is held in the mid position for
longer than 10 seconds, the parking brake is
activated automatically.
60 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Position ........................................... LATCHED

Driving lever (501) in latched in centre po-
sition.
Position ...................................... UNLATCHED
The driving lever is free.
Parking brake B
If the driving lever is latched in the 0 position
lock, the parking brake is applied. If the parking C
brake is applied, the illuminated display (204)
flashes.
A
After unlatching the driving lever, the parking
brake is released only when the machine starts
to move. The illuminated display goes out.
0502-100 0503-100
502 0 position lock/parking brake 503 Multifunctional grip

For latching, the right driving lever must be Vibration
pushed in centre position into the 0 position When the vibration system is activated (switch
lock. Two functions are assigned to this posi- (312) ON), the vibrator can be switched on or
tion. off at the pushbutton A at any time.
For unlatching, press the driving lever towards Vibration on .......................................... PRESS
the driver's seat. Vibration off ............................. PRESS AGAIN
0 position lock Push plate (option)
The 0 position lock is a safety device. It avoids The lifting and lowering movement is active as
unintended movement of the machine. long as one of the pushbuttons (B or C) is
Danger of accidents by uncontrolled driv- pressed. If both pushbuttons are pressed si-
ing! multaneously for about 2 seconds, the lifting
If the driver leaves the driver position, and lowering movement of the push plate is re-
even for only a short time, the 0 position leased. Then it can adapt to soil irregularities.
lock must be latched. Pressing a pushbutton (B or C) cancels the re-
lease of the push plate.
HAMM AG 2009 61
OPERATION
Pushbutton B ............................................LIFT
Pushbutton C ...................................... LOWER
Pushbuttons B and C ....................RELEASED
0520-100 10015-10
520 Seat adjustment weight/height The seat height can be adjusted to several lev-
els. The seat latches to the next higher level by
In order to absorb impulsive machine move- lifting it manually by approximately 30 mm
ments using the installed attenuation system, (1.18). For lowering, the seat must first be lift-
this must be adjusted to the weight of the driv- ed to the stop. After that it can be lowered to
er. The pretension of the attenuation system the lowest level.
can be adjusted continuously to a driver's
weight between 50 kg (110 lbs) and 130 kg
(287 lbs) by turning the lever to the left or to the
right. The adjusted weight is displayed in the
adjoining window.
62 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0521-100 0522-100 B A 0523-100
521 Seat adjustment forward - backward 522 Seat adjustment backrest 523 Seat adjustment armrest
After lifting the lever, the upper part of the seat The inclination of the backrest can be adjusted The inclination of the armrest can be adjusted
can be shifted in forward or backward direction in forward or backward direction by lifting the in upward or downward direction by turning the
in increments of 15 mm (0.59"). lever. handwheel A. The height of the armrest can be
adjusted after loosing the clamping screw B.
HAMM AG 2009 63
OPERATION
0524-100 0525-101 0528-101
524 Seat adjustment rotation 525 Seat adjustment left - right 528 Steering column adjustment
After lifting the lever, the seat can be turned to After lifting the lever, the entire seat console Adjust the steering column as follows:
the left or to the right in increments of 10. The can be displaced to the left or to the right. Actuate the foot lever.
seat can be rotated freely if the lever is pulled Latch the steering wheel into the desired
upward into the latching position. For locking, position by inclining it.
the lever must be pushed downwards over the Danger of accidents!
latch. Do not adjust the steering column when
the machine is driving!
64 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
0530-101 0531-102
530 Hand pump 531 Operating lever

Opening the bonnet essentially facilitates the The operating lever serves for handling the
access to the engine and the hydraulic compo- hand pump (530).
nents. Lifting and lowering is done with the
hand pump.
Lever position ..................................... OPEN
Lever position ................................... CLOSE
HAMM AG 2009 65
OPERATION
2.2 DRIVING
2.2.1 General
Danger of accidents by operating errors!
Prior to every start-up:
357
Check the machine for operational and
traffic safety! 358
348
Read and observe the operating instruc- 312
349
tions and the safety notes! 319
301
Danger of accidents and danger of inju- 305
ries!
After the work on components, that influ- 0
R
ence the electronic control of the driving L 303 106 108 110 15185-10 353 07937-10
and vibration drive as well as the speed
adjustment of the diesel engine, an elec- Check the air pressure in the tires.
What must be done prior to start of work?
tronics setup must be performed. This
Perform control and maintenance works Danger of explosion and increased fire
work may only be carried out by trained
(see maintenance section). hazard during fuel handling!
personnel. Operation of the machine with-
Keep step-on surfaces and driver's stand Only fill up fuel when the engine and the
out a setup is not permitted since the ma-
free from stumbling hazards, grease, dirt, cabin heating are at a standstill. Do not
chine can react with uncontrolled driving
ice etc. smoke during the filling-up process!
movements.
Check the turning lights (303) and warning Never fill up fuel near open flames or ignit-
lights (305), as well as the signal horn ing sparks. Do not fill up fuel in closed
(301) and the illumination (303). rooms!
Check the parking brake (353).
Never drive the machine until the fuel tank
Danger of explosion in case of excessive is empty. Check the filling level of the fuel
air pressure! Obtain the specified air pres- tank in time. Fill up the fuel tank already in
sure only with appropriate tire filling devic- the evening. This avoids the formation of
es. condensed water in the fuel tank.
Fill up to the lower edge of the filling spout.
Only use clean fuel!
Notes on filling up fuel: see section Fuel.
66 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
C
02460-13
Symbols for operating substances

The filling places for operating substances on
the machine are identified with symbols. Ac-
cording to machine type and equipment, the
following symbols are attached to the machine:
A Fuel
B Water irrigation
C Additive irrigation
HAMM AG 2009 67
OPERATION
2.2.2 Precaution measures prior to After maintenance and repair work requir-
machine start ing a removal of the driver's cabin/ROPS
anti-rollover device, the driver's cabin/
The machine may only be started and driven ROPS anti-rollover device must be
by specialist persons authorised to do so. screwed again securely to the machine
Danger of accidents and danger of inju- frame. This is the only way to ensure the
ries! roll-over protection.
The operator must get familiar to the work- After maintenance work, check that all
ing environment at the place of utilisation tools have been removed from the ma-
prior to the start of work. The working envi- chine and that all protection devices have
ronment includes e.g. obstacles in the been re-attached and are in protection po-
working and traffic area, the load carrying sition.
capacity of the underground and neces- The diesel engine may only be started
sary safeguarding towards public traffic. from the driver's seat. The engine must not
Make yourself familiar with all devices and be started by short-circuiting the electric
operating elements of the machine and the contacts at the starter.
function of these. It is too late to do this
during work.
Ensure that nobody is in front of, under, or
behind the machine. Do not allow anybody
to stay in the danger zone of the machine.
Ensure sufficient sight, adjust necessary
mirrors correctly.
Keep operation and safety signs clean. Il-
legible or lost signs must be replaced im-
mediately.
68 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
2.2.3 Start of engine

Danger of intoxication!
Combustion engines and fuel-operated
heating systems may only be operated in
sufficiently ventilated areas. Take care for
sufficient ventilation prior to starting.
The starting process may last 20 seconds
as a maximum; otherwise, the starter will
be overheated and destroyed. There must
be pauses between the individual starting
processes in order to allow the starter to
cool down. If the engine doesn't start after
two starting attempts, find out and elimi-
501, 502, 503 310 501, 502, 503 302 10118-10
nate the cause. Observe the instruction 15030-10
manual of the engine.

The engine cannot be started by towing, Initial position before starting
because the hydrostatic drive acts as a Set the operating elements to their initial posi-
brake when the feeding pressure is miss- tion prior to the start of the engine.
ing. Drive component damage would be Driving lever (501).......................CENTRE
the consequence. 0 position lock/
502
Parking brake (502) ................ LATCHED
EMERGENCY STOP
(NOT-STOP) (302) ............................... UP
Vibration (312) .................................. OFF
Driving mode (348) ....................NORMAL
Motor management (349) ... AUTOMATIC
07944-10
HAMM AG 2009 69
OPERATION
201 216 217

203 214 211
234 219 218
202
227 101 109
206
357 223
215
358 102
222
348 103
221
312 104
204
220
349
319
301 224
305 106 108 110
R
0
501, 502, 503 310 15030-10 L 303 106 108 110 15185-10 15180-10
Start of engine Key switch (310) .............................. I III

Key switch (310) ............................... 0 I When the engine is running,
(Electric system ON) The illuminated indicator for charging cur-
If the key switch is set to position I, the illumi- rent (201)
nated displays light up in two steps for 2 sec- The illuminated indicator for engine oil
onds for a function check. After that, pressure (202)
The illuminated indicator for charging cur- must go out.
rent (201) The current engine speed is shown in the dis-
The illuminated indicator for engine oil play.
pressure (202)
The illuminated indicator for the barking
brake (204)
must still be lighted.
Display for the motor speed (106)
Display for the speed (108)
Display for the frequency (110)
are set to 0.
70 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Before driveaway Danger of accidents and danger of inju- Always check for sufficient clearance
Danger of accidents! ries! when passing underpasses, bridges, tun-
Always use safety belt. It is forbidden to transport passengers. nels, overhead lines etc.
Lift attached add-on devices off the Do not use any working procedure that
In case of low exterior temperatures, the
ground. would impair the stability of the machine.
yellow illuminated displays for engine tem-
Prior to driveaway, check for persons in Avoid sudden curves when driving upward
perature (102) and hydraulic system (103)
the immediate vicinity of the machine. or downward slopes and during driving in
indicate the warm-up phase of the compo-
In emergency situations and when there is transversal direction so slopes (danger of
nents. The acceleration and braking be-
a danger, bring the machine to an immedi- tilting).
haviour of the machine are influenced by
ate stop by operating the EMERGENCY The smooth surface of the drums decreas-
viscous hydraulic oil. For this reason,
STOP switch (NOT-STOP). es lateral stability in case of wet, uneven
warm up the machine during the warming
Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP ground. Operation of the machine is not
phase with moderate speed and low load
switch (NOT-STOP) as operation brake. admitted on snow and ice.
until the hydraulic oil has heated to 20 C
The driving speed must always corre-
(68F). The illumination goes out when the
spond to the conditions of the surround-
operating temperature is reached.
ings.
If the machine is frozen to the ground, take
In case of malfunctions at the steering or
care that no clods of earth stick to the
braking systems, immediately stop the ma-
drum, as these could damage the scrap-
chine and have the malfunctions eliminat-
ers. Therefore, park the machine on
ed.
planks or dry gravel if frost is likely!
Never leave the driver's stand during trav-
Danger of falling! el.
For machines with driver's cabin, the lower At borders of excavation pits and batters,
door parts must always be closed during drive the machine in a way that it cannot
driving operation! slide or tilt.
Always use safety belt!
HAMM AG 2009 71
OPERATION
2.2.4 Driving Automatic ............................................. FRONT

The machine is equipped with Hammtronic. The Hammtronic takes over the complete
The operation system that is controlled by mi- speed control of the diesel engine. According
cro processes ensures an optimal rolling result to the momentarily required engine load, the
through automatic control and regulation rou- optimal speed is continuously calculated and
tines as well as ultimate safety for driver and automatically adjusted to changing conditions. 357
machine. Control and regulation features cover 358
the diesel engine, drive and vibration control. 348
312
349
319
Engine management 301
At the toggle switch motor management (349) 305
the operating mode for the diesel engine is set.
According to the switch position the speed con- 0
R
trol of the engine operates manually or auto- L 303 106 108 110 15185-10
matically.
Manual ................................................... BACK Drive
Only in the operation mode MANUAL and posi- The hydraulic drive is optimised by Hammtron-
tion ENGINE SPEED of the toggle switch (357) ic. Features such as selection of the final
the speed of the diesel engine can be regulat- speed, automatic skid control, constant-speed
ed variably with the toggle switch (358) be- function, limit-load control, shunting mode etc.
tween idle speed and maximum speed. The guarantee the best traction.
actuation of the toggle switch forward will
cause an increase and backward a reduction
of the engine speed.
Speed +................................................FRONT
Speed -................................................... BACK
When the speed is adjusted a value for the tar-
get speed appears in the display (106). After 3
seconds the current speed is displayed again.
An adjustment can also be made during driv-
ing.
72 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Limit speed Automatic slip control Constant speed function

Toggle switch (357) .............................. FRONT The traction of belt and wheels is constantly The driving speed that is set with the driving le-
For the corresponding deployment conditions monitored by the Hammtronic. ver (501) is held constant in normal operation
the limit speed can be pre-selected variably Changes in the surface conditions that can by the constant speed function. Factors such
with the toggle switch (358). The driving lever cause slipping of the wheel are compensated as an increase or reduction in the load are reg-
(501) is regulated through a variable range for by changes in the drive torque in the hydromo- istered and included in the calculation of the
the limit speed between 2 km/h (1.24 mph) and tors. When driving upward or downward slopes road speed.
the maximum speed, so that a sensitive control the tractive force automatically is displaced to
at low limit speeds is achieved. Exact road the axle directed downhill. Limit-load control
speeds, which are required for certain sealing If the speed of the diesel engine drops to below
activities can be repeated through the selec- a certain value as a result of an increased load
tion of the limit speed. When the machine is at (uphill driving), the steering device will auto-
a standstill, the actuation of the toggle switch matically switch over to limit-load control. At
forward will cause an increase and backward a the same time, the driving speed is reduced to
reduction of the limit speed. such an extent as to prevent an overloading of
the diesel engine. If the load is reduced (level
Final speed + .......................................FRONT
ground), the driving speed is increased back
Final speed - .......................................... BACK
up to the original value.
When the final speed is adjusted a value for
the target speed appears in the display (108).
After 3 seconds the current engine speed is
displayed again. An adjustment can also be
made during driving. After switching off the die-
sel engine the set value is stored so that when
the engine is started again the last limit speed
is available again. However, the final speed is
limited to 6 km/h (3.73 mph) for security rea-
sons.
HAMM AG 2009 73
OPERATION
Driving mode The drive assembly follows the move-

At the toggle switch driving modet (348) the ments of the driving levers without delay.
operating mode for the drive is set. According Reverse lever displacement gives reverse
to the switch position the drive works in normal movement.
or shunting mode. Toggling from normal into The constant speed function and the limit-
shunting mode or reverse is only possible load control that depend on the speed of
when the engine is stopped and the driving le- the diesel engine are turned off.
ver is in the middle position. Is the switch is ac- The vibration drive cannot be actuated.
tuated during driving, the drive brings the ma-
chine to a stop. After that, the drive must be re-
activated (driving lever in the middle position).
Normal mode ......................................... BACK
The electronic control makes available all func-
tions for driving and vibration drive, that ensure
an optimal work deployment of the machine.
Shunting mode.....................................FRONT
The electronic control activates the drive with
special features. This ensure a high degree of
safety while unloading and shunting on restrict-
ed surfaces.
Characteristics:
The speed of the diesel engine is set
to 1/2 of the maximum speed and cannot
be regulated.
The maximum speed at full driving lever
displacement is limited to 1/3 of the maxi-
mum speed. This ensures sensitive appli-
cation of the drive.
The selection of the final speed with the
rocker switch (358) is out of function.
74 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
502
501, 502, 503 310 15030-10 07945-10 501, 502, 503 302 10118-10
Driveaway Danger of injuries!

0 position lock/ The roller stops immediately without any
Parking brake (502) ........... UNLATCHED delay!
The parking brake is only released when The machine is equipped with a STOP
the machine starts to move. Illuminated function. A backwards movement of the
display (204) goes out driving lever in the opposite direction to the
Driving lever (501) ..............to the FRONT driving direction, also past the mid posi-
or ......................................... to the BACK tion, is interpreted as an emergency situa-
Do not switch off the key switch (310) dur- tion. The drive is stopped without deceler-
ing travel (key position 0). ating.
If there is danger, the machine can also be
brought to a halt with the EMERGENCY
STOP switch (NOT-STOP) (302).
HAMM AG 2009 75
OPERATION
2.2.5 Driving with vibration Danger of falling!

The oscillating drum decreases road adhe-
For safety reasons, vibration cannot be sion. When driving on hard surfaces, and
used during shunting operation. in particular when driving in transversal di-
When the vibration system is switched on, the rection to slopes, lateral stability is de-
drum will vibrate according to the speed of the creased.
357
vibrator. This hammering will increase the com- If intensive compacting with few transitions
pacting force of the machine several times 358
shall be obtained during earth-moving work, 348
over. The vibration can be used in two ampli- 312
the machine must roll over the material to be 349
tude ranges with assigned frequency values. compacted with low driving speed and excite
319
301
The hyraulic vibration drive is contolled by and compact it with the corresponding frequen- 305
Hammtronic and keeps the vibration frequency cy.
that is set with the toggle switch (358) constant R
during operation. Occuring disturbances such 0
as speed variation of the diesel engine, that L 303 106 108 110 15185-10
are caused by variable energy absorption of

the ground or drive are compensated by a Vibration is switched on and off with the rocker
comparison of the actual and target value. An switch (312). The vibration works with small or
elastic suspension of the drums prevents the big amplitude, according to switch position.
transfer of vibration oscillations to the machine
Big amplitude ....................................... FRONT
frame.
(Illuminated indicator (222) lights up)
Danger of collapse! Vibration off ....................................... CENTRE
Vibration must not be used in the immedi- Small amplitude ..................................... REAR
ate vicinity of buildings or bridges as these (Illuminated indicator (221) lights up)
can be damaged or destroyed by the vi-
bration oscillation. When the vibration system is switched on, the
vibrator can be switched on or off at the multi-
Danger of explosion! functional grip (503).
Prior to switching on the vibration function,
it must be ensured that lines laid in the un-
derground (gas, water, sewage, electricity
lines) cannot be damaged or destroyed by
the vibration oscillations.
76 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
The switching on and off of the vibration is cou-

pled to the road speed. When the admissible
road speed with vibration (8 km/h (4.97 mph))
201 216 217
is exceeded, vibration is switched off. Only af-
203 214
234 219 218
211 ter an engine stop the vibration is re-activated.
202
227 101 109
206 Braking (below 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph))........ OFF
223
215
222 Acceleration
102
103 204
221
104 220 Driving (more than 8 km/h (4.97 mph)) ..... OFF
503
224 The automatic mode must be activated
106 108 110
with the pushbutton at the multifunctional
15180-10 07943-10 time with the pushbutton on the multifunctional
grip.
In the position VIBRATION FREQUENCY of When the frequency is adjusted a value for the
the toggle switch (357) the frequency can be target frequency appears in the display (110).
adjusted variably with the toggle switch (358) After 3 seconds the current vibration frequency
between 20 Hz and 30 Hz when the big ampli- is displayed again. An adjustment can also be
tude is activated and between 25 Hz and 40 Hz made during the vibration. If the selected target
when the small amplitude is activated. The ac- frequency cannot bei reached (speed of the
tuation of the toggle switch forward will cause diesel engine in operation mode MANUAL to
an increase and backward a reduction of the low), the display flashes.
vibrator frequency. The rocker switch (319) sets the operating
Vibrator frequency +............................. FRONT mode for the vibration system. The vibrator can
Vibrator frequency - ............................... BACK be switched on or off manually or automatical-
ly.
Manual ...................................................BACK
time with the pushbutton on the multifunctional
grip (503).
Automatic (pushbutton lights up) .........FRONT
HAMM AG 2009 77
OPERATION
2.2.6 Driving with vibration/oscillation Danger of falling!

(VIO) The oscillating drum decreases road adhe-
sion. When driving on hard surfaces, and
For safety reasons, vibration cannot be in particular when driving in transversal di-
used during shunting operation. rection to slopes, lateral stability is de-
When the vibration system is switched on, the creased.
357
drum will vibrate according to the speed of the If intensive compacting with few transitions 358
vibrator. This hammering will increase the com- shall be obtained during earth-moving work, 348
pacting force of the machine several times 312
the machine must roll over the material to be 349
over. In the oscillation mode the drum is shifted 319
compacted with low driving speed and excite 301
to tangential oscillations. The compression of and compact it with the corresponding frequen- 305
the material to be compacted is conducted by cy.
flexing movements. The hyraulic vibration drive R
is contolled by Hammtronic and keeps the fre-

0
quency that is set with the toggle switch (358) L 303 106 108 110 15185-10
constant during operation. Occuring distur-

bances such as speed variation of the diesel Vibration/Oscillation is switched on and off with
engine, that are caused by variable energy ab- the rocker switch (312). Depending on the po-
sorption of the ground or drive are compensat- sition of the switch the vibration or oscillation
ed by a comparison of the actual and target works.
value. An elastic suspension of the drums pre- Vibration (big amplitude) ........................ VORN
vents the transfer of vibration oscillations to the (Illuminated indicator (222) lights up)
machine frame. Vibration/Oscillation off ..................... CENTRE
Danger of collapse! Oscillation (small amplitude) .................. REAR
The vibration must not be used in the im- (Illuminated indicator (221) lights up)
mediate vicinity of buildings or bridges as When the vibration/oscillation system is
these can be damaged or destroyed by the switched on, the vibrator can be switched on or
vibration oscillation. off at the multifunctional grip (503).
Danger of explosion!
Prior to switching on the vibration function,
it must be ensured that lines laid in the un-
derground (gas, water, sewage, electricity
lines) cannot be damaged or destroyed by
the vibration oscillations.
78 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Braking (below 1.5 km/h (0.93 mph))........ OFF

Acceleration
201 216 217
Driving (more than 8 km/h (4.97 mph)) ..... OFF
203 214 211
202
234 219 218
109
The automatic mode must be activated
227 101
206 with the pushbutton at the multifunctional
215
223
222
102 221
103 204 The vibration/oscillation can be switched on or
104 220
off at any time with the pushbutton on the mul-
503 tifunctional grip.
224
106 108 110
15180-10 07943-10
In the position VIBRATION FREQUENCY of The rocker switch (319) sets the operating
the toggle switch (357) the frequency can be mode for the vibration/oscillation system. The
adjusted with the toggle switch (358) between vibrator/oscillator can be switched on or off
20 HZ and 33 Hz. The actuation of the toggle manually or automatically.
switch forward will cause an increase and
Manual ...................................................BACK
backward a reduction of the frequency.
The vibration/oscillation can be switched on or
Frequency +.........................................FRONT
off at any time with the pushbutton on the mul-
Frequency -............................................ BACK
tifunctional grip (503).
When the frequency is adjusted a value for the
Automatic (pushbutton lights up) .........FRONT
target frequency appears in the display (110).
The switching on and off of the vibration/oscil-
After 3 seconds the current frequency is dis-
lation is coupled to the road speed. When the
played again. An adjustment can also be made
admissible road speed with vibration/oscillation
during the operation. If the selected target fre-
(8 km/h (4.97 mph)) is exceeded, the vibration/
quency cannot bei reached (speed of the die-
oscillation is switched off. Only after an engine
sel engine in operation mode MANUAL to low),
stop the vibration/oscillation is re-activated.
the display flashes.
HAMM AG 2009 79
OPERATION
502
357
358
348
312
349
319
301
305
R
0
501, 502, 503 310 15030-10 07944-10 L 303 106 108 110 15185-10
2.2.7 Stop, switch off engine, leave Before switching off the engine Switch off engine
machine Vibration (312) .................................. OFF Key switch (310) ................................I 0
0 position lock/ Do not switch off engine from full load op-
Stop Parking brake (502) ................ LATCHED eration, instead, let it run for 1-2 minutes
Vibration (503) .................................. OFF Driving mode (348) ....................NORMAL with idle speed for temperature compensa-
Driving lever (501).......................CENTRE Motor management (349) ... AUTOMATIC tion purposes.
The hydrostatic drive brings the machine to a Fully lower attached accessory equipment. When the engine is at a standstill and the
stop. In the motor management (349) AUTO- electric system is switched on for a longer
MATIC the Hammtronic slows down the diesel period (key position I), the battery dis-
engine idle speed. charges rapidly.
Danger of accidents and danger of inju-
ries!
When leaving the driver's stand, even for
only a short time, the driver must shut
down the engine! Carry out maintenance
work only when the engine is stopped.
80 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Leaving the machine

The driver may only leave the machine when
orderly parked. Traffic regulations have to be
observed as well.
Before leaving the machine, the driver must
ensure that
the parking brake (502) is applied, in-
stalled add-on devices are lowered, and
that the engine is shut off.
the key switch (310) is in latch position 0
and the ignition switch is pulled off.
the machine is made free of voltage at the
battery disconnector with the key pulled
off.
the cabin doors or the dashboard cover, as
well as all cladding covers are locked.
the machine is secured against rolling
away with a wedge, in particular on
slopes.
the machine does not obstruct the traffic
on public roads. If this cannot be avoided,
set up warning signs (illumination) accord-
ing to safety regulations.
Danger of falling!
Do not park the machine on batters or bat-
ter edges. Do not place the machine on
loose or shortly dumped ground. On
slopes, always park the machine on the
hillside and secure it against rolling away
with a wedge.
HAMM AG 2009 81
OPERATION
Observe the filling level for operating substanc-

es (fuel, water, additive). Fill up tanks in time.
Never drive the machine until the fuel tank is
201 216 217
empty.
203 214 211
227
202
234 219 218
101 109
The engine cooling fan and the AC generator
206 are driven by a V-belt. If the drive belt tears,
223
215
222 engine cooling and the battery charging cur-
102
103 204
221
rent are interrupted. The warning light for
104 220 charging current (201) lights up. In case of high
224
engine temperature, the illuminated displays
106 108 110 (102, 220) are activated; additionally, an
acoustic signal is given out. Switch off the en-
gine immediately to prevent overheating of the
engine. Replace defect drive belt by a new
15180-10
one. Never start the engine without cooling fan
drive.
2.2.8 Operation monitoring
Observe the following items in order to main-
Observe the control and indication instruments tain a proper function of the alternator:
on the dashboard from time to time. Do not interrupt the connection between
battery and alternator when the engine is
If the operating temperature for the hydraulic
running.
system rises above normal values, a red signal
Do not confuse battery connections.
lights up in the illuminated display (102, 103). A
Remove the earthing strip from the battery
second illuminated display lights up in case of
strip during welding work.
overheating. When the turning light lights up,
the illuminated display STOP (220) is activated
simultaneously. At the same time an acoustic
signals sounds. Switch off the engine immedi-
ately to prevent overheating of the engine. De-
termine and remove the cause of the tempera-
ture increase.
If a warning light indicates a failure, determine
and remove the cause.
82 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
In order to protect electronic components as

e.g. central control unit, monitor unit, sensors,
relays etc., all connectors on the fusible board
must be pulled out prior to welding work; other-
wise, the electronic components will be de-
stroyed. A
For this:
Press catch A downwards.
Take the connector B from the support by B
jiggling and pulling is carefully.
The negative pole must be applied directly to
the constructive part to be welded. Take care
for a good contact!
Re-connect all connectors after the welding
15187-10 15186-10
work (connector and support must have the
same coding!).
HAMM AG 2009 83
OPERATION
If the diesel engine fails, the machine can

only be steered in a restricted way and
with a high amount of force at the steering
wheel (emergency steering). Before mov-
ing, remove wedges or blocks.
502
The machine may only be towed with low
speed (1 km/h (0.6 mph)). The maximum tow-
ing distance is 500 m.
After towing
Shut down the diesel engine.
Secure machine against rolling away with
wedges or blocks.
Reconnect the hydrostatic drive power
501, 502, 503 310 15030-10 07944-10
train.
Make parking brake operational.
2.2.9 Towing Before towing Remove towing bar.
Driving lever (501).......................CENTRE
Towing of the machine assumes sufficient 0 position lock (502)................. LATCHED
knowledge of the functioning of the hydrostatic Shut engine down, if still functional (310).
drive and the operation of the spring locked Secure machine against rolling away with
multiple disc brake. The preparations for tow- wedges or blocks.
ing may only be carried out by experienced Separate the hydrostatic drive power train.
personnel who are aware of the dangers. The Release parking brakes.
machine may only be towed using the towing Tow using towing bar only (brakes not
points and only with a towing bar. Replace functional).
damaged pipes and hoses from which oil leaks
before towing (environment protection). Towing
Start, if possible, the engine (for steering hy-
draulics).
84 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
Do not screw out the screw by more than

2 turns out of the housing; otherwise, hy-
draulic oil may flow out or air may enter in-
D to the system between screw and housing.
C
B A C 07865-10 05558-10
Separate the hydrostatic drive power train Making the parking brakes inoperational
Only if the oil flow can circulate without pres- Danger of accidents!
sure in the hydraulic system, can the machine The brake is out of function! Only for the
be towed. For this, perform the following at purpose of towing in case of a defective
both high pressure valves: diesel engine or defective hydraulic sys-
Loosen counternut A at the driving pump tem may the spring force of the spring-
C. loaded brakes be reduced using the hand
Screw in the stud screw B until the screw pump A.
end flushes with the counternut.
Loosen counternut B.
Activate the hydrostatic drive power train Screw in the screw C until the stop.
Screw out the stud screw until the stop. Unlock the spring-operated brakes by
Tighten the counternut. pumping at lever D (approx. 30 pump
strokes).
Make parking brake operational

Screw out screw C by two turns.
Tighten the counternut B.
HAMM AG 2009 85
OPERATION
2.3 HEATING/VENTILATION/
355
COOLING
347
2.3.1 General
330
The comfort, well-being and good condition of
the driver are largely dependent on a properly
set heating and ventilation. This especially ap- B A
E
plies for the cold seasons. By adjusting the
footspace heating and opening the vents as re- D
quired, a temperature distribution is achieved
C
with the pleasant effect of a cool head and
warm feet. A special heating and ventilation
system in conjunction with a climate control
F
(optional) ensures an optimal compartment cli- 10112-10 07742-10
mate. The cabin ventilation is achieved

through mixer operation, i.e. the exhaust flow 2.3.2 Operation The ventilation temperature can be set freely
aspires air simultaneously out of the drivers with the rotary switch (347).
cabin and draws in fresh outside air via special Description:
A Aspiration duct for recirculating air Temperature min. ............................ stop LEFT
filters. The dirty filters must be replaced de- Temperature max. ......................... stop RIGHT
B Aspiration duct for fresh air
pending on the dust load.
C Vent for lower part of cabin
D Vent for centre part of cabin
E Vent for upper part of rear window
F Vent for front window
The ventilation fan is switched on and off with
the rotary switch (330).
Air flow off ....................................................... -
Air flow level 1.................................................
Air flow level 2.................................................
Air flow level 3................................................z
86 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
2.3.3 Heating/ventilation/cooling Ventilation Cooling

If the temperature switch (347) is set to min., If outside temperatures are high, the air flow for
Heating the system runs in ventilation operation. the cabin ventilation can be cooled if the ma-
The heat exchanger for the heating is connect- 3 ventilation steps ensure an optimal air circu- chine is equipped with air conditioning (option).
ed to the engine cooling circuit. When the ven- lation in the cabin. Doors and windows should be closed in order
tilation fan is switched on, the air flow which to obtain a fast cooling of the cabin if the air
passed through the heat exchanger is guided conditioning is turned on. This obtains a further
into the cabin. The heating temperature can be cooling of already cooled inside air.
set variably at the switch (347). The vents D-F Switching on and off is performed at the rocker
are provided for drying or de-icing the rear win- switch (355).
dow. The air flow can be adjusted by opening Off ............................................................... UP
and rotating the fin element. On .........................................................DOWN
HAMM AG 2009 87
OPERATION
2.4 OPENING THE BONNET
2.4.1 General
The bonnet my only be opened by experi-
enced personnel who are aware of the
dangers.
501, 502, 503 310 15030-10

530 A 531 15036-10
Before lifting 2.4.2 Opening the bonnet

Driving lever (501).......................CENTRE
0 position lock/ Turn the lever A at the hand pump (530) in
Parking brake (502) ................. LATCHED the direction of arrow "OPEN".
Key switch (310) ................................I 0 Insert the operating lever (531) in the cut-
Close the cabin doors. out on the manual pump (530) and raise
the bonnet to the tilting point by gradual
pumping.
After passing the tilting point, the bonnet is
opened to the stop by its own weight.
Remove the operating lever.
Danger of life!
Maintenance work may only be performed
with the bonnet completely opened and
the lever position "OPEN".
88 HAMM AG 2009
OPERATION
2.4.3 Closing the bonnet

Danger of life!
Before lowering, ensure that there are no
personnel within the danger zone. Com-
pletely remove tools, replaced mainte-
nance parts and other items not belonging
to the machine. After passing the tilting
point, the bonnet closes by itself due to its
weight.
Turn the lever A at the hand pump (530) in
the direction of arrow "CLOSE".
Insert the operating lever (531) in the cut-
out on the manual pump (530) and lower
the bonnet to the tilting point by gradual
pumping. After passing the tilting point, the
bonnet closes by itself due to its weight.
The automatic closing process can be
stopped by turning the lever A towards the
direction of the arrow "OPEN".
When the bonnet is in its final position,
tighten it by continued pumping to a nota-
ble resistance.
Remove the operating lever.
HAMM AG 2009 89
MAINTENANCE
3 MAINTENANCE The maintenance intervals are determined ac- Specialist knowledge is necessary for the exe-
cording to the running time of the operation cution of some inspection and maintenance
hours counter; for this, additional maintenance works; these cannot be given in the scope of
3.1 INTRODUCTION work has to be performed during the running-in these operating instructions. We recommend
time according to the running-in regulations. to have these works performed by trained spe-
3.1.1 General The works necessary for care and the conser- cialised staff.
vation of the operational safety of the machine
This machine requires care and maintenance
are listed in the following sections. The run-
like any other technical device. The extent and
ning-in regulations, the maintenance intervals
the frequency of the maintenance work de-
and the care measures for the diesel engine
pends essentially of the operating and deploy-
can be found in the operating instructions of
ment conditions, which are very different in
the engine manufacturer and must be ob-
many cases. In case of more difficult operating
served.
conditions, the machine must have mainte-
nance in shorter intervals as scheduled for nor-
mal operation.
90 HAMM AG 2009
MAINTENANCE
3.1.2 Notes on spare parts ordering Ordering data Customer service

Name and address of company A world-wide, small-meshed network of author-
In order to have your HAMM roller always Machine type and VIN ised dealers and service stations ensures a
optimally operative, we recommend that Image No. and designation of the image or fast, flawless and high-quality HAMM customer
you keep the necessary maintenance text page of the spare parts list service.
parts listed in 3.2.2 always in stock. Part No., designation and required quanti-
If you use this service you can benefit from im-
ty
Notes on spare parts ordering portant advantages:
Shipment address, i. e. station post office
The components of a HAMM roller are deliber- Proper repair
of destination, if the spare parts are not to
ately selected by our engineers. If you use Trained mechanics
be delivered to your company site but in-
original HAMM spare parts exclusively, you can Fast repair
stead to a construction site
be sure that your roller will bring ultimate per- Short downtime of your machine
Specification on dispatch type, i.e. railway
formance and best use. Guarantee an work performed
express etc.
Please contact an agency in your area; only Guarantee on installed original HAMM
here can you find original HAMM spare parts spare parts
which guarantee quality. in other words: low cost, best service in return.
If you wish, our customer service network can
put installers at your disposition who are famil-
iar with the machine and the latest enhance-
ments.
HAMM AG 2009 91
MAINTENANCE
3.1.3 Safety prior to welding work; otherwise, the electronic

components will be destroyed. The negative
Danger of accidents and danger of inju- pole must be applied directly to the construc-
ries! tive part to be welded. Take care for a good
Observe safety and accident prevention contact!
regulations.
Only appropriate and clean lubricants may
Carry out maintenance work only when the en- be used. Otherwise the guarantee be-
gine is stopped. Only open the engine hood comes void.
when the engine is at a standstill. Keep away
from moving, rotating or revolving parts; do not
touch these (danger of accidents).
Only perform oil change when the engine has
operating temperature. Danger of burning or
scalding.
Perform maintenance works on the engine ex- 07889-10
clusively according to the operating instruc- Articulated frame steering blocking device released
tions of the manufacturer.
Any work in the danger area of the articulated
frame steering may only be performed with the
engine at a standstill and with the electric sys-
tem switched off. Prior to start of work, pull off
the key from the battery disconnector (if exist-
ing). If a battery disconnector doesn't exist, re-
move the earthing strap from the battery (dan-
ger of life). If the machine is equipped with a
locking device for the articulated frame steer-
ing, it must be latched prior to start of work.
The machine must stand on level ground for
the control of liquid levels or for the change of
liquids (fuel, oil, refrigerant, water). This is the
only way to enable an exact determination of
liquid quantities. 07888-10
In order to protect electronic components as Articulated frame steering blocking device latched
e.g. central control unit, monitor unit, sensors,
relays etc., all connectors must be pulled out
92 HAMM AG 2009
MAINTENANCE
3.1.4 Use of biologic hydraulic oil 3.1.5 Refrigerant conditioning The products used and recommended by
HAMM (free from nitrites, amines and phos-
The hydraulic system of the machine is gener- For liquid-cooled engines, special care must phates) can be taken from the lubricant indica-
ally filled with mineral oil in factory. All mainte- be taken for the conditioning and the control of tions 3.2.2. The factory-filled refrigerant mix-
nance intervals given in these maintenance in- the refrigerant; otherwise, corrosion, cavitation ture consist of 40 % cooling system protection
structions are related to mineral oil. and freezing can cause motor damage. agent and 60 % water. This guarantees freez-
The conditioning of the refrigerant is performed ing protection up to -25 C (-13 F). The cool-
The use of biological hydraulic oil is admissible
by adding a cooling system protection agent to ing system protection agent can be purchased
under the following circumstances:
the refrigerant. from the HAMM customer service, ordering
Only biological oil on the basis of special
The cooling system requires constant monitor- No. 313238.
synthetic saturated complex esters may
ing. Apart from the control of the refrigerant The use of the cooling system protection agent
be used. The products used and recom-
level, this also implies the verification of the offers effective protection against corrosion,
mended by HAMM can be taken from the
concentration of the cooling system protection cavitation and freezing.
lubricant indications 3.2.2. Other oils used
agent.
must correspond to the specifications of
The concentration of the cooling system pro-
the oil above mentioned. The neutralisa-
tection agent can be done with commercially
tion value (oil acid) may not be bigger than
available test devices (example: gefo
2.
glycomat ).
When the hydraulic oil is changed (biologi-
The concentration of the cooling system pro-
cal oil replaces mineral oil or vice versa),
tection agent in the refrigerant should not ex-
all filters in the oil circuit must be changed
ceed or fall short of the following values:
after 50 operating hours. After that, the fil- /i
ter change intervals given in this instruc-

Cooling system protection agent Water
tions apply again.
Used biological oil must be disposed at a max. 45 Vol. % 55 %
reliable place of disposal, just like mineral min. 35 Vol. % 65 %
oil.
HAMM AG 2009 93
MAINTENANCE
3.2 LUBRICATION Quality Viscosity Identification

INDICATIONS Engine oil
The oil quality must correspond to the CG-4 or higher see chart
3.2.1 Viscosity - temperature range API classification.
The viscosity of lubricant oil changes with the Conditions

temperature. The ambient temperature at the VG 22 arctic
Hydraulic oil
place of utilisation determines the selection of VG 32 winter
Viscosity is determined according to
the viscosity class (SAE class). DIN standard 51519
HLP
VG 46 summer
The chart only applies to engine oil. (ISO-VG: viscosity grade).
VG 68 tropical
VG 100 extreme heat
30
25 Special oil
20 Only HAMM special oil is admissible.
SAE 20W-50
15 Order No. 1238051
SAE 15W-40
10 Gear oil with Limited Slip additions.

5 The oil quality must correspond to the API GL-5 SAE 85W-90
SAE 10W-40
SAE 10W-30
0 C API classification.
SAE 5W-30
SAE 5W-40
SAE 0W-30
SAE 0W-40
-5
-10 Refrigerant for liquid-cooled engines.
-15 Mixture: 40 % refrigerate concentrate, 60 % water.
-20 Lubricating grease
-25
Lithium soaped multipurpose grease with high-pressure additives.
-30
nur mit Vorwrmen Temperature application range -25 C (-13 F) - +120 C (+248 F)
only with engine preheater
seulement avec prchauffage moteur
02452-10
/i
94 HAMM AG 2009
MAINTENANCE
3.2.2 Lubricants used in delivery status

The machine is delivered with the products listed below. These products have been extensively tested by HAMM prior to their release and should be
used preferably. If products of other manufacturers shall be used, they must be equivalent to the products listed below with respect to quality and vis-
cosity!
/i
Identification Designation Quality Viscosity Designation of Manufacturer

manufacturer
Engine oil
API SAE 15W-40 Delvac MX MOBIL
261149
Hydraulic oil (mineral oil)
HLP ISO VG 46 AZOLLA AF 46 TOTAL
261165
Hydraulic oil (biological hydraulic oil) synthetic, saturated
ISO VG 46 Panolin HLP Synth 46 PANOLIN
1229028 complex ester
Special oil
1238051 HAMM
1238051
Gear oil
API GL-5 SAE 85W-90 EP-B 85W-90 TOTAL
261157
Engine refrigerant free from nitrite, amine and
Thermofreeze plus TOTAL
313238 phosphate
lithium soaped multipur-
Lubricating grease
pose grease with high-pres- Multis EP2 TOTAL
261858
sure additives
HAMM AG 2009 95
MAINTENANCE
3.3 MAINTENANCE OVERVIEW
3.3.1 Maintenance plan

Observe the maintenance intervals of the running-in regulations 3.4!
Engine maintenance: see operating instructions for engine!
/i
Point of maintenance Monitoring once every 10 once every 250 once every 500 once every 1000 once every 2000
see section operating hours operating hours operating hours operating hours operating hours
see section see section see section see section see section
Illuminated displays 3.5.1
Dry air filter 3.5.2 A 3.6.2
Contamination display for hydraulic system 3.5.3
Hydraulic oil A 3.6.3 D 3.10.1
Refrigerant A 3.6.4 D 3.10.2
Parking brake A 3.6.5
EMERGENCY STOP (NOT-STOP) A 3.6.6
Articulated frame steering joint C 3.7.1
Steering cylinder rod C 3.7.2
Scraper A 3.7.4
Radiator A 3.7.5
Vibrator oil A 3.7.6 D 3.9.1
Drum gearbox oil A 3.7.7 D 3.10.4
Differential gearbox oil A 3.7.8 D 3.9.2
Wheel reduction gearbox oil A 3.7.9 D 3.9.3
Filter insert hydraulic system D 3.8.1
Filter cartridge for steering D 3.8.2
Filter cartridge for fuel pre-filter 3.5.4 D 3.8.3
Tyre mounting D 3.8.4
Safety cartridge D 3.10.3
Oil tank purge filter D 3.10.1
Toothbelt VIO-drive C 3.7.3 D 3.10.5
A = check, B = clean, C = grease, D = replace
96 HAMM AG 2009
MAINTENANCE
3.3.2 Required maintenance parts 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO, 3307 HT P (TD 2011 L04 W)
H1890001
/i
Maintenance intervals in operating hours

first time
Quantity Maintenance part once every once every once every once every
after
250 500 1000 2000
10.0 l (2.64 US gal.) Engine oil 50 D D D D
32.0 l (8.45 US gal.) Hydraulic oil D
VIO drum;
10.0 l (2.64 US gal.) Vibrator oil (at drum: only vibration A D D
maintenance free
2.0 l (0.53 US gal.) Drum gearbox oil 50 D A D
6.6 l (1.74 US gal.) Differential gearbox oil 500 D A D D
(2x) 0.8 l (0.21 US gal.) Wheel reduction gearbox oil 500 D A D D
11.0 l (0.34 US gal.) Refrigerant D
1 V-belt Fan 341622 A D D
1 V-belt Coolant pump 1287370 A D D
1 V-belt Air conditioner (option) 201472 A D D
1 Air filter cartridge 1209582 A D D
1 Safety cartridge 1209612 D
1 Filter cartridge Lubricating oil 251194 50 D D D D
1 Filter cartridge Fuel 234567 50 D D D D
1 Filter cartridge Preliminary fuel filter 2044633 50 D D D D
1 Seal Valve cover 1284142 50 D A D D
1 Filter insert Steering 2031492 50 D D D D
1 Filter insert Hydraulic system 1285491 50 D D D D
2 Purge filter Oil tank, fuel tank 1259334 D
2 Toothbelt VIO-drive 359645 D
A = check, replace if necessary, D = replace
3.3.3 Maintenance parts (Service Kits) 3307 HT, 3307 HT VIO, 3307 P (TD 2011 L04 W)
/i
1 All required maintenance parts for the corresponding maintenance intervals 2058130 2058131 2058132 2058133
HAMM AG 2009 97
MAINTENANCE
3.4 RUNNING-IN
REGULATIONS
(see also engine operating instructions)
3.4.1 After 50 operating hours
Diesel engine maintenance

Replace lubricating oil
Replace lubricating oil filter cartridge
Replace fuel filter cartridge
Replace preliminary fuel filter cartridge
Check valve clearance
Maintenance of hydraulic installation

Replace hydraulic oil filter
Changing the steering filter
Drum maintenance
Changing the drum gearbox oil
Maintenance of the tyre mounting

Checking the wheel nuts for tightness
3.4.2 After 500 operating hours
Axle maintenance
Change the differential gearbox oil.
Change the wheel reduction gearbox oil.
98 HAMM AG 2009
MAINTENANCE
3.5 OPERATION MONITORING 3.5.3 Contamination display for 3.5.4 Preliminary fuel filter
hydraulic pressure filter
(see also engine operating instructions) According to the water content in the fuel,
The operability of the filter cartridge for the hy- more or less water precipitates in the drain
3.5.1 Illuminated displays draulic system is monitored by an electrical housing of the fuel pre-filter. When the illumi-
and optical contamination display. Only when nated indicator (227) flashes, the water sump
When the electric system is switched on with the illuminated display (214) flashes must the must be drained (see maintenance once every
the key switch (310), all illuminated indicators optical contamination display be checked. 500 operating hours).
are activated in two steps for approx. 2 sec-
Danger of injuries!
onds for function control purposes. Check
This maintenance process can only be
whether all illuminated indicators are operable.
performed when the engine is running.
Observe the control and indication instruments
Observe safety regulations!
from time to time. If a illuminated indicator indi-
cates a failure, determine and remove the Perform the check with the engine at oper-
cause. You can find an exact description of the ating temperature and with maximum
elements in the operating instructions, speed of the diesel engine.
section 2.1.3. The filter cartridge must be changed when
the optical contamination display reaches
3.5.2 Dry air filter the red range with the illuminated control
flashing.
The operability of the air filter cartridge and the A prematurely contaminated filter can be a
safety cartridge is monitored by an electric first hint for a damaged hydraulic system.
contamination indicator. Only if the illuminated
indicator (203) flashes must the air filter car- The hydraulic oil viscosity is influenced by
tridge or the safety cartridge be replaced (see the temperature. If the oil id cold, indica-
maintenance once every 10 operating hours). tion in the red range is admissible, if the in-
dication changes to the green range when
the operating temperature is reached.
HAMM AG 2009 99
MAINTENANCE
3.6 MAINTENANCE ONCE EVERY 10 OPERATING HOURS

B
C
E
A
B A C 15053-10 04211-10
3.6.1 Maintenance points at the 3.6.2 Check and clean dry air filter
engine for engine oil change
Check prior to start of work whether the aper-
The running-in regulations, the maintenance ture of the dust valve E is clogged with moist
intervals and the care measures for the diesel dirt deposits.
engine can be found in the operating instruc- Squeeze the dust valve and clean the out-
tions of the engine manufacturer and must be put slot.
observed. The operability control of the air filter cartridge
A Oil filling spout and the safety cartridge must be performed
B Oil dipstick with the diesel engine running.
C Oil drain screw Shortly rev up the diesel engine to maxi-
Only lubricants with this identification are mum speed.
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. If the illuminated indicator (203) does not light
up, both filter cartridges are still completely op-
erable.
100 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
When the illuminated display flashes, the air fil-

ter cartridge C resp. the safety cartridge D
must be replaced.
Replacement of air filter cartridge
Flap open retainer A and remove dust col-
lector B.
Clean the inside of the dust collectors.
Replace air filter cartridge C.
Install in reverse order.
The operability check for the safety car-
tridge D is performed with the replacement
of the air filter cartridge C. For this, the en-
gine is started and shortly revved up to
maximum speed with opened filter hous-
A B
ing. If the illuminated display (203) does 10114-10 15177-10
not light up during this, the safety cartridge

is still completely operable. If the illuminat- 3.6.3 Control of oil level in the 3.6.4 Control of refrigerant level for
ed display flashes, the safety cartridge hydraulic oil tank engine cooling system
must be replaced (see maintenance once
Perform this control only when the engine Only check the refrigerant level when the
every 2000 operating hours).
is cold (approx. 20 C (68 F)). engine is cold.
Correct oil level: Centre of sight glass A. Correct refrigerant level: Between the Min.
Do not exceed this level! and Max. mark at the compensation tank.
If the oil level is insufficient, fill in appropri- In case of a lack of refrigerant, only fill up
ate oil through filling aperture B. refrigerant with the specified concentra-
In case of bigger oil losses, find out and tion.
eliminate the cause. In case of bigger refrigerant losses, find
Only lubricants with this identification are out and eliminate the cause.
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. Only lubricants with this identification are
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2.
HAMM AG 2009 101

MAINTENANCE
3.6.6 Check the EMERGENCY STOP

(NOT-STOP) function
When the EMERGENCY STOP switch (NOT-
STOP) (302) is pressed, the hydraulic drive is
stopped, the vibration system is shut down, the
vibration is shut off, and the hydraulic brakes
are activated.
After using the EMERGENCY STOP
switch (NOT-STOP), the machine must be
brought to its initial position. If the engine
is started with the EMERGENCY STOP
switch (NOT-STOP) pressed, the engine
will not start for safety reasons.
353 07937-10 501, 502, 503 302 10118-10
Initial position:
Switch off the electrical system (310).
3.6.5 Check the function of the Press the pushbutton (353). Latch driving lever (501) in position 0.
parking brake Push the driving lever (501) shortly in for- Release EMERGENCY STOP switch
ward direction. (NOT-STOP).
Danger of accidents! If the drive blocks, the parking brake works Start the diesel engine.
For this maintenance work, the drive must properly. If the multiple disks of the brakes are
be actuated. Take care that nobody stays worn in a way that driving is possible even if
in the danger zone of the machine. Ob- the pushbutton is pressed, the brake must be
serve safety regulations. inspected or replaced.
The parking brake may only be tested when Danger of injuries!
the engine is at a standstill. The parking brake The roller stops immediately without any
is applied only as long as the pushbutton is delay!
pressed. Do not use the service brake! Only trained
specialised staff may perform works at the
parking brake! Call your customer service
for works at the parking brake!
102 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE

Perform all maintenance work as described
under 10 operating hours. Additionally:
A 07893-10
A 07894-10
3.7.1 Lubricate articulated frame 3.7.2 Lubrication of steering cylinder

steering joint rod
Danger of injuries! Danger of injuries!
Any work in the danger area of the articu- Any work in the danger area of the articu-
lated frame steering may only be per- lated frame steering may only be per-
formed with the engine at a standstill and formed with the engine at a standstill and
with the electric system switched off! Fur- with the electric system switched off! Fur-
thermore, the articulated frame steering thermore, the articulated frame steering
blocking device must be latched. blocking device must be latched.
Lubricate lubricating nipple A. Lubricate lubricating nipple A.
Only lubricants with this identification are Only lubricants with this identification are
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2.
HAMM AG 2009 103

MAINTENANCE
A 15163-10
A C B 07895-10 15191-10
3.7.3 Lubricate toothbelt for 3.7.4 Control of the scrapers 3.7.5 Control of radiator
oscillation drive
Check whether the scrapers have proper con- Check the cooling fins of the radiators for
Lubricate lubricating nipple (1 for each tact to the drum. Adjust if necessary. contamination.
side of drum). Loosen hexagon screws A. If the cooling fins are contaminated they must
Only lubricants with this identification are Push the scraper console B to the drum be cleaned thoroughly and immediately.
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. until the scrapers make contact. Clean the radiator with a pressure washer.
Tighten the hexagonal screws.
Additional adjustment possibility:
Loosen clamping screws C.
Bring the scrapers in contact to the drum.
Retighten fixing screws C.
The scraper must make contact to the drum.
104 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
A D B 07918-10
C 07917-10
3.7.6 Control of oil level in the

vibrator
Drive the machine slowly until the mark D is
exactly perpendicular below the axle.
Screw out the control screw B; if the oil
level is correct, some oil must flow out of
the bore.
If the oil level is insufficient, fill in oil
through the filling bore C.
Only lubricants with this identification are
HAMM AG 2009 105

MAINTENANCE
A 07919-10 B 07920-10
3.7.7 Control of the oil level in the

drum gearbox
Danger of burning or scalding.
Screw out the control screw A; if the oil

level is correct, some oil must flow out of
the bore.
If the oil level is insufficient, fill in the spec-
ified oil type through the filling bore B.
106 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
A 07925-10
A 07924-10
3.7.8 Control of the oil level in the 3.7.9 Control of the oil level in the
differential wheel reduction gearbox
Danger of burning and scalding! Danger of burning or scalding!
Screw out filling and control screw A. If the Drive the machine slowly until the control
oil level is correct, some oil must flow out and filling screw A is in a horizontal posi-
of the bore. tion.
If the oil level is insufficient, fill in the spec- Screw out the filling and control screw. If
ified oil type through the control and filling the oil level is correct, some oil must flow
bore A. out of the bore.
Only lubricants with this identification are If the oil level is insufficient, fill in the spec-
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. ified oil type through the control and filling
bore A.
The check must be performed at the right and
the left wheel reduction gearbox.
HAMM AG 2009 107

MAINTENANCE

under 10 and 250 operating hours. Addi-
tionally:
10119-10 10120-10
3.8.1 Replacing the filter insert for the 3.8.2 Replacing the pressure filter for
hydraulic system the steering system
Danger of burning or scalding! Danger of burning or scalding!
Unscrew the cup-shaped housing. Unscrew the cup-shaped housing.

Pull the filter insert from the filter head and Pull the filter insert from the filter head and
replace with a new one. replace with a new one.
Clean the inside of the cup-shaped hous- Clean the inside of the cup-shaped hous-
ing from dirt deposits, screw it back to the ing from dirt deposits, screw it back to the
filter head and tighten. filter head and tighten.
108 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
Remove contamination from drain valve D

(check function).
C
Screw the drain housing with a new gasket
ring to the filter cartridge and tighten by
hand. Close the drain valve (screw the
E tightening cone from the housing until the
stop).
Apply a thin coat of oil to the gum gasket
A and screw the new filter cartridge to the fil-
ter head until the gasket makes contact.
Tighten the filter cartridge by hand further
B by half a turn.
Open the fuel shutoff valve.
Screw the actuation button of hand pump
D
15051-10 C from the housing. F 15050-10
Fill the hand pump with fuel by actuating

3.8.3 Changing the filter cartridge for the hand pump until fuel comes from the If the diesel engine is equipped with an ad-
the fuel pre-filter purge bore. ditional fuel hand pump F, the fuel system
Screw in and tighten the purge screw. is purged by means of this pump. Other-
Increased fire hazard during fuel handling! Continue to actuate the hand pump until wise, purging is performed by starting the
Do not smoke! No open fire during works there is a notable resistance at the actua- diesel engine. For this, several starting at-
at the fuel system! Catch spilling fuel or tion button. tempts may be necessary. The starting
water sump, do not let it seep away into Screw in the actuation button into the filter process may last 20 seconds as a maxi-
the ground! housing until the stop. mum; otherwise, the starter winding will be
Close the fuel shutoff valve if existing (only Check for tightness after assembly. overheated and destroyed. There must be
if the fuel tank is installed in high position). The fuel pre-filter must be drained at the drain pauses of a minimum of one minute be-
Open the water drain valve D (screw tight- valve D from time to time depending on the wa- tween the individual starting processes in
ening cone into housing). ter content in the fuel. If the illuminated display order to allow the starter to cool down.
Open the purge screw E. (227) flashes, the water sump must be drained
Drain the fuel and the water sump from the immediately in order to avoid damage at the
filter. diesel engine.
Unscrew filter cartridge A.
Screw the drain housing B from the filter
cartridge and clean it.
HAMM AG 2009 109

MAINTENANCE
3.8.4 Checking the wheel nuts for

tightness
Tighten the wheel nuts crosswise.
Torque 450 Nm.
110 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE

under 10, 250 and 500 operating hours. Ad-
ditionally:
A D B 07918-10
C 07917-10
3.9.1 Oil change in the vibrator Screw out the control screw B.
Fill in the specified oil type through the fill-
Danger of burning or scalding! ing bore C until oil comes out of the control
bore.
Drive the machine slowly until the mark D is Screw in and tighten filling and control
exactly perpendicular below the axle. screw with gasket ring.
Remove filling screw C for pressure com-
pensation purposes. admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2.
Screw out oil drain screw A and let the
used oil drain into a provided receptacle.
Screw in and tighten the oil drain screw
with gasket ring.
HAMM AG 2009 111

MAINTENANCE
The oil must be changed for the right and the

left wheel reduction gearbox.
A B 07926-10
A 07924-10
3.9.2 Oil change in the differential 3.9.3 Oil change in the wheel
reduction gearbox
Danger of burning or scalding!
Danger of burning or scalding!
Screw out filling and control screw A.
Screw out oil drain screw B, catch oil in a Drive the machine slowly until the control
provided receptacle. and filling screw A is in a perpendicular
Screw in drain screw and tighten. lower position.
Fill in the specified oil type though the fill- Screw out oil drain screw A and let the
ing bore A until oil comes out of the bore. used oil drain into a provided receptacle.
Screw in the filling and control screw tight- Drive the machine slowly until the control
ly. and filling bore A is in a horizontal position.
Only lubricants with this identification are Fill in the specified oil type though the fill-
admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2. ing aperture until oil comes out of the bore.
Screw in and tighten filling and control
screw A.
112 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
3.10 MAINTENANCE ONCE EVERY 2000 OPERATING HOURS, AT LEAST ONCE A YEAR
under 10, 250, 500, and 1000 operating
hours. Additionally:
B
General:
After longer standstill periods (e.g. winter)
perform the following maintenance works
D
prior to start of usage. Condensed water
and dirt deposits can impair the function of
the engine and of the hydraulic system.
C
07905-10 A 07906-10
3.10.1 Change hydraulic oil and Screw out oil drain screw A at the bottom
ventilation filter of the oil tank and let the used oil drain out.
Remove ventilation filter B and replace by
Danger of burning or scalding! a new one.
Catch used oil in a receptacle and dispose Screw in oil drain screw and tighten.
of properly! Do not let it seep away into the Fill in specified oil through filling aperture
ground. C to the centre of the sight glass D.
Start the engine, actuate driving lever
(501) with low engine speed until the drive
activates, furthermore actuate the steer-
ing. Pipes and hoses are filled with oil and
purged.
Check the oil level of the engine with the
engine at a standstill, if necessary fill up to
the centre of the sight glass.
Check the hydraulic system for leaks.
HAMM AG 2009 113

MAINTENANCE
Avoid subsequent damage! After a dam-

age to the hydraulic system, with a foreign A
object having entered the oil circuit, the
entire hydraulic system must be cleaned.
This work may only be performed by
trained specialised personnel! Call the
customer service!
After that, replace all suction filters, return
filters or pressure filters in the hydraulic
system after 50 and after 125 operating
hours.
15178-10 B 15192-10
3.10.2 Changing the refrigerant Open the cap A at the compensation tank.
Remove the loser refrigerant hose B vom
Danger of burning or scalding by boiling the radiator and drain the refrigerant in a
refrigerant! provided receptacle.
Never open the cap of the compensation Drain the engine block at the drain screw
tank when the engine is hot! C according to the indications of the en-
It is absolutely necessary to observe the gine operating instructions.
engine operation instructions! Dispose of Screw in again and tighten drain screw
refrigerant properly! Only change the re- and install refrigerant hose to the raditor
frigerant when the engine is cold! adaptor.
Set the temperature regulator for the cabin
heating to maximum temperature.
Fill up refrigerant up to the max. mark of
the compensation tank.
114 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
The safety cartridge may only be taken

from the housing for replacement purpos-
es. The safety cartridge must not be
A cleaned. The engine must not be operated
without air filter cartridge.
C 15182-10 04220-10
Close the filling spout. 3.10.3 Changing the safety cartridge

Start the engine and bring it to operating
temperature (thermostat opens). Change the safety cartridge after following in-
Shut down the engine. tervals:
Check refrigerant level when the motor is After five maintenance processes of the air
cold, fill up as necessary. filter cartridge.
Correct refrigerant level: Between the Min. After 2000 operating hours at the latest.
and Max. mark at the compensation tank. If the illuminated display (203) does not go
out after the maintenance of the air filter
cartridge.
If the air filter cartridge is defective.
Carry out replacement work only when the
engine is stopped!
Remove air filter cartridge C.
Pull out safety cartridge A.
Insert a new safety cartridge.
Install air filter cartridge.
HAMM AG 2009 115

MAINTENANCE
C A 07921-10 B 07920-10
3.10.4 Oil change in the drum gearbox Fill in the specified oil type though the fill-
ing bore B until oil comes out of the control
Danger of burning or scalding! bore A.
Screw in the filling and control screws
Screw out filling screw B and control tightly.
screw A.
Screw out oil drain screw C, catch used oil admissible, see lubricant indications 3.2.
in a provided receptacle.
Screw in drain screws and tighten.
116 HAMM AG 2009

MAINTENANCE
3.10.6 Visual inspection of hydraulic

system
All lines, hoses and screwed connections must
be checked for leaks and visible damage (at
least once per year). Damaged parts must be
replaced immediately. Further operation is in-
admissible. Oil spurting out can lead to injuries
and fire.
15052-10
only for drum with vibration/oscillation
3.10.5 Change toothbelt for VIO-drive

In order to avoid longer downtimes of the ma-
chine, we recommend to replace the toothbelts
for the vibration/oscillation drive after 2000 op-
erating hours.
This work may only be carried out by
trained personnel. Call the customer serv-
ice!
HAMM AG 2009 117

TABLES
4 TABLES 16 Brake valve 39 Power level in CPU EMERGENCY STOP

hydraulically defective switch (NOT-STOP) pressed
17 Brake valve Fuse for power level defective
4.1 DIAGNOSTIC CODE Valve always open Line rupture
/i 18 Brake pressure switch 40 Error control cycle vibration
1 Potentiometer 1 in driving lever Contact error, line rupture Pump, engine, sensor
Short-circuit, line rupture 19 Speed sensor diesel engine 41 Position driving lever
2 Potentiometer 2 in driving lever defective, line rupture not in middle position on start
Short-circuit, line rupture 20 Servo-motor speed diesel engine 42 Program in maintenance mode
3 Double potentiometer in driving lever defective, line rupture Sevice function block graph active
Difference driving poti signals too high 21 Servo-motor speed diesel engine 43 Program in maintenance mode
4 Double potentiometer in driving lever Feedback, line rupture Service function regulation start active
Line rupture 22 Vibration 44 Error CPU card B
5 Driving speed Toggle switch (358) defective defective, contact error plug
Toggle switch (358) defective 23 Speed sensor Vibromotor 45 Error parameter
6 Pump driving forwards defective, line rupture no machine type stored
Magnet defective, line rupture 24 Vibration 46 Temperature sensor refrigerant
7 Pump driving backwards Toggle switch (312) defective defective, line rupture
Magnet defective, line rupture 25 Pump vibration small amplitude 47 Temperature sensor hydraulic oil
8 Axle enginedriving Magnet defective, line rupture defective, line rupture
Magnet defective, line rupture 26 Pump vibration big amplitude 48 Speed Diesel engine
9 Belt enginedriving Magnet defective, line rupture Fuel filter, air filter congested
Magnet defective, line rupture 27 Speed sensors drive 49 Servo-motor speed diesel engine
10 Speed sensor axle engine no signal existent Blocked to min. stop
defective, line rupture 28 Speed Diesel engine 50 Servo-motor speed diesel engine
11 Speed sensor belt engine Toggle switch (358) defective Blocked to max. stop
defective, line rupture 29 Setup autoteach 51 Servo-motor speed diesel engine
12 Tilt sensor Operation completed incorrectly Power input too high
defective, line rupture 30 Setup driving forwards 90 Filling level fuel
13 Brake valve Operation completed incorrectly defective, line rupture
Electrical control defective 31 Setup driving backwards 91 Unknown CAN-Code
14 Parking brake Operation completed incorrectly Display defective, line rupture
Error in braking system 32 Setup vibration big amplitude 92 No CAN signal existent
15 Brake pressure switch Operation completed incorrectly Line rupture, fuse defective
defective, line rupture 33 Setup vibration small amplitude 93 Decode switch display
Operation completed incorrectly Unknown machine type
118 HAMM AG 2009

01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Centre pivot assembly
# 857505
3 Radial rod end bearing
Plate for front part
Plate for rear part
Bolt for
transportation lock
Mechanical-Training 1/3
# 857505
16
7
17
6
15 13
14 12
11 11
20
10
20
1
2
20
11 5
# 857505
Pos Bezeichnung Description Designation
1 Pendel- und Knickgelenk Centre pivot assembly Articulation centrale

2 Pendel- und Knickgelenk Centre pivot assembly Articulation centrale
5 Radialgelenklager Radial rod end bearing Palier bascule radiale
6 Blech Plate Tle
7 Zylinderschraube Cheese-head screw Vis tte cylindrique
8 Blech Plate Tle
9 Deckel Cover Couvercle
10 Sechskantschraube Hexagon screw Vis hexagonale
11 Schmiernippel Lubrication nipple Nipple de graissage
12 Blech Plate Tle
13 Radialgelenklager Radial rod end bearing Palier bascule radiale
14 Flansch Flange Bride
15 Deckel Cover Couvercle
16 Sechskantschraube Hexagon screw Vis hexagonale
17 Sicherungsscheibe Locking washer Rondelle d'arrt
18 Sicherungsscheibe Locking washer Rondelle d'arrt
20 Dichtring Gasket ring Bague d'tanchit
Rear axle
# 2010960
View of axle
Connection flange Hydraulic displacement motor
Differential case with
self-locking differential
O-ring
Circlip
Caution!
When disassembling the
Coupling hydraulic displacement
motor, oil may escape.
Parking brake
(in oil bath moving
multi-disc spring
operated brake)
Planet gear Air bleed
Connection parking brake
Rear axle
# 2010960
Parking brake of axle
Rear axle
# 2010960
Planetary gear of axle
400
420
430
390
510
491
490
160 340
370
80 30 170
90
30
570
10
550
360
350
540
Rear axle
# 2010960
Self-locking differential of axle
Rear axle
# 2010971
View of axle
Connection flange Hydraulic displacement motor
Differential case with
self-locking differential
O-ring
Circlip
Caution!
When disassembling the
Coupling hydraulic displacement
motor, oil may escape.
Parking brake
(in oil bath moving
multi-disc spring
operated brake)
Planet gear Air bleed
Connection parking brake
Rear axle
# 2010971
Parking brake of axle
Rear axle
# 2010971
Planetary gear of axle
400
420
430
390
510
491
490
160 340
370
80 30 170
90
30
570
10
550
360
350
540
Rear axle
# 2010971
Self-locking differential of axle
Wheel gear drum drive
# 1256688
Hydraulic variable displacement

motor
5-planet reduction
transmission with
integrated parking brake
# 1256688
5-planet reduction
transmission
Hydraulic variable
displacement
motor
Parking brake
(in oil bath moving
multi-disc spring operated
brake)
# 2024034
Hydraulic variable displacement

motor
5-planet reduction
transmission with
integrated parking brake
# 2024034
5-planet reduction
transmission
Hydraulic variable
displacement
motor
Parking brake
(in oil bath moving
multi-disc spring operated
brake)
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
HCM - 3
# 2024303
Test points
2 2 3 3
3 1 2
2 4 2 4
1 3 3
1 4 51 6 5 7
1
4
6 5
I Sensor (Speedometer) A Sensor (Acceleration sensor)
1 = +U (12V/+24V) 1 = +9V
2 = GND (0V) 2 = GND (0V) AC: 100mV/g
+U
3 = I- Signal 3 = A- Signal
DC: 4,5V
0V
(roller must drive) 0V
4 = free (vibrator must turn around)
Electrical-Training 1/2
HCM - 3
# 2024303
Test points
Power CDS - Connector
1;2 = +U (12V/+24V) 1 = RMV- value (DC: 5V = 50 RMV)

3;4 = free 2 = Vibrator frequence (DC: 5V = 75Hz)
5;6 = GND (0V) 3 = big/small amplitude
(big. Ampl. < 0.8V; small. Ampl. > 4V)
4 = I- Signal
+U
Instruments 0V
(roller must drive)
1 = Speedometer (0...0.3V DC) 5 = +12V
2 = HMV - Instruments (0...0.3V DC) 6 = HMV- value (DC:5V = 180 HMV)
3 = GND (0V) 7 = GND
4 = RMV - Instruments
(0...5V DC,FM overlap 0...500Hz,
dependet from the amplitude)
5 = free
Inductive proximity switch
# 362980
Scheme:
bn = +
Check-LED
(glowing when sensor is alive)
bl = GND
sw = SIGN
Sensor clearance 2mm +1/-0
Potentiometer
# 868108
Plug arrangement
Pin Cable
potentiometer
adjusting lever, support and potentiometer 856606

bolted and pinned
ferrule resistance: 2x5k 20% (parallel connexion)
8 Potentiometer needs to be read in!

Connection box ABS sensor
# 865168
Input
(Sensor)
PIN Nr. 1 = Wire No 1 = +U Sticker on

PIN Nr. 2 = Wire No 2 = GND (Ground) inside of housing
PIN Nr. 3 = Wire No 3 = SIGN (PIN-designation)
1 1 +U
2 2 GND
3 3 SIGN
PIN 1-6 1 1 +U
Output 2 2 GND
(Vib.-Controller) 3 3 SIGN
PIN Nr 4 = Wire No 1= +U
PIN Nr. 5 = Wire No 2= GND (Ground)
PIN Nr. 6 = Wire No 3= SIGN
Green LED = +12V power supply

Red LED = rectangular signal (pulsating)
Sensor - vibration
# 865222
View HD .4 View HD .4
Vibration sensor rear right Vibration sensor front right
Connection box
vibration sensor
Vibration
sensor
Caution! Caution!
Basically you will find the Adjustment of the sensor
sensors on the vibration or distance is not necessary.
oscillation motors.
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Valve for drive control
# 852155
View: lower side of seat console Oil supply from

the hydraulic
oil filter
T Connection
collector of
P tank
A B
Pump control
reverse
to port Y1 Pump control
forward
to port Y2
Drive lever Adjusting linkage for valve

Possibility to set the neutral
Caution!
position of the valve. In case You must not turn the
of exchange of the valve, allen screw!
adapt the clearance of the Adjustment of the neutral
linkage. position via linkage.
Variable displacement pump drive
# 2057212
Variable displacement
Charge pressure supply FS pump / vibration
(from filter)
Supply M 18x1.5
Valve F a1
M 18x1.5
Supply
Break releasing valve Fa
M 18x1.5
Case drain port T 1

(Vibro pump)
M 22x1.5
Pressure cut-off
max. 450 bar
Air bleed R
M 12x1.5
High pressure port
Test ports B = forward
control pressure SAE
X1 = forward
X2 = reverse
5 - 22 bar Remote control port
M 12x1.5 Centring Y2 = reverse
(in front of orifice) hydraulic neutral position M 14x1.5
# 2057212
Charge pressure valve Case drain or oil drain T2
High pressure port max. 22 bar M 22x1.5
Variable A = reverse
displacement SAE Test ports
pump / Vibration MA = reverse MB =
forward max. 480
bar Pressure cut-off
max. 450 bar M
12x1.5
Centring
mechanic neutral position
Test port
PS = control pressure
22 bar (after orifice)
M 14x1.5
Remote control port

Y1 = forward
Charge and high
6 18 bar
pressure valves ( M 14x1.5
with bypass for towing)
Reverse Test port
Forward G = charge pressure
max. 500 bar max. 22 bar
M 12x1.5
# 2057211
Test port Variable displacement

P S = control pressure pump / vibration
Centring
22 bar (after orifice)
hydraulic neutral position
M 14x1.5
Test ports
Control pressure
X1 = forward
X2 = reverse
5 22 bar
M 12x1.5
(in front of orifice)
Centring
mechanic neutral position
Case drain or oil drain T2

M 22x1.5
Test ports Test port

MB = forward G = charge pressure
MA = reverse max. 22 bar
max. 480 bar Charge and high pressure M 12x1.5
Pressure cut-off valves ( with bypass for towing)
max. 450 bar Forward Charge pressure
M 12x1.5
valve
Reverse
max. 22 bar
max. 500 bar
# 2057211
Pressure cut-off Remote control port

Variable High pressure port max. 450 Y 2 = reverse
displacement B = forward Y 1 = forward
pump / vibration SAE 6 18 bar
M 14x1.5
Air bleed R
M 12x1.5
Case drain port T1

(vibration pump)
M 22x1.5
Charge pressure
supply F a
(from vibration pump
port. Fe)
M 18x1.5
Test ports
charge pressure
M 18x1.5
High pressure port
A = reverse
SAE
Variable displacement pump - vibration
# 2057220
Centring Frequency adjustment

Air bleed R mechanic neutral position max. 42 Hz
(on top) small amplitude
M 12x1.5
High pressure ports
Variable B = small amplitude 42 Hz
displacement A = big amplitude 30 Hz
pump / drive
Scavenge block
Shuttle
Test port
MA = big amplitude
max. 323 bar
(fit a T piece)
There is no high pressure
cut-off in there!!!!!!
Charge pressure
supply S
(from filter)
M 26x1,5
Bearing fixation Case drain port T 2

CAUTION (oil connector block)
Dont unscrew!!! M 18x1,5
# 2057220
Var.displacement pump / drive

Proportional solenoid Case drain supply T 1
b = big amplitude 30 Hz (from drive pump)
Test ports M 18x1,5
Control pressure
X1 = small amplitude
X2 = big amplitude
5 22 bar
M 12x1.5
(in front of orifice)
Centring
hydraulic neutral position
Test port
MB = small amplitude
max. 323 bar
(fit a T piece) Frequency adjustment
There is no cut-off max. 30 Hz
in there!!!!!! big amplitude
Proportional solenoid Charge pressure valve

a = small amplitude 42 Hz is not installed !!!
Charge pressure is controlled
Connection tank Charge and by drive pump
high pressure
Control pressure ports valves Test port
shuttle big amplitude G = charge pressure
MB Scavenge valve small amplitude max. 22 bar
MA 10 bar max. 345 bar M 14x1.5
# 2057227
Test ports Centring Centring Frequency adjustment

control pressure hydraulic mechanic high frequency
Variable X 1 = big amplitude neutral position neutral position small amplitude
displacement X 2 = small amplitude
pump / drive 5 22 bar Charge and high
M 12x1.5 pressure valves
(in front of orifice) big amplitude
max. 345 bar
Test port
G = charge pressure
max. 22 bar
M 14x1.5
Test port
MA = big amplitude
MB = small amplitude
max. 323 bar
High pressure cut-off
300 bar
(fit a T - piece)
Charge and high

pressure valves
small amplitude
Test port max. 345 bar
Air bleed R Case drain supply T2 Ps = control pressure Charge pressure valve is not installed !
(on top) (from drive pump) 22 bar (after orifice) Charge pressure is controlled by drive pump
M 12x1.5 M 22x1,5 M14x1,5
# 2057227
Variable displacement pump / drive
Proportional solenoid
b = big amplitude
a = small amplitude
High pressure
cut-off
max. 300 bar
Shuttle
Scavenge block
Connection tank
Control ports Shuttle Frequency adjustment

MA low frequency
MB big amplitude
Case drain port T1

High pressure port (oil connector block)
B = small amplitude M 22x1,5
Scavenge valve Charge pressure port S
10 bar below the pump A = big amplitude
(from filter) SAE
M 33x2
Variable displacement motor - drum
# 1271806
Adjusting screw
absorbation capacity
Proportional solenoid V min.
adjusting pump
Case drain port T
Test port G 80 - M 18x1.5
400 bar M
14x1.5
Connector
speed sensor
(new)
High pressure A
SAE
High pressure B
SAE
Adjusting screw
Test port M1 absorbation capacity
M 14x1.5 V max.
Shuttle Scavenge valve

Scavenge block
Variable displacement motor - drum
# 876232
Adjusting screw
Proportional solenoid V min.
adjusting pump
Case drain port T
Test port G M 18x1.5
80 - 400 bar
M 14x1.5
Connector
speed sensor
(new)
High pressure A
SAE
High pressure B
SAE
Adjusting screw
M 14x1.5 V max.

Scavenge block
Variable displacement motor drum drive
# 876208
Adjusting screw
V min.
adjusting pump
Case drain port T
Test port G M 18x1.5
80 - 400 bar
M 14x1.5
Connector
speed sensor
(new)
High pressure A
SAE
High pressure B
SAE
Adjusting screw
M 14x1.5 V max.

Scavenge block
Variable displacement motor - axle
# 876437
Hydraulic circuit diagram
Hochdruck Niederdruck Leckldruck Stelldruck

High pressure Return line pressure Case drain pressure Control pressure
# 876437
System of the variable displacement motor with electric adjustment

with proportional solenoids
Hochdruck Niederdruck Leckldruck Stelldruck

High pressure Return line pressure Case drain pressure Control pressure
# 876437
Adjusting screw
V min.
adjusting pump Connector
speed sensor
Test port G
80 - 400 bar
M 14x1.5
High pressure A
SAE
Case drain port T

M 26x1.5
Test port M1 Adjusting screw

M 14x1.5
V max. High pressure B
SAE
# 1271849
Adjusting screw
V min.
speed sensor
(new)
Test port G 80 -
400 bar M
14x1.5
High pressure A
SAE
Case drain port T

M 26x1.5

M 14x1.5
SAE
# 876216
Adjusting screw
V min.
speed sensor
Test port G (new)
80 - 400 bar
M 14x1.5
High pressure A
SAE
Case drain port T

M 26x1.5

M 14x1.5
SAE
# 876224
Adjusting screw
V min.
speed sensor
Test port G (new)
80 - 400 bar
M 14x1.5
High pressure A
SAE
Case drain port T

M 26x1.5

M 14x1.5 absorbation capacity
SAE
Fixed displacement motor - vibration
# 1233920
Hochdruck Niederdruck Leckldruck

High pressure Return line pressure Case drain pressure
# 1233920
Attention ! Case drain port T2

M 16x1,5
After fitting check the
direction of rotation
of vibrator.
High pressure port B

small amplitude
SAE

small amplitude
SAE
Port T 1
M 16x1,5
(closed)
# 1233920
Attention!
When switching on the big amplitude, the vibrator
must turn clockwise.
Danger of bearing damage !
View of machine from the left
Series HD / DV
Vibration
Big amplitude
Small amplitude
Direction of rotation
vibrator Series 3000
clockwise
# 397520
Hochdruck Niederdruck Leckldruck

High pressure Return line pressure Case drain pressure
# 397520
Port T 2
Attention ! M 12x1,5
(closed)
After fitting check the

direction of rotation
of vibrator (see next page).

small amplitude 42 Hz
M 22x1,5
High pressure port A

big amplitude 30 Hz
M 22x1,5
Case drain port T1

M 12x1,5
# 397520
Attention!
When switching on the big amplitude, the vibrator
must turn clockwise.
Danger of bearing damage !
View of machine from the left
Series HD / DV
Vibration
Big amplitude
Small amplitude
vibrator Series 3000
clockwise
Pressure relief valve
# 1249479
Scheme:
O-ring Sealing
pin
pout
Adjusting screw
(pre-adjusted to 27bar ex works)
Collecting block (hydraulic oil)
# 1488635
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Circuit diagram 3205 - 3307

v a l i d f r o m s e r i a l - N o . H:1 8 8 0 0 0 1 , H 1 8 9 0 0 0 1 TIER-3
- Fehlende Ersatzteilnummern siehe Ersatzteilkatalog
- missing spare parts numbers see spare parts list
Revision Modification valid from serial-No.

Vervielfltigung oder Weitergabe nur mit unserer schriftlichen Genehmigung gestattet
Schutzvermerk nach DIN 34 beachten
nderung Datum Name Datum Name Projektbez. Blatt

a Revision management EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
gez. 22.01.2008 Landstorfer
Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 1
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
Plotdatum: 10.04.2008
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
Page Page description
1 Revision management
2 Page list
3 Page list
4 Page list
5 Page list
6 Fuse box / Starting relay

Engine room
7 Fuse occupancy
Central electric
8 Fuse occupancy
Central electric
9 High current PCB

Central electric
10 Relay Central electric
11 Fuse box
Cab console
12 Display Plug occupancy
13 Power supply Supply system
14 Power supply Supply system

Ignition switch , Preheat equipment
15 Emergency control
Magnet, remote shut-down engine
16 Sensors Coolant level

Fuel filter

a Page list EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
17 Pressure switch , Temperature sensor

Engine room ; Signal transmitter
Socket Supply system
18 Level transmitter Fuel tank

Refuel pump
Fuel preheating
19 Jumper km/h - mph

Sensors : Engine speed ,
Vibration frequency , Speed
20 Proximity switch Drive lever

Multifunction handle
Relay Parking brake / Starting release
21 Schubschild
Back-up alarm
22 Lighting STVZO
23 Lighting STVZO
24 Vibration control
Gear shifting
Traction control
25 Working spotlights
Windshield washer
Rotating-beam light
26 Cab lighting
Windshield wiper
27 Radio assembly
Instrumentation lighting Cabin
28 Tachograph
29 Compactometer HCM
CDS Display
30 CDS Display
31 Heating Cabin

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
32 Air conditioning
33 Special equipment
Sprinkling
34 Reserve
Central electric
35 Reserve
Central electric
36 Electric plug
Central electric
37 Electric plug
Central electric
38 Electric plug E-Box
39 Connector Engine room
41 Connector Front roller
42 Central plug Instrument panel

43 Connector Operator platform
44 Connector Cabin
Air conditioning Heating
45 Connector Cabin
46 Central plug Cabin
47 Connector Air conditioning

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
48 Connector
Water sprinkling unit
49 Spare parts list
50 Spare parts list
51 Spare parts list

52 Spare parts list
53 Spare parts list
54 Spare parts list
55 Spare parts list
56
100 Version
Lighting ROPS
101 Connector
Lighting ROPS

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A13: Relay Cold start equipment
K16: Starting relay
A13 K16
6 A13X1
30: /13.22
H: /13.22
TK H
50 15: /14.17
XF1: Fuse box Engine room 31: /14.17
31 15
50: /14.17
L R R:
30 TK:
L: /14.18
F01 Header Control device

Cold start equipment
XF1 F02
/13.8
1 F03
F04
7 K16X1
85: /14.14
87 86: /14.14
30: /13.12
85
86
87: /13.12
X55b
30
X56b Header Starting relay
Pos.: Fuse Page Function
2 F01 80A /13.9 F01 - 80A: Cold start equipment
3 F02 80A /13.9 F02 - 80A: Supply system Terminal 30, Starting device
4 F03 125A /13.9 F03 - 125A: Alternator B+
5 F04 80A /13.9 F04 - 80A: Air conditioning

a Fuse box / Starting relay EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Engine room Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 6
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
F1 /35.4 F1 - Reserve
F2 /35.6 F2 - Reserve
10 F3 5A /16.17 F3 - 5A: Sensors : Sensor Coolant level / Fuel filter Water Indicator
11 F4 5A /19.16 F4 - 5A: Sensors : Vibration frequency , Speed Rear axle / Engine speed
12 F5 5A /18.6 F5 - 5A: Level transmitter, fuel / Control circuit Refuel pump

13 F6 7.5A /20.4 F6 - 7,5A: Multifunction handle , Blade

Proximity switch Brake / Vibro automatic / Back-up alarm
14 F7 7.5A /15.3 F7 - 7,5A: Emergency control , Magnet, remote shut-down engine , Brake valve
15 F8 7.5A /23.16 F8 - 7,5A: Driving light right
16 F9 7.5A /23.5 F9 - 7,5A: Driving light left
17 F10 5A /23.20 F10 - 5A: Parking light right
18 F11 5A /23.8 F11 - 5A: Parking light left
19 F12 10A /24.3 F12 - 10A: Signal transmitter
20 F13 10A /22.6 F13 - 10A: Alarm system switch Terminal 15
21 F14 25A /18.15 F14 - 25A: Refuel pump

22 F15 7.5A /21.19 F15 - 7,5A: Back-up alarm
23 F16 30A /18.22 F16 - 30A: Fuel preheating
24 F17 7.5A /24.9 F17 - 7,5A: Vibration control

a Fuse occupancy EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Central electric Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 7
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
25 F18 7.5A /29.4 F18 - 7,5A: Compactometer HCM
26 F19 /34.10 F19 - Reserve
27 F20 5A /13.3 F20 - 5A: Terminal D+ Alternator
28 F21 7.5A /19.6 F21 - 7,5A: Display Terminal 15 , Rotary switch km/h - mp/h
F22 /35.8 F22 - Reserve

29 F23 10A /17.12 F23 - 10A: Socket Supply system
30 F24 10A /24.7 F24 - 10A: Gear shifting

Rocker switch Vibro automatic / Driving speed / Traction control
F25 /35.11 F25 - Reserve
31 F26 10A /14.17 F26 - 10A: Preheat equipment
32 F27 15A /31.4 F27 - 15A: Cabin-heating , Air conditioning
33 F28 10A /34.4 F28 - 10A: Reserve Control circuit Seat contact switch
34 F29 30A /25.3 F19 - 30A: Cabin Terminal 15
35 F30 10A /14.5 F30 - 10A: Ignition switch Terminal 30
F31 /35.10 F31 - Reserve

36 F32 15A /22.21 F32 - 15A: Steering column switch Terminal 30

a Fuse occupancy EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
X5 X6 X7 X1 X2 X3
X24
X16
X9
J1
mph km/h
X8 X10 X11
F1 F6 F20 X4
F2 F7 F21
X20
F3 F8 F22
F4 F9 F23
F5 F10 F24
X19
F11 F25
X12
F26 K1 X18
K4 V4
F12 F27
K9 K8 K3
F13 F28
J2
A2 KL15.3
3 F14
F29
2 K7 V1
40 F15
1
F16 F30 K5 K6 K10 K11
J4
F17 F31
KL15.2
K2 V2 F32
F18
F33
F19
X13 V5 F34
KL30.3 K13
R1
FL
X21
K15
X22
KL31.1
D1
R3
KL31.2
K15
120R
X23
X17
J3
V6
K15: high current relay
KL31.3
X14_1 Supply system
K L 1 5 . 1K L 3 0 . 2 KL30.1 02042055

a High current PCB EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
General arrangement Relay Central electric
K4: Charge pump

K1: Reserve K2: Fuel preheating K3: Flasher relay Fuel tank
K1 K2 K3 K4
86 86: 86 86: /18.18 31 49: /22.5 86 86: /18.11
87a 85: 85: /18.18 31: /22.5 85: /18.11
87a
87a
30 30: 30 30: /18.22 49a: /22.6 30 30: /18.15
87 87 49a 87
87: 87: /18.23 87: /18.15
87a: 87a: 87a:
85 85 49 85
K5: Driving light K6: Parking brake K7: Back-up alarm K8: Blade
K5 K6 K7 K8
1: /22.21 1: /20.6 1: /20.10 1: /21.10
2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1
2: /22.21 2: /20.6 2: /20.10 2: /21.10
3: /22.23 3: /15.19 3: /21.19 3: /21.11
5
5
4: /22.23 4: /15.19 4: 4: /21.11
3
3
5: 5: /15.20 5: /21.19 5:
K9: Blade K10: Starting release K11: Cold start equipment K13: Vibration
K9 K10 K11 K13

1: /21.4 1: /15.22 1: /14.21 1: /15.24
2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1
2: /21.4 2: /15.22 2: /14.21 2: /15.24
3: /21.6 3: /14.14 3: /14.22 3: /24.11
5
5
4: /21.5 4: 4: 4:
3
3
5: 5: /14.14 5: /14.23 5: /24.12

a Relay Central electric EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Fuse box Cab console
/27.14
/25.21
/26.15
/26.8
/25.7
/27.6
3F1 - 10A: Instrumentation lighting Console , Terminal 58 Radio
A B C D E F Terminal 58 Speedometer
3F2 - 10A: Terminal 30 Cab lighting , Terminal 30 Speedometer
3F3 - 25A: Working spotlights

F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
XF3
41 3F4 - 15A: Windshield washer , Rotating-beam light
1 2 3 4 5 6 3F5 - 15A: Windshield wiper
3F6 - 10A: Terminal 30 Radio


a Fuse box EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Cab console Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 11
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
42
A1
nderung
2
Datum
/13.3 D+
X1:1
3
/29.12 CAN High 120
X1:2
4
Name
/29.17 CAN Low
X1:3
/19.13 Speed sensor Diesel engine
X1:4
5
gez.
gepr.
/19.23 Vibration frequency
X1:5
6
/16.23 Fuel filter Water Indicator
Datum
X1:6
/25.11 Working spotlights front
X1:7
7
A1X1
/25.18 Working spotlights rear
X1:8
Name
8
22.01.2008 Landstorfer
/14.23 Preheat
X1:9
/19.6 Terminal 15
9
/19.3 GND
A1: Display Instrument panel
10
/14.3 Terminal 30
/17.15 Signal transmitter

11
Display
/19.18 Speed
12
/17.18 Hydraulic oil filter
/17.21 Air filter

13
/16.19 Coolant level

14
/17.3 Oil pressure switch Diesel engine

X1:10 X1:11 X1:12 X1:13 X1:14 X1:15 X1:16 X1:17 X1:18
15
16
/17.6 Temperature indicator Hydraulic oil

X2:1
/17.9
Display Plug occupancy
Temperature indicator Diesel engine
X2:2
17
/24.25 Amplitude, large

X2:3
18
Double jump (RMV)

X2:4
/17.24 Pilot light, brake

X2:5
19
Level Hydraulic oil

X2:6
A1X2
20
/19.9 Change-over km/h - mp/h

X2:7
/18.3 Level transmitter Fuel tank

X2:8
21
Projektbez.
GND (HCM)
X2:9
22
Zeichnungsnummer
/24.25 Amplitude, small

EP 3205-3307; EN
Rev.
02104414 00
Compaction data (HMV)

23
+
=
/22.18 Blinker left

24
/22.15 Blinker right
Diagnostic lamp Diesel engine

X2:10 X2:11 X2:12 X2:13 X2:14
25
58
Blatt
26
12
Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
80A
XF1
/6.6
355 F01
1
5A /6.4
D+
/32.2 80A
16 sw 30
F05 /14.2
W
F02
/6.4
G
D+ B+ 125A
16 rt
3
6 rt
6 rt
G2 U F03
31 /6.4
80A
1.5 rt
16 rt 30.1
/32.2
F04
/6.4
X6 9 K16X1 30 A13X1 30
30
10 rt
K16 A13
F20 5A /14.14 87 /14.16
/8.3
K16X1 87 A13X1 H
X1 3 M
6 rt
30 50a
75 sw 4 ge 1.5 ge 1.5 ge
+ M1 X56b 1
X55s 2
0.75 rt
31 X56s 1
135Ah
12V
G1
1.5 ge
A1X1 1 43
-
X1:1 1.5 ge
E01 E02 E03 E04
50 sw
Display
A1 Pilot light Y14X1 1 Y15X1 1
/12.2
Charge current 0 1
S1
Y14 Y15
45
50 sw
Earth terminal Earth terminal Earth terminal Shield

/19.2
Diesel engine Chassis E-Box
31 3
31 02 75 sw 31 01 50 sw 31 03 31 4 5 6 7 8 9 Stud bolt
31 2 Central electric
6 bn 31 1 31
/14.2
M1: Starting motor K16: Starting relay A13: Control device Heater plugs
A1: Display G1: Battery Y15: Magnet, starting excess fuel E01-E04: Heater plugs
G2: Alternator S1: Battery isolating switch Y14: Magnet, starting excess fuel
a Power supply Supply system EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/13.17 /15.2
15
/15.2
30 1
F30 10A F26 10A
/8.3 /8.3
30 2
K10X1 3
3
X1 21 30 X1 19
K15 K10
.8 87 /15.22 4 5
2.5 rt
K10X1 X18 K11X1 1 3
X19:11
5 2 1
15 1
1.5 ws
X18:7
X18:4
1 3
K11
X6 3 55 2 4 5
S2X1 1
Reserve K11X1 2 5
30 30 1
52
S2 S14
1.5 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
/20.4 2
0,1 123
50
17 17 54 15 50a 19 19
S2X2 5 7
1.5 ws
X55b 5 X55b 1 4
X55s 5 X55s 1 4
1.5 rt
1.5 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 gr
X1 16
X1 20
1.5 ge
FL A
K16X1 86 A13X1 50 15 L
Sicherungstester
X17 1 86 50 15 L Fuse tester
54
K16
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
0.75 rt
53
A13 FL E
85
/13.22
31
K16X1 85
K15X1 1
A13X1 31
0.75 br
0.75 br
86
-V6
K15
A1X1 12 51 85
A1X1 9
X1:12 K15X1 2 X55s 3

X1:9
X55b 3
0.75 bn
Display Display
A1 A1 Pilot light
/12.2 /12.2
Terminal 30 0.75 br Preheat
X17 2
31 5
31 31
/13.25 /15.2
30
87
30
87
.8 /13.12
S2: Ignition switch K11: Relay
K15: Power relay S14: Push button switch, parking brake K16: Starting relay Pilot light
Central electric K10: Relay Starting release A13: Control device Heater plugs Preheat
a Power supply Supply system EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Ignition switch , Preheat equipment Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 14
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/14.25 /22.2
15 15
/14.25 /16.2
K6X1 3
J4 2 3
F7 7.5A K6
/7.3 J4 1 /20.6 4 5
K6X1 4 5
X10 2 X10 7 X6 1 X6 5 X20:3 X6 6

X19:12 X20:4
Reserve
Reserve
1.5 rt
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X42b 7 X42b 6
X42s 7 X42s 6
1.5 rt
1.5 ws
X58b 1
only 3205 (H188)

X58s 1
X44b 6 X44b 5
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
X44s 6 X44s 5
1.5 rt
1.5 ws
B20X2 1 B20X1 1
Y7X1 1
+AGR +U-Bat
Y8X1 1 Y5X1 1 K10X1 1 K13X1 1
1 1 1 1
Y7 B20 Y8 K10 K13
Y20 Y5
S7 57 58 59 2 60 2
-AGR -U-Bat
56 2 2
Y7X1 2 B20X2 2 B20X1 2 Y8X1 2 Y5X1 2 K10X1 2 K13X1 2

1.5 br
1.5 br
X58s 2
X58b 2
1.5 br
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
31 10 31 11 31 5
31 31
/14.25 /16.2
5
3
3
/14.13 /24.11
4
S7: Emergency stop switch B20: Position Sensor AGR Y8: Magnet, drive pump K13: Relay
Y7: Magnet, remote shut-down engine Y20: Valve AGR Y5: Brake valve K10: Relay Starting release Vibration
a Emergency control EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Magnet, remote shut-down engine Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 15
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/15.25 /17.2
F3 5A
/7.3
X5 21 X5 18 X7:3
Coolant level Fuel filter
Water Indicator
Preparation : Level transmitter Hydraulic oil

A1 A1
/12.2 Display /12.2 Display
X1:17 X1:6
A1X1 17 A1X1 6
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
X1 1 X2 13
X5 17 X5 4
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X34b 1 X34b 3
B12X1 1 B12X1 3 X34s 1 X34s 3
+U +U
SIGN SIGN
B12 NPN
B11 NPN
61 GND
62 GND
B12X1 2 X34s 2
X34b 2
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
X5 19 X5 16
31 31
/15.25 /17.2
B12: Sensor Coolant level A1: Display

B11: Sensor Fuel filter

a Sensors Coolant level EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Fuel filter Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 16
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/16.25 /18.2
F23 10A
/8.3
Pilot light Temp. Temp. Signal transmitter Hydraulic oil filter Air filter Pilot light
A 1O i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h A 1 Hydraulic oil A1 Engine oil A1 A1 A1 A1 Brake
/12.2 Display /12.2 Display /12.2 Display /12.2 Display /12.2 Display /12.2 Display /12.2 Display
X1:18 X2:1 X2:2 X1:13 X1:15 X1:16 X2:5
A1X1 18 A1X2 1 A1X2 2 A1X1 13 A1X1 15 A1X1 16 A1X2 5
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
H2X1 2
H2
69 -
X1 18 X1 13 X1 2
H2X1 1 X1 5 X1 14 X1 17
X6 20 X6 16 X6 10 X1 15 X5 14 X5 7 X5 3
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
1.5 rt
0.75 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
S16X1 2 S17X1 1 S12X1 2
2 4
68 70 71
S16 P S17 P S12 P
p=2,5 bar p=50mbar p=6bar
1
B2X1 2
S16X1 1 S17X1 2 S12X1 1 PE
2 1 X27b 1 2
1.5 bn
65 0.75 bn
66
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
S20 P B8 B2 X4.
67
GND 31 8
X5 5 X5 8
31 31
/16.25 /18.2
S20: Switch Engine oil pressure B2: Temperature sensor, engine oil S16: Pressure switch Hydraulic oil filter
B8: Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil X4: Socket Supply system S17: Pressure switch Air filter
A1: Display H2: Signal transmitter S12: Pressure switch, parking brake
a Pressure switch , Temperature sensor EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Engine room ; Signal transmitter
Socket Supply system
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/17.25 /19.2
F5 5A Special equipment F14 25A F16 30A

/7.3 /7.3 /7.3
Fuel indicator
Heating Fuel filter

A1
/12.2 Display
optional Switch
X2:8 X16 2 X16 3
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
A1X2 J2 1
Jumper 2
8
K4X1 30 K2X1 30
D60X1 2 3 30 7,5A 30
0.75 ws K4 K2
+U +U .11 .18
87a 87 J2 2 3 87a 87
X2:4
D60 K4X1 87 K2X1 87
R
73
D-In GND nc no Trig.
D60X1 1 6 8 5
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X8 4
X1 4 X16 6 1 X16 4 X16 5
2.5 ws
X5 11 X5 6 X8 6 X8 3
X5 12
0.75 ws
2.5 ws
X70b 1
X70s 1
X60b 1
X60s 1
>24C
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
Schirm
K4X1 86 S60X1 5 K2X1 86

E70
bn
ge
gn
gr
86 86
M60 78
S60 M P=0,2kW
V4
V2
K4 K2
75 76
74 77
B1X1 2 1
4 3
85 S60X1 7 85
K4X1 85 K2X1 85 X70s 2
X60s 2 X70b 2
A-Out +U D-Out GND 0.75 bn
X60b 2
B1
2.5 bn
L
U
2.5 bn
72
X5 13
31 5 31 5
31 31
/17.25 /19.2
A1: Display D60: Control device S60: Push button switch E70: Heating Fuel filter
B1: Level transmitter, fuel Refuel pump Refuel pump
M60: Refuel pump
a Level transmitter Fuel tank EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Refuel pump
Fuel preheating
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
87
87
30
30
.14 .22
7a
7a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/18.25 /20.2
Shield Shield
/13.25 /28.2
31 31
/18.25 /20.2
F21 7.5A F4 5A
/8.3 /7.3
I-Sign.
/29.2
B4-Sign.
X9:2 /28.7
B3-Sign.
/28.7
X1 7 X2 15 X1 6 J1
1
X7 1 X8 1 X7 14 X2 8 X5 20 X5 10 X5 15 X5 9 X2 7 X9 7 X9 3 X9 5 X9 1 X2 21 X14:4
7.5A
Vibration frequency
Reserve
J1
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
ws
gn
br
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Special equipment
J1
ws
ws
gn
gn
br
br
3
+U GND Sign.
Jumper 1
1/2 = km/h A4
Special equipment
Special equipment
2/3 = mph 82
Sen. Sen. Schirm
0.75 ws
0.75 rt
B6X1 1 2 B4X1 2 1
3
GND Sign. GND +U Sign.
n n n
B6 U B4 U B3 U
79 80 81
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
ws
ge
br
gr
A1X1 11 A1X1 10 A1X2 7 A1X1 4 A1X1 14 A1X1 5
X1:11 X1:10 X2:7 X1:4 X1:14 X1:5
Display Display Display Display Display Display

A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
/12.2 /12.2 /12.2 /12.2 /12.2 /12.2
Earth Terminal 15 km/h - mph Speed indicator Speed Vibration frequency
A4: Electronic unit with housing

A1: Display B6: Speed sensor ( Signal Amplifier )
J1: Jumper km/h - mph Change-over B4: Sensor Speed
B3: Sensor Vibration frequency
a Jumper km/h - mph EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Sensors : Engine speed ,
Vibration frequency , Speed
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/19.25 /21.2
0.75 rt
F6 7.5A
/7.3
X42b 11 A6 A7
R
X42s 11 90 90
X2 9 X10 3 -S1 -S2 -S3 -S1 -S2 -S3
X46b 3
0.75 rt
+U GND T2 T1 A1 A2 +U GND T2 T1 A1 A2
0.75 rt
0.75 vio
0.75 vio
0.75 rt
0.75 br
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
0.75 rt
0.75 br
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
0.75 rt
X46b 2 X46b 1
X46s 2 X46s 1
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
X47b 1 X48b 1
X47s 1 X48s 1
+ +
X44s 7 3 2
+
52 3 86 X44b 7 3 2
SIGN SIGN SIGN
S14 B5 B7 B9
/14.12 4 87 88
GND GND GND
0.75 vio
X47s 2 3 X48s 2 3
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
0.75 br X47b X48b
2 3 2 3
0.75 br
X44s 4 X46s 5 X44s 9 X44s 1 X46s 4 X42s 8 4 3
X44b 4 X46b 5 X44b 9 X44b 1 X46b 4 X42b 8 4 3
0.75 vio
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
X46b 6 lower
X42s 5 X42s 10 X42s 1 X42s 2 /21.2
lift
X42b 5 X42b 10 X42b 1 X42b 2 /21.2
Vib.on
Reserve
Reserve
/24.2
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws Auto-Vib.
/24.13
X20:1 X19:16 X2 20 X10 10 X10 4

A6: Multifunction handle left
A7: Multifunction handle right
0.75 br
K6X1 1 K7X1 1
S1: Push button switch Vibration
1 1 S2: Push button switch Blade lift
K6 Relay K7 Relay S3: Push button switch Blade lower
Special equipment
85 2 Parking brake 89 2 Back-up alarm
X10 16
2 sec. S2+S3: " Floating mode "
31 K6X1 2 K7X1 2
31
/19.25 /21.2
5
S14: Push button switch B5: Proximity switch Parking brake

3
/15.19 /21.19
Parking brake B7: Proximity switch Back-up alarm Special equipment
4
B9: Proximity switch Vibro automatic Special equipment

a Proximity switch Drive lever EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Relay Parking brake / Starting release
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/20.25 /22.2
lower
/20.25
lift
/20.25
Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13

lift X X
F15 7.5A
X11 6 X11 2 /7.3 Reserve
lower X X Central electric
Floating mode X X
X26 1 4 5 6 8 3 2 7
K7X1 3
3
K9X1 1 3 K8X1 1 3
K7
5x0.75
Schirm
1 3 1 3 /20.10 4 5
K7X1
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5
K9 K8
0.75 br
0.75 rt
91 92
ws
ge
gn
br
gr
2 4 5 2 4 5
K9X1 2 4 K8X1 2 4
Blade = Special equipment
X12 2 X12 5 X12 6 X12 3 X6 2 X43b 1 4 5 6 8 3 2 7
X43s 1 4 5 6 8 3 2 7
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
5x0.75
ws
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
Schirm
0.75 br
0.75 rt
X38b 1
Y10X1 Y11X1 Y12X1 Y13X1 X38s
gn
ge
gr
br
1 1 1 1 1
Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 H3

93 94 95 96 97
Valve block Connection "T"
Valve block Connection "A"
Valve block Connection "P"
Valve block Connection "B"

Y10X1 2 Y11X1 2 Y12X1 2 Y13X1 2 X38s 2
X38b 2 X45b 1 4 5 6 8 3 2 7
Reserve
Operator platform
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
31 9 31 9 31 9 31 9 31 6
31 31
/20.25 /22.2
Y10: Blade lift H3: Back-up alarm

Y12: Blade lower
Y11/Y13= Floating mode
Y10-Y13: Solenoid valve Blade
a Schubschild EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Back-up alarm Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 21
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/15.25 /26.2
15 15
/21.25 /24.2
F13 10A F33 10A F32 15A

/7.3 /8.3 /8.3
X3 12 X3 18 X3 15
Blinker Blinker
K5X1 3
3
A1 right A1 left
/12.2 Display /12.2 Display K5
1.5 rt
1.5 rt
.21 4 5
X2:13 X2:12
K5X1 4
2.5 rt
Lighting StVZO = Special equipment
A1X2 13 A1X2 12
S5X1 11 14
11 14
S5
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
100 X28b 4
3 13 5 18 17 10 X28s 4
S5X1 3
1.5 ws
13 5 18 17 10
102
S4
.11
0 1 2
58 56b
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
0.75 bn
X28s 5 6
56b
X28b 5 6 /23.2
31.8 58
/24.2 /23.2
58.1
/24.2
L
/23.2
R
/23.2
1.5 ws
X28b 3 X28b 2
X28s 3 X28s 2
L R
X3 21 X3 20 X3 3
102
S4
.21
K3X1 49
49a
K5X1 1
49 X28s 1
1
K3 X28b 1
K5
101 31 49a 104 2
K3X1 31 49a 31 8 K5X1 2
31 31
/21.25 /24.2
3
.23
S5: Alarm system switch S4: Steering column switch A1: Display
4
K3: Flasher relay K5: Relay Driving light

a Lighting STVZO EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
R 1.5 ws 58
/22.16 /27.2
58 1.5 ws
/22.25
L 1.5 ws
/22.16
X3 2 X3 9 X3 13 X10 1
56b
/22.25
F9 7.5A F11 5A F8 7.5A F10 5A

/7.3 /7.3 /7.3 /7.3
X9 9 X9 11 X9 15 X6 7 X6 8 X9 6 X9 10 X9 12
X6 4 X6 11
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
X32b 4 X32b 1 X32b 3 X37b 3 X37b 1 X29b 4 X29b 1 X29b 3 X36b 1 X36b 3
X32s 4 X32s 1 X32s 3 X37s 3 X37s 1 X29s 4 X29s 1 X29s 3 X36s 1 X36s 3
1.5 sw/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 sw/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 sw/gn
X23 2 X23 5 X23 4 X22 2 X22 5 X22 4
12V/55W 12V/21W 12V/4W 12V/21W 12V/21W 12V/55W 12V/21W 12V/4W 12V/21W 12V/21W
E1 E9 E3 E5 E10 E2 E11 E4 E6 E12
105 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 115 116
X23 6 X22 6
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
X32s 2 X37s 2 X29s 2 X36s 2
X32b 2 X37b 2 X29b 2 X36b 2

1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
31 8 31 6 31 8 31 6
E1: Driving light left E5: Parking light rear, left E2: Driving light right E6: Parking light rear, right
E9: Blinker front, left E10: Blinker rear, left E11: Blinker front, right E12: Blinker rear, right
E3: Parking light front, left E7: Side lamp front, left E4: Parking light front, right E8: Side lamp front, right
a Lighting STVZO EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/22.25 /25.2
31 31
/22.25 /29.2
Vib.on
/20.25
58.1 X14 2 3 6 1
/22.25
K13X1 5
4 5 +U 1 GND Auto
F12 10A F24 10A F17 7.5A Input
/7.3 /8.3 /7.3 K13
Trigger
D1 X2 5 X2 6
/15.24 3
124
K13X1 3 2 3
X9 14 X2 2 X10 11
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X14 5 8
1.5 ws
1.5 rt
0.75 ws 0.75 ws 0.75 ws

1.5 ws 1.5 ws 1.5 ws 1.5 ws
V6X1
2 + 0
S9X1 2 5 8 10 S10X1 2 5 8 10 S13X1 2 5 8 10 S11X1 2 8
V6 H1
2 5 8 10 2 5 8 10 2 5 8 10 2 8 10
120 121 -
1
S9 S10 S13 S11
108 1 3 4 6 7 9 123 102 1 3 4 6 7 9 125 1 3 4 6 7 9 126 102 1 3 7 9
S9X1 1 4 7 9 S10X1 1 3 4 6 7 9 S13X1 1 3 4 6 7 9 S11X1 1 3 7

1.5 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 bn 0.75 bn 0.75 bn

1.5 ws V7 0.75 ws 0.75 ws
X9 13 1.5 ws
1.5 ws 1.5 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws 0.75 ws 0.75 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X3 1
X4 3 X4 2 X2 10 X2 11 X4 6 X4 1 X2 14 X4 5 X4 4
1.5 ws
0.75 bn
X2 12 X2 1
A1X2 10
X10 17 X6 13 X6 15
X2:10
X9 4 X6 17
Display
S3X1 2 8
A1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
2 8 10
/12.2
S3 Amplitude, small
122 3 1 7 9
S3X1 Y4X1 1 Y3X1 1 Y2X1 1 Y1X1 1
Amp.large
Amp.small
1 7
Auto-Vib. A1X2 3
Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1
127 128 129 130 X2:3
0.75 bn
Display
Y4X1 2 Y3X1 2 Y2X1 2 Y1X1 2
A1
/28.10
/28.10
/20.25
/12.2
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
Amplitude, large
31.8
/22.16
31 8 31 6 31 5 31 5
S3: S13: Switch Vibro automatic
H1: Signal horn D1: Relay ( Electronic system ) Y2: Magnet , Amplitude, large
S9: Switch 1./2. Gear S10: Switch Traction control S11: Switch Preselection of amplitudes
Y4: Magnet 2. Gear Roller drum Y3: Magnet 2. Gear Rear axle Y1: Magnet , Amplitude, small
a Vibration control EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Gear shifting
Traction control
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/24.25 /29.2
15K
/26.2
XF3 3 XF3 4
F29 30A 3F3 25A 3F4 15A

/8.3 140 147
XF3 C XF3 D
X15 2
2.5 sw
2.5 sw
1.5 bl
1.5 or
6 rt
S43X1 5 S44X1 5 S45X1 5 S46X1 5
141 5 144 5 148 5 149 5

X39b A
S43 S44 S45 S46
X39s A /27.16 1 /27.14 1 /27.23 1
/27.25 1
S43X1 1 S44X1 1 S45X1 1 S46X1 1
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 or
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 bl
Earth terminal Cabin
X102b 1 X103b 1 X40b 3 X104b 1 X105b 1 X40b 4 X109b 1
X102s 1 X103s 1 X40s 3 X104s 1 X105s 1 X40s 4 X109s 1
1.0 gr/ge
1.0 gr/bl
31 7
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 or
M42X1 1
6 bn
12V/55W 12V/55W X10 14 12V/55W 12V/55W X10 13
E40 E41 E42 E43 M42 M H40 M

142 143 145 146 150 151
X1 11 X1 10
X39s B M42X1 2 H40X1 1

1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X39b B
1.5 bn
X102s 2 X103s 2 X104s 2 X105s 2
X102b 2 X103b 2 A1X1 7

X104b 2 X105b 2 A1X1 8
X109s 2
X109b 2
2.5 bn
2.5 bn
X1:7 X1:8
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
Display Display
A1 A1
1.5 bn
Working spotlights Working spotlights
/12.2 /12.2
front rear
31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10
S43: Switch Working spotlights front S44: Switch Working spotlights, rear S45: Push button switch Windshield washer
M42: Pump Windshield washer
E40: Working spotlights front, left E42: Working spotlights rear, left
S46: Switch Rotating-beam light
E41: Working spotlights front, right E43: Working spotlights rear, right H40: Rotating-beam light

a Working spotlights EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Windshield washer
Rotating-beam light
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15K 15K
/25.25 /27.2
30 30K.1
/22.25 /27.2
30K.2
/28.2
F34 30A XF3 2 XF3 5
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
/8.3 152 153
3F2 10A 3F5 15A
X30 3
XF3 B XF3 E
0.75 bl/sw
2.5 sw
2.5 sw
X40b 1
1.5 rt/ge
1.5 bl
X40s 1
S40X1 7 3 S41X1 1 5
155 7 3 156 1 5
154
E44 S40 S41
/27.21 012 5 1 /27.18 01 3 7
5 1 S41X1 3 7
31 10 31 10
1.5 bl/ws
0.75 bl/sw
1.5 bl/ws
1.5 bl
1.5 sw
1.5 gr
1.5 bn
1.5 gr
1.5 bn
X100b 3 1 2 4 6 X101b 1 4 3 2
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
X100s 3 1 2 4 6 X101s 1 4 3 2
1.5 bl/ws
0.75 bl/sw
1.5 bl/ws
1.5 bl
1.5 bl
1.5 gr
1.5 bn
1.5 bl
1.5 bn
157 158
S47 S48
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
53a 31b 53 53b 31 53a 31b 53 31
159 160
M40 M41
M M
31 10 31 10 31 10
E44: Cab lighting

S47: Door contact switch left S40: Switch Windshield wiper front S41: Switch Windshield wiper rear
S48: Door contact switch right M40: Windscreen wiper motor front M41: Windscreen wiper motor rear
a Cab lighting EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Windshield wiper Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 26
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15K 15K
/26.25 /33.2
58 58K
/23.25 /33.2
30K.1 X40b 2 58K.1
/26.25 /28.2
3F6.F X40s 2
/28.2
Comfortable cabin =
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 rt
XF3 6
165 XF3 1
Special equipment
3F6 10A 166
3F1 10A
XF3 F
XF3 A
Radio assembly = Special equipment
31 13
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
W1
1.5 sw
1.5 rt
1.5 br
168
+U-Ant. GND
Instrumentation lighting Console
A40X1 4 7 1 5 8 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt
S44X2 1 S43X2 1 S41X2 1 S40X2 1 S45X2 1 S46X2 1
30 15 n.c. Ant.+U GND
171 9 171 9 171 9 171 9 171 9 171 9
S44 S43 S41 S40 S45 S46

A40 Ant.In. /25.14 10
/25.7 10
/26.24 10
/26.14 10
/25.21 10
/25.24 10
167 S44X2 2 S43X2 2 S41X2 2 S40X2 2 S45X2 2 S46X2 2
+LF -LF +RF -RF 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br
A40X2 5 6 3 4
1 sw/rt
169
B40
1.5 br
1 rt
1 rt
170
B41
31 12
1 sw/rt
A40: Radio B40: Loudspeaker right S44: Switch Working spotlights, rear S40: Switch Windshield wiper front
W1: Antenna B41: Loudspeaker left S43: Switch Working spotlights front S45: Push button switch Windshield washer
S41: Switch Windshield wiper rear S46: Switch Rotating-beam light

a Radio assembly EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Instrumentation lighting Cabin Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 27
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Shield Shield
/19.25 /29.2
58K.1
/27.25
/19.25
/19.25
/24.17
/24.20
3F6.F
/27.9
30K.2
/26.25
B3-Sign.
B4-Sign.
Amp.large
Amp.small
X10 9 5 18 X10 6 8
5x0.75
5x0.75
31 10
ws
gr
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
1.5 gr/rt
X40b 7 8 X40b 6 5 V 000

1.5 sw
1.5 bn
1.5 rt
X40s 7 8 X40s 6 5 173

P1
1.5 vio/ws
1.5 ge/gn
1.5 vio
1.5 ws
X50b 2 3 4 6 7 8 X51b 2 3
4
X50s 2 3 5 6 7 8 X51s 2 3 1
P1A 1 2 3 5 6 P1B 1 2 3 4 P1C 2 3 P1D 1 2
1.5 rt/bl
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
0.75 sw/ws
1.0 gr/ge
0.75 vio
0.75 rt
0.75 bn
0.75 sw
0.75 bl
0.75 ws
0.75 gn
0.75 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 sw
0.75 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 bl
0.75 ge
0.75 gn
172
A9
kl. Ampl. Dauer +12V

gr. Ampl. Licht
Tacho Inp. geschaltet +12V
Vib. imp. I GND
Licht Geber +U
Vib. Imp. II Geber -U
geschaltet +12V inv. Tachosignal
GND Tachosignal
Dauer +12V Vibroimp.
kl. Ampl.
gr. Ampl.
A9: Interface Speedometer P1: Speedometer

a Tachograph EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/25.25 /31.2
31 31
/24.25 /34.2
Shield Shield
/28.25 /35.2
I-Sign.
/19.25
120W
CAN-High CAN-Low
A1 A1
F18 7.5A
/12.2 Display /12.2 Display
/8.3
X1:2 X1:3
A1X1 2 A1X1 3
CAN-Low
/34.2
CAN-High
/34.2
X3 10 7
J3 R3
120W
3 2 1
X13 X21
X22:6
X23:6
X22:4
X23:4
X22:5
X23:5
X22:2
X23:2
X22:3
X23:3
3 6 5 9 10 11 12 4 10 11 3 2 5 4 6 12
0.75 Schirm
0.75 Schirm
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
Schirm
0.75 br
0.75 gr
0.75 gn
0.75 ge
0.75 gn
0.75 ws
vio
ws
gn
ge
br
gr
bl
A8X1 1 2 4 5 A8X2 2 3 A8X6 B C G H J K M
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X2 1 2 3 4 -X6 A B C D E F G H J K L M

HCM =
CAN-High
CAN-Low
Res-In
CAN-GND
GND
TP200
USB-GND
Boot-In
USB-
USB+
RxD
TxD
+U +U GND GND +U GND Sign.
Power I-Sensor Special equipment
A8 HCM-3 DIGITAL
174 a-Sensor
+9V GND Sign. CDS
-X4 1 2 3 -X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A8X4 1 2 3 A8X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Instruments
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
2
6
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
CDS2
ws
gn
br
/30.2
CDS7
/30.2
CDS3
/30.2
CDS6
/30.2
+U GND Sign. CDS5
/30.2
175 CDS4
/30.2
B10 a CDS1
/30.2
U
B10: Acceleration sensor A8: Compactometer HCM A10: Interface CDS-Display

a Compactometer HCM EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
CDS Display Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 29
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A11X2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
RS232
Power Extern
CDS =
6
GND
Special equipment Display
5
n.c.
177
4
A11
+12V
A11X3
A11X1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 21
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
2
6
1
X53s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X53b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
2
6
1
176 X52s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A10 X52b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CDS1 7x0.5
/29.25 +12V
CDS2 1 7x0.5
/29.25 GND
CDS3 f 7x0.5 2
/29.25 I-Signal
f/4 3
CDS4
/29.25 RMV-Wert
CDS5
/29.25 Vibrofrequenz
CDS6 7x0.5
/29.25 gr/klAmpl.
CDS7 7x0.5 4
/29.25 HMV-Wert
5 7x0.5
7x0.5 6
gnge
A10: Interface CDS-Display A11: CDS Display

a CDS Display EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/29.25 /34.2
2.5 rt
F27 15A
/8.3
X41b 1
X15 3 X41s 1
2.5 rt
Cabin-heating = Special equipment
B
Reserve
Air conditioning
S30
180 1 2 3 L M H C
X41b 2 X41b 3 X41b 5
1.5 ws
1.5 ge
1.5 bl
M30X1b 2 4 3 X10 12 X11 1 X11 3
M30X1s 2 4 3
X7:7
X7:8
X7:9
R1
M
M30
181
R2
M30X1s 1
M30X1b 1
2.5 bn
X41s 4
X41b 4
2.5 bn
31 7
S30: Switch Fan motor

M30: Fan motor Ventilation / Heating

a Heating Cabin EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30.1
/13.17
D+
/13.6
X301b 1 X300b A
X301s 1 X300s A
16 rt
Air conditioning = Special equipment
F301 40A F300 40A

185 186
B
1.5 rt
rt
rt
S301
rt/sw
1 2 3 L M H C
K311X1 30 K308X1 30
30 30
K311 K308
.10 87a 87
.4 87a 87
gr/ge
K311X1 87 K308X1 87
gr/ge
ge/rt
or/ws
3
bl
ws/rt
ws/rt
S302 K307X1 30 K306X1 30
4 30 30
K307 K306
M301X1 A M302X1 A .12 87 87
.14 87 87
ge/gn
K307X1 87 87 K306X1 87 87
S303X1 1
M301 M M302 M 1
S303 P
K308X1 86 K311X1 86 K307X1 86 K306X1 86 2
ws/rt
ws/rt
sw
ge
or
sw
ge
or
86 86 86 86 S303X1 2
K308 M301X1 B M302X1 B

K311 K307 K306 X303b 1 2 3 4 X304b 1 2 3 4
187 85 188 85 189 85 190 85
X303s 1 2 3 4 X304s 1 2 3 4
sw
sw
gn
K308X1 85 K311X1 85 K307X1 85 K306X1 85 GND L M H GND L M H
R1 R1
16 br
X301s 2
sw
sw
X301b 2
M303 M304
X300s B R2 M R2 M
1.5 ws
X300b B
16 br
31 12
Y300
191
31 02 31 12 31 12
87
87
87 87
87 87
30
30
30
30
.20 .5 .21 .25

87a
87a
S301:
S302: Temperature switch M303, M304: Fan motor Cabin
M301, M302: S303: Pressure switch
Fan motor Condenser Y300: Compressor
a Air conditioning EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
58K
/27.25
15K 1.5 rt 1.5 rt
/27.25
Interval switch
0...9
t = 2,5-9sec. G
A200 i
4F2 15A 4F1 15A 200
208 209 INH. +10-30V +10-30V Output GND n.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6
A200X1 2 3 4 5
1.5 rt
1.5 rt
1.5 rt 1.5 rt 1.5 rt
S200X1 2 8 10 S201X1 2 8 10 P200X1 +

2 8 10 2 8 10
S200 S201
201 3 1 7 9 202 3 1 7 9
-H1
S200X1 1 7 9 S201X1 1 7 9 P200

1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 203 204
1.5 gr 1.5 gr
1.5 gr
P200X1 S GND
2.5 gr
1.5 gr
0.75 bl
1.0 gr/bl
X200b 3 X200b 2 X205 1 X200b 1
X200s 3 X200s 2 X200s 1
0.75 bl
1.5 br
2.5 gr
2.5 gr
2.5 br 2.5 br X201b 3
X203b 1 2 X201b 1 2 X201s 3
X203s 1 2 X201s 1 2
2.5 gr
2.5 br
2.5 gr
2.5 br
0.75 bl
X204b 1 2 X202b 1 2 B200X1 1
X204s 1 2 X202s 1 2
0.75 br
B200 L
M201 M M202 M 207
205 206
31 10 31 10 B200X1 2
S200: Push butt.switch, additive sprinkl. M202: Water pump P200: Water level indicator
M201: Water pump Additive sprinkling S201: Push button switch Water pump B200: Level transmitter, water
A200: Interval switch

a Special equipment EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Sprinkling Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 33
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
nderung
/29.25
/29.25
/29.25
/31.25
2
31
15
Datum
3
CAN-Low
CAN-High
/8.3
F28
X20:6 X20:12
4
Name
10A
X7:10 X20:10
5
gez.
gepr.
X11:5 X20:2
6
Lox.
X7:12 X20:7
Datum
Reserve
X3:6 X20:9
7
X3:8 X20:8
Name
8
9
/8.3
F19
X21:1 X21:5 X21:4 X21:7

10
5A
X22:1 X22:5 X22:4 X22:7

11
X23:1 X23:5 X23:4 X23:7

12
X21:6 X21:2 X21:8
X22:6 X22:2 X22:8

13
HCN
X23:6 X23:2 X23:8

Reserve
14
Reserve
X21:3 X21:9
15
X22:3 X22:9
Central electric
X23:3 X23:9
16
17
X21:12
18
X22:12
X22:10
Reserve
CAN-Bus
X23:12 X23:11
19
X4:12 X23:10
X22:11
20
X4:10
X4:11
21
X7:13 X3:7
Projektbez.
X7:11
X7:11 X3:10 X7:13
22
Zeichnungsnummer
X4:10
EP 3205-3307; EN
Rev.
02104414 00
X4:11
23
+
=
24
31
15
25
/35.2
/35.2
58
Blatt
26
34
Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/34.25 /=ROPS/100.2
F1 15A F2 15A F22 10A F31 25A F25 7.5A

/7.3 /7.3 /8.3 /8.3 /8.3
Reserve
Instrument panel Engine room
K1X1:86
X8:8
X8:7
X1:9
X19:17
X19:18
X10:15
X10:12
X1:12
X25:1
X24:1
X3:11
X3:14
X3:17
X3:16
X2:13
X11:1
X11:3
V1
X3:5
X3:4
X1:8
X2:8
K1X1:85
K1X1:87
Reserve
Power supply
X7:2
X6:18
X6:12
X4:7
X4:8
X4:9
X7:15
X6:14
X6:21
X11:4
X7:14
X7:5
X5:4
X7:7
X7:8
X7:9
X8:1
X8:2
X19:4
X19:1
X19:2
X19:3
X19:15
X19:5
X19:6
X5:16
X5:1
X5:8
X9:8
X7:4
X7:6
X7:1
Shield Shield
/29.25
31 31
/34.25 /=ROPS/100.2

a Reserve EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Electric plug Central electric
Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Contact bridge

Instrument panel Instrument panel Instrument panel Vibration
210 X1 211 X2 212 X3 213 X4
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /16.19 12: 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /24.10 12: /24.8 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /24.3 12: /22.6 12 9 6 3
1: /24.19
2: /17.9 13: /17.6 2: /24.7 13: /16.23 2: /23.7 13: /23.18 2: /24.14
3: /24.13
3: /13.3 14: /17.21 3: 14: /24.20 3: /22.21 14:
4: /24.22
1 4: /18.3 15: /17.12 1 4: 15: /19.4 1 4: 15: /22.21 1 5: /24.21
6: /24.18
5: /17.18 16: /14.8 5: /24.18 16: 5: 16:
7:
6: /19.6 17: /17.24 6: /24.25 17: 6: 17: 8:
9:
7: /19.3 18: /17.3 7: /19.18 18: 7: /29.13 18: /22.8
10:
8: 19: /14.12 8: /19.13 19: 8: 19: 11:
12:
9: 20: /14.23 9: /20.4 20: /20.4 9: /23.8 20: /22.8
10: /25.18 21: /14.5 10: /24.15 21: /19.23 10: /29.12 21: /22.5
black 11: /25.11 blue 11: /24.17 yellow 11:
Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness

Engine room Engine room Engine room
214 X5 215 X6 216 X7
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: 12: /18.6 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /15.13 12: 15 12 9 6 3 1: /19.10
2:
2: 13: /18.6 2: /21.19 13: /24.19
3:
3: /17.24 14: /17.18 3: /14.14 14: 4:
5:
1 4: /16.23 15: /19.16 1 4: /23.24 15: /24.22 1 6:
5: /17.18 16: /16.21 5: /15.16 16: /17.6 7:
8:
6: /18.9 17: /16.19 6: /15.19 17: /24.10
9:
7: /17.21 18: /16.21 7: /23.12 18: 10:
11:
8: /17.21 19: /16.17 8: /23.14 19:
12:
9: /19.17 20: /19.14 9: /13.3 20: /17.3 13:
14: /19.12
10: /19.15 21: /16.17 10: /17.9 21:
15:
black 11: /18.3 blue 11: /23.25

a Electric plug EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness
Engine room Front roller Cabin Cabin Blade
218 X9 219 X10 220 X11 221 X12
217
X8
15 12 9 6 3 1: /19.22 1: /23.20 10: /20.6 6 3 6 3
18 15 12 9 6 3
1: /19.11 2: 1: /31.14 1:
2: /15.3 11: /24.8
3: /19.20
2:
4: /24.8 3: /20.5 12: /31.13 2: /21.10 2: /21.5
3: /18.15 5: /19.21
1 4: /20.10 13: /25.18 1 1
6: /23.16 1 3: /31.16 3: /21.13
4: /18.23
7: /19.19 5: /28.7 14: /25.11
5: 8: 4: 4:
2 4 6 8 6: /28.10 15:
9: /23.5
6: /18.13
1 3 5 7 10: /23.18 7: /15.5 16: /20.16 5: 5: /21.8
7: 11: /23.7
8: /28.10 17: /24.13
12: /23.20 6: /21.4 6: /21.11
black 8:
13: /24.3 9: /28.7 18: /28.8
14: /24.3
15: /23.8
Wire harness Wire harness

Wire harness high current relay Wire harness Control device Wire harness
HCM Supply system Cold start equipment Charge pump HCM-DIGITAL
222 X13 223 X17 224 X18 225 X16 226 X21
12 9 6 3 9 6 3 1: /14.18 6 3 12 9 6 3
1: 1: /14.8 1:
1: /18.9
2: 4 3 2: /14.8 2: /14.17 2: /29.16
3: /29.3 3: 3: /29.16
2 1 3: 2: /18.9
4: /29.9 4: 4: /29.18
1 5: /29.5 1 4: 1 1 5: /29.17
3: /18.10
6: /29.4 6: /29.19
5:
7: 169 K15X1 4: /18.11
7:
8: 6: 8:
9: /29.6 9:
7: 5: /18.13
10: /29.7 1 :/ 1 4 . 8 10: /29.12
11: /29.8 8: 11: /29.13
1 2 6: /18.9
12: /29.8 2 :/ 1 4 . 8 12: /29.20
9:

a Electric plug EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Electric plug E-Box
HCM Power HCM I-Signal HCM a-Signal
230 A8X1 231 A8X2 232 A8X4 236 A8X6

3 2 A:
3 2 B: /29.12
4 2 1: /29.3 1: 1: /29.3
3 1 View Contacts C: /29.13
5 6 1 2: /29.4 4 1 2: /29.8 2: /29.4
D:
3: 3: /29.9 3: /29.4
E:
4: /29.5 4:
G F F:
5: /29.6 H M
E
D G: /29.16
6: L C
J H: /29.16
K A B
J: /29.17
K: /29.18
L:
M: /29.19
CDS-Display HCM CDS Electric plug
233 X52b 234 X52s 235 A8X5

3 4 4 3 4 3
2 5 5 2 5 2
1: /30.19 1: /30.19 1: /29.6

1 6 2: /30.19 6 1 2: /30.19 6 1 2: /29.7
3: /30.20 3: /30.20 3: /29.7
4: /30.21 4: /30.21 4: /29.8
5: /30.21 5: /30.21 5: /29.9
6: /30.22 6: /30.22 6: /29.9
/30.23 /30.23 /29.10

a Electric plug E-Box EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Magnet Magnet Magnet Magnet

Amplitude, small Amplitude, large Gear shifting Brake valve Drive pump
240 Y1X1 241 Y2X1 242 Y3X1 243 Y5X1 244 Y8X1
1 1 1 1 1
1 :/ 2 4 . 2 2 1 :/ 2 4 . 1 9 1 :/ 2 4 . 1 0 1 :/ 1 5 . 1 9 1 :/ 1 5 . 1 6
4 3 2 :/ 2 4 . 2 2 4 3 2 :/ 2 4 . 1 9 4 3 2 :/ 2 4 . 1 0 4 3 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 9 4 3 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 6
3: 3: 3: 3: 3:
2 4: 2 4: 2 4: 2 4: 2 4:
Coupler socket, black Coupler socket, grey Coupler socket, black Coupler socket, black Coupler socket, black
Level transmitter Sensor Sensor Sensor Filter indicator

Fuel Speed Fuel filter Coolant level Hydraulic oil filter
245 B1X1 246 B4X1 247 X34b 248 X34s 249 B12X1 250 S16X1
1 :/ 1 8 . 4 1 :/ 1 9 . 1 6 2
1 :/ 1 7 . 1 8
1 :/ 1 6 . 2 1 1 :/ 1 6 . 2 1 1: /16.17
2 :/ 1 8 . 3 2 :/ 1 9 . 1 5 3
2 :/ 1 7 . 1 8
1 1
3 :/ 1 8 . 5 3 :/ 1 9 . 1 7 1 2 :/ 1 6 . 2 1 2 :/ 1 6 . 2 1 1 4 2: /16.17 :
2
3
4 :/ 1 8 . 5 4: 2 3
3 :/ 1 6 . 2 3 3 :/ 1 6 . 2 3 3 2 3: /16.19
4:
Speed sensor Temperature sensor Magnet
Diesel engine Diesel engine Remote shut-down engine
Pressure switch Pressure switch
251 B6X1 252 B2X1 254 Y7X1 Air filter Parking brake
1 2 1 2 1 2
1: /19.11 1: 1: /15.7 255 S17X1 256 S12X1
2: /19.12 2: /17.9 2: /15.7 1 :/ 1 7 . 2 1
1: /17.24
2 :/ 1 7 . 2 1
1 2: /17.24
4 4:
2
: /17.26
Magnet, remote shut-down engine / AGR Valve AGR Valve AGR Valve
227 X58b 227 X58s 263 B20X1 264 B20X2
1 :/ 1 5 . 1 3 1 :/ 1 5 . 1 3
2 1 2 1 :/ 1 5 . 1 3 1 :/ 1 5 . 1 1
1 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 3 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 3
1 2 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 3 1 2 2 :/ 1 5 . 1 1

a Connector Engine room EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Fuse box Engine room

X55b X55s
283 284 237 X56b 238 X56s
1 :/ 1 4 . 1 7 1 :/ 1 4 . 1 7
2: 2 :/ 1 3 . 1 5
1: /13.14 1 :/ 1 3 . 1 4
3 :/ 1 4 . 1 4 3 :/ 1 4 . 1 4
4 :/ 1 4 . 1 8 4 :/ 1 4 . 1 8
5 :/ 1 4 . 1 4 5 :/ 1 4 . 1 4
6: 6:
Lighting Lighting
rear, right rear, left
Back-up alarm 259 X36b 260 X36s 261 X37b 262 X37s
1 :/ 2 3 . 2 4 1 :/ 2 3 . 2 4 1 :/ 2 3 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 3 . 1 4
257 X38b 258 X38s
2 :/ 2 3 . 2 4 2 :/ 2 3 . 2 4 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 2 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 2
3 3
1 :/ 2 1 . 1 9 1 :/ 2 1 . 1 9 3 4 4
3 4 4
2
3 :/ 2 3 . 2 5 2 1 3 :/ 2 3 . 2 5 2
3 :/ 2 3 . 1 2 2 1 3 :/ 2 3 . 1 2
1 1
2 2 :/ 2 1 . 1 9 1 2
2 :/ 2 1 . 1 9
1
4: 4: 4: 4:
Control device Charge pump Push button switch Charge pump Heating
Charge pump Fuel tank Fuel tank Fuel filter
265 D60X1 266 X60b 267 X60s 268 S60X1 269 X70b 270 X70s
1 :/ 1 8 . 9 4 1:
1 :/ 1 8 . 1 5 1 :/ 1 8 . 1 5 1 :/ 1 8 . 2 3 1 :/ 1 8 . 2 3
2 :/ 1 8 . 9 5 3 2:
3 :/ 1 8 . 1 0 2 2 :/ 1 8 . 1 5 1 2
2 :/ 1 8 . 1 5 3: 2 2 :/ 1 8 . 2 3 1 2
2 :/ 1 8 . 2 3
1 1
8
4: 4:
6 7 6 2
5
4
5 :/ 1 8 . 1 1 5 :/ 1 8 . 1 3
2 3
1
6 :/ 1 8 . 9 6:
7 1
7: 7 :/ 1 8 . 1 3
8 :/ 1 8 . 1 1

a Connector Engine room EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connector Front roller

Lighting
front, right Signal horn
271 X29b 272 X29s 273 X22 274 V6X1

1 :/ 2 3 . 1 8 1 :/ 2 3 . 1 8 1:
1 :/ 2 4 . 2
2 :/ 2 3 . 1 6
2 :/ 2 3 . 1 6 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 6 2
4 4 3 6
3: 1 2 :/ 2 4 . 2
3 4 5
2
3 :/ 2 3 . 2 0 2 1 3 :/ 2 3 . 2 0 3
4 :/ 2 3 . 2 0
1 1 2
5 :/ 2 3 . 1 8
4 :/ 2 3 . 1 6 4 :/ 2 3 . 1 6
6 :/ 2 3 . 1 6
Lighting Magnet
front, left Gear shifting
275 X32b 276 X32s 277 X23 278 Y4X1
1
1 :/ 2 3 . 7 1 :/ 2 3 . 7 1: 1 :/ 2 4 . 8
2 :/ 2 3 . 5 4 3 2 :/ 2 4 . 8
2 :/ 2 3 . 5 2 :/ 2 3 . 5
4 4 3 6
3: 3:
3 4 5
2
3 :/ 2 3 . 8 2 1 3 :/ 2 3 . 8 3
4 :/ 2 3 . 8 2 4:
1 1 2
5 :/ 2 3 . 7
4 :/ 2 3 . 5 4 :/ 2 3 . 5 Coupler socket, black
6 :/ 2 3 . 5
Plug Blade
279 Y10X1 280 Y11X1 281 Y12X1 282 Y13X1
1 1 1 1
1 :/ 2 1 . 5 1 :/ 2 1 . 8 1 :/ 2 1 . 1 1 1 :/ 2 1 . 1 3
2 :/ 2 1 . 5 2 :/ 2 1 . 8 2 :/ 2 1 . 1 1 2 :/ 2 1 . 1 3
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
3: 3: 3: 3:
2 4: 2 4: 2 4: 2 4:
Coupler socket, black Coupler socket, grey Coupler socket, grey Coupler socket, black

a Connector Front roller EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Display Display Ignition lock Ignition lock
285 A1X1 286 A1X2 287 S2X1 288 S2X2

1: /17.6
1: /13.3 1 :/ 1 4 . 5 5: /14.8
2: /17.9 8
2: /29.12 3 2: 6:
3: /24.25 4 10 9
3: /29.17 3: 7: /14.8
4: 1 2
4: /19.13 4: 7 8:
5: /17.24
5: /19.23 5 6 9:
14 6:
6: /16.23 13 10:
12 7: /19.9
7: /25.11
11 8: /18.3
18 8: /25.18 10
17 9 7 9:
9: /14.23 6
16 8 10: /24.25
15 10: /19.6 5
14 4 11:
11: /19.3
13 9 3 12: /22.18
12 8 12: /14.3 2
7 1 13: /22.15
11 13: /17.15
6
10 14:
5 14: /19.18
4 15: /17.18 Alarm system switch
3
2 16: /17.21
1 17: /16.19 293 S5X1
18: /17.3
Steering column switch 3: /22.5
10 18 4:
Socket 291 X28s 292 X28b 5: /22.8
3
Signal transmitter Supply system 1 :/ 2 2 . 1 1 1 :/ 2 2 . 1 1
17 7:
14 8:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 :/ 2 2 . 1 1 2 :/ 2 2 . 1 1 5
289 H2X1 290 X27b 3 :/ 2 2 . 1 0 3 :/ 2 2 . 1 0
10: /22.12
13 11: /22.6
4 :/ 2 2 . 2 1 4 :/ 2 2 . 2 1
1 :/ 1 7 . 1 5 1 :/ 1 7 . 1 2 4 13: /22.7
5 :/ 2 2 . 2 1 5 :/ 2 2 . 2 1 11
2 14: /22.7
1 2 :/ 1 7 . 1 5 1 2 :/ 1 7 . 1 3 6 :/ 2 2 . 2 1 6 :/ 2 2 . 2 1
8 7 17: /22.11
2 3
7: 7:
3: 18: /22.9
8: 8:
Push button switch Switch Switch Switch

Signal horn Switch Gear Traction control Preselection of amplitudes Vibro automatic
294 S3X1 295 S9X1 296 S10X1 297 S11X1 298 S13X1
1: /24.4 1: /24.6 1: /24.12 1: /24.24 1: /24.18

10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9
2: /24.3 2: /24.7 2: /24.13 2: /24.25 2: /24.18
3 6 3: 3 6 3: 3 6 3: /24.13 3 6 3: /24.25 3 6 3: /24.19
4: 4: /24.8 4: /24.14 4: 4: /24.19
5: 5: /24.8 5: /24.14 5: 5: /24.20
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
6: 6: 6: /24.14 6: 6: /24.20
7: /24.4 7: /24.9 7: /24.15 7: /24.26 7: /24.21
1 4 8: /24.4 1 4 8: /24.9 1 4 8: /24.15 1 4 8: /24.26 1 4 8: /24.21
9: 9: /24.10 9: /24.16 9: 9: /24.21
8 7 10: 8 7 10: /24.10 8 7 10: /24.16 8 7 10: 8 7 10: /24.21

a Central plug Instrument panel EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Wire harness Lengthening Wire harness Lengthening Wire harness Lengthening

Seat pedestal Seat pedestal Reserve Seat pedestal
300 X42b 301 X42s 302 X43b 303 X43s 304 X44b 305 X44s
1: /20.13 1: /20.13 1: /21.21 1: /21.21 1: /20.13 1: /20.13
2: /20.16 2: /20.16 2: /21.26 2: /21.26 2: /20.23 2: /20.23
1 21 11 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 21 11 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 21 11 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 11 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 11 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 11 2
3: /20.23 3: /20.23 3: /21.25 3: /21.25 3: /20.22 3: /20.22
4: /20.22 4: /20.22 4: /21.22 4: /21.22 4: /20.6 4: /20.6
5: /20.6 5: /20.6 5: /21.23 5: /21.23 5: /15.5 5: /15.5
6: /15.5 6: /15.5 6: /21.23 6: /21.23 6: /15.3 6: /15.3
7: /15.3 7: /15.3 7: /21.26 7: /21.26 7: /20.21 7: /20.21
8: /20.21 8: /20.21 8: /21.24 8: /21.24 8: 8:
9: 9: 9: 9: 9: /20.10 9: /20.10
10: /20.10 10: /20.10 10: 10: 10: 10:
11: /20.14 11: /20.14 11: 11: 11: 11:
12: 12: 12: 12: 12: 12:

Seat pedestal Seat pedestal Reserve Seat pedestal Reserve
307 X46b 308 X46s 306 X45b 313 X26
1 :/ 2 0 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 0 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 1 . 2 1 9 6 3 1: /21.21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 :/ 2 0 . 7 2 :/ 2 0 . 7 2 :/ 2 1 . 2 6
2: /21.26
6
3 :/ 2 0 . 7 3: 3 :/ 2 1 . 2 5
4 5 4
3
4 :/ 2 0 . 1 6 6 5 4 :/ 2 0 . 1 6 4 :/ 2 1 . 2 2 3: /21.25
1 2 1
2
5 :/ 2 0 . 7 3 5 :/ 2 0 . 7 5 :/ 2 1 . 2 3
1 4: /21.22
6 :/ 2 0 . 7 6: 6 :/ 2 1 . 2 3
7 :/ 2 1 . 2 6 5: /21.23
8 :/ 2 1 . 2 4
6: /21.23
7: /21.26
8: /21.24
9:
Proximity switch Proximity switch
Back-up alarm Vibro automatic
309 X47b 310 X47s 311 X48b 312 X48s
1 :/ 2 0 . 9 1 :/ 2 0 . 9 1 :/ 2 0 . 1 2 1 :/ 2 0 . 1 2
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
2 :/ 2 0 . 9 2 :/ 2 0 . 9 2 :/ 2 0 . 1 2 2 :/ 2 0 . 1 2
3 :/ 2 0 . 1 0 3 :/ 2 0 . 1 0 3 :/ 2 0 . 1 3 3 :/ 2 0 . 1 3
4: 4: 4: 4:

a Connector Operator platform EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Electric plug Cabin

Plug Terminal 15
Cabin Cabin CDS Display
315 X39b 316 X39s 317 X40b 318 X40s 319 X53b 320 X53s
1 :/ 2 6 . 4 1 :/ 2 6 . 4 3 4 4 3
A :/ 2 5 . 3 A :/ 2 5 . 3
2 :/ 2 7 . 1 4 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 4 2 5 5 2
3 :/ 2 5 . 1 1 3 :/ 2 5 . 1 1
B :/ 2 5 . 3 B :/ 2 5 . 3 1: /30.19 1: /30.19
4 :/ 2 5 . 1 8 4 :/ 2 5 . 1 8 1 6 6 1
B A 6 7 8
7 6 5 2: /30.19 2: /30.19
A B 5
5 :/ 2 8 . 1 0 8
1
5 :/ 2 8 . 1 0
2 3 4
4 3
2 3: /30.20 3: /30.20
1
6 :/ 2 8 . 1 0 6 :/ 2 8 . 1 0
4: /30.21 4: /30.21
7 :/ 2 8 . 7 7 :/ 2 8 . 7
5: /30.21 5: /30.21
8 :/ 2 8 . 7 8 :/ 2 8 . 7
6: /30.22 6: /30.22
/30.23 /30.23
Connector Cabin-heating
Electric plug
Heating Fan motor
321 X41b 322 X41s 323 M30X1b 324 M30X1s
1 :/ 3 1 . 8 1 :/ 3 1 . 8 1 :/ 3 1 . 9 1 :/ 3 1 . 9
2 :/ 3 1 . 1 3 2:
2 :/ 3 1 . 8 2 :/ 3 1 . 8
6
3 :/ 3 1 . 1 4 3: 4 4 3
4 5 4 3
3
4 :/ 3 1 . 9 6 5 4 :/ 3 1 . 9 2
3 :/ 3 1 . 8 2 1 3 :/ 3 1 . 8
1 2 1 1
2
5 :/ 3 1 . 1 6 3 5:
4 :/ 3 1 . 8 4 :/ 3 1 . 8
6: 6:

a Connector Cabin EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Air conditioning Heating Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 44
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connector Cabin
Windshield wiper, front Windshield wiper, rear Working spotlights, front left
325 X100b 326 X100s 327 X101b 328 X101s 329 X102b 330 X102s
1 :/ 2 6 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 6 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 6 . 2 1 1 :/ 2 6 . 2 1
1 :/ 2 5 . 6 1 :/ 2 5 . 6
2 :/ 2 6 . 1 5 2 :/ 2 6 . 1 5
2 :/ 2 6 . 2 5 2 :/ 2 6 . 2 5 2 1 2
6
3 :/ 2 6 . 1 4 3 :/ 2 6 . 1 4 4 4 3 1 2 :/ 2 5 . 6 2 :/ 2 5 . 6
4 5 4 3
3
4 :/ 2 6 . 1 7 6 5 4 :/ 2 6 . 1 7 2
3 :/ 2 6 . 2 4 2 1 3 :/ 2 6 . 2 4
1 2 1 1
2
5: 3 5:
4 :/ 2 6 . 2 2 4 :/ 2 6 . 2 2
6 :/ 2 6 . 1 7 6 :/ 2 6 . 1 7
Working spotlights, front right Working spotlights, rear left Working spotlights, rear right
331 X103b 323 X103s 333 X104b 334 X104s 335 X105b 336 X105s
1 :/ 2 5 . 8 1 :/ 2 5 . 8 1 :/ 2 5 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 5 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 5 . 1 6 1 :/ 2 5 . 1 6
2 2 :/ 2 5 . 8 1 2
2 :/ 2 5 . 8 2 2 :/ 2 5 . 1 4 1 2
2 :/ 2 5 . 1 4 2 2 :/ 2 5 . 1 6 1 2
2 :/ 2 5 . 1 6
1 1 1
Rotating-beam light Interface Speedometer mounting Interface Speedometer mounting
337 X109b 338 X109s 339 X50b 340 X50s 341 X51b 342 X51s
1: 1: 1: 1 :/ 2 8 . 1 1
1 :/ 2 5 . 2 4 1 :/ 2 5 . 2 4
2 :/ 2 8 . 3 2 :/ 2 8 . 3
2 1 2 2 :/ 2 8 . 1 0 2 :/ 2 8 . 1 0
1 2 :/ 2 5 . 2 4 2 :/ 2 5 . 2 4 3 :/ 2 8 . 4 3 :/ 2 8 . 4 4 4 3
3
8
4 :/ 2 8 . 5 5
4 :/ 2 8 . 5 2
3 :/ 2 8 . 1 0 2 1 3 :/ 2 8 . 1 0
6 7 7 6 1
5
5: 8
1
5 :/ 2 8 . 5
2 3 4
4 3
2 4: 4:
1
6 :/ 2 8 . 6 6 :/ 2 8 . 6
7 :/ 2 8 . 7 7 :/ 2 8 . 7
8 :/ 2 8 . 7 8 :/ 2 8 . 7
Radio Radio
Power supply Loudspeaker
Pump, windshield washer
344 A40X1 345 A40X2
343 M42X1 1: /27.5 1:
2: 2:
1 :/ 2 5 . 2 1 2
1 3: 1 2 3: /27.6
2 2 :/ 2 5 . 2 1 4: /27.4 4: /27.6
1 3 4 3 4
5 6 5: /27.6 5: /27.4
5 6
6: 6: /27.5
7 8 7 8
7: /27.5 7:
8: /27.7 8:

a Connector Cabin EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Central plug Cabin
350 S40X1 351 S41X1 352 S43X1 353 S44X1 354 S45X1 355 S46X1
1: /26.15 1: /26.24 1: /25.7 1: /25.14 1: /25.21 1: /25.24

2: 2: 2: 2: 2: 2:
3: /26.15 3: /26.24 3: 3: 3: 3:
4: 4: 4: 4: 4: 4:
5: /26.15 5: /26.24 5: /25.7 5: /25.14 5: /25.21 5: /25.24
6: 6: 6: 6: 6: 6:
7: /26.14 7: /26.24 7: 7: 7: 7:
8: 8: 8: 8: 8: 8:
356 S40X2 357 S41X2 358 S43X2 359 S44X2 360 S45X2 361 S46X2
1 2 1: /27.21 1 2 1: /27.18 1 2 1: /27.16 1 2 1: /27.14 1 2 1: /27.23 1 2 1: /27.25

2: /27.21 2: /27.18 2: /27.16 2: /27.14 2: /27.23 2: /27.25

a Central plug Cabin EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Power supply Alternator D+, Compressor

Engine room Engine room
365 X300b 366 X300s 367 X301b 368 X301s
1
A: /32.20 A: /32.20 1: /32.4
2
1 :/ 3 2 . 4
B: /32.6 B: /32.6 2: /32.16
AB
B
A 1 2 2 :/ 3 2 . 1 6
Fan motor 1 Cabin Fan motor 2 Cabin Blower Condenser
369 X303b 370 X303s 371 X304b 372 X304s 373 M301X1 374 M302X1
1 :/ 3 2 . 1 9 1 :/ 3 2 . 1 9 1 :/ 3 2 . 2 4 1 :/ 3 2 . 2 4
A: /32.6 A: /32.8
2 :/ 3 2 . 2 0 2 :/ 3 2 . 2 0 2 :/ 3 2 . 2 4 2 :/ 3 2 . 2 4
3 3 AB AB
3 4 4
3 4 4
B: /32.6 B: /32.8
2
3 :/ 3 2 . 2 1 2 1 3 :/ 3 2 . 2 1 2
3 :/ 3 2 . 2 5 2 1 3 :/ 3 2 . 2 5
1 1
4 :/ 3 2 . 2 1 4 :/ 3 2 . 2 1 4 :/ 3 2 . 2 6 4 :/ 3 2 . 2 6
Pressure switch Condenser
375 S303X1
Contact-Side
1: /32.16
1 2 3 4
2: /32.16
3:
4:
Relay Air conditioning Cabin
376 K306X1 377 K307X1 378 K308X1 379 K311X1
85: /32.14 85: /32.12 85: /32.4 85: /32.10

87 86: /32.14 87 86: /32.12 87 86: /32.4 87 86: /32.10
30: /32.25 30: /32.21 30: /32.20 30: /32.6
85
86
85
86
85
86
85
86
87 87: /32.25 87 87: /32.21 87a 87: /32.21 87a 87: /32.6
87: /32.26 87: /32.21 87a: 87a:
30
30
30
30
a Connector Air conditioning EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
380 X200b 381 X200s 382 X201b 383 X201s 384 X202b 385 X202s
1 :/ 3 3 . 1 8 1 :/ 3 3 . 1 8
1 :/ 3 3 . 2 3 1 :/ 3 3 . 2 3 1 :/ 3 3 . 1 8 1 :/ 3 3 . 1 8
1 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 9 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 9 2 1 2
1 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 8 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 8 4 4 3 1 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 9 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 9
2 3
3
2 3
3 :/ 3 3 . 2 3 2 1 3 :/ 3 3 . 2 3
3 :/ 3 3 . 5 3 :/ 3 3 . 5 1 2
4: 4:
386 X203b 387 X203s 388 X204b 389 X204s

1 :/ 3 3 . 5 1 :/ 3 3 . 5 1 :/ 3 3 . 5 1 :/ 3 3 . 5
2 2 :/ 3 3 . 6 1 2
2 :/ 3 3 . 6 2 2 :/ 3 3 . 6 1 2
2 :/ 3 3 . 6
1 1
390 A200X1 391 P200X1 392 B200X1 393 S200X1 394 S201X1
1
1: 1 :/ 3 3 . 2 3
+: /33.22
2 :/ 3 3 . 1 3 4 3 2 :/ 3 3 . 2 3 1: /33.5 1: /33.9
10 9 10 9
3 :/ 3 3 . 1 5 S: /33.23 3: 2: /33.4 2: /33.9
4 5 6 S +
4 :/ 3 3 . 1 8 2 4: 3 6 3: 3 6 3:
1 2 3
GND: /33.24
5 :/ 3 3 . 1 9 4: 4:
Coupler socket, grey
6: 5: 5:
2 5 2 5
6: 6:
7: /33.5 7: /33.10
1 4 8: /33.5 1 4 8: /33.10
9: /33.6 9: /33.11
8 7 10: /33.6 8 7 10: /33.11

a Connector EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Water sprinkling unit Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 48
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

Pos. Component Page Spare part No. Description useable for Machine type
1 XF1 13.8 01296981 Fuse box 4-pol.

1 XF1 6.6 01296981 Fuse box 4-pol.
2 F01 6.4 01292064 Fuse
3 F02 6.4 01292064 Fuse
4 F03 6.4 01296884 Fuse
5 F04 6.4 01292064 Fuse
6 A13X1 6.19 00880043 Header
7 K16X1 6.19 00880043 Header
10 F3 7.3 00386197 Blade fuse
11 F4 7.3 00386197 Blade fuse
12 F5 7.3 00386197 Blade fuse
13 F6 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
14 F7 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
15 F8 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
16 F9 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
17 F10 7.3 00386197 Blade fuse
18 F11 7.3 00386197 Blade fuse
19 F12 7.3 00384054 Blade fuse
20 F13 7.3 00384054 Blade fuse
21 F14 7.3 00384070 Blade fuse
22 F15 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
23 F16 7.3 01243705 Blade fuse

24 F17 7.3 00384046 Blade fuse
25 F18 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
27 F20 8.3 00386197 Blade fuse
28 F21 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
29 F23 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
30 F24 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
31 F26 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
32 F27 8.3 00384062 Blade fuse
33 F28 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
34 F29 8.3 01243705 Blade fuse
35 F30 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
36 F32 8.3 00384062 Blade fuse
37 F33 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
38 F34 8.3 01243705 Blade fuse
40 A2 9.5 02042055 Central electric
41 XF3 11.3 00880957 Fuse box 6-pol.
42 A1 12.2 02068669 Instrument panel
43 G1 13.7 00351857 Battery
45 S1 13.7 00394319 Battery switch
50 S2 14.5 00380296 Ignition switch
50 S2 14.5 00367125 Ignition key
51 K15 14.8 01289829 Relay
52 S14 20.4 01266500 Push button switch red
52 S14 20.4 01266527 Switch
52 S14 14.12 01266527 Switch
52 S14 14.12 01266519 Push button switch
53 K16 14.14 02035291 Relay
54 A13 14.16 02043044 Control device Preheat equipment
55 K11 14.21 01263986 Relay

56 S7 15.3 01240447 Switch
56 S7 15.3 01238817 Switch
57 Y8 15.16 01237640 Solenoid
58 Y5 15.19 01237640 Solenoid
59 K10 15.22 01263986 Relay
60 K13 15.24 01263986 Relay
61 B12 16.17 02054132 Sensor Water level
65 B8 17.6 01217429 Temperature sensor
67 X4. 17.12 00207705 Built-in socket
68 S16 17.18 01276689 Filter indicator , electrical
69 H2 17.15 01220314 Signal transmitter
70 S17 17.21 00233366 Pressure switch
71 S12 17.24 01301020 Pressure switch, parking brake
72 B1 18.3 00886092 Level transmitter Fuel tank
73 D60 18.8 00898813 Control device
74 K4 18.11 01263986 Relay

a Spare parts list EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

76 M60 18.15 01243438 Pump
77 K2 18.18 01263986 Relay
78 E70 18.22 01292439 Heating , Fuel filter
79 B6 19.11 01263781 Speed sensor
80 B4 19.15 00881899 Speed sensor
81 B3 19.20 00865222 Sensor
82 A4 19.20 00865168 Signal Amplifier
85 K6 20.6 01263986 Relay
86 B5 20.7 01297015 Proximity switch
87 B7 20.9 00874698 Wire harness with Proximity switch
88 B9 20.12 00874698 Wire harness with Proximity switch
89 K7 20.10 01263986 Relay
90 A6 20.15 00806463 MFG electronic system only with Blade
90 A6 20.15 00806447 MFG electronic system without Edge pressing assembly , Blade
91 K9 21.4 01263986 Relay
92 K8 21.10 01263986 Relay
93 Y10 21.5 01227637 Solenoid

94 Y11 21.8 01201409 Solenoid
95 Y12 21.11 01227637 Solenoid
96 Y13 21.13 01201409 Solenoid
97 H3 21.19 00840696 Back-up alarm
100 S5 22.6 01264524 Alarm system switch
101 K3 22.5 00282618 Flasher relay
102 S4 22.21 00869392 Steering column switch
104 K5 22.21 01263986 Relay
105 E1 23.5 01277499 Halogen lamp
106 E9 23.7 00283150 Lamp
107 E3 23.8 00209635 Lamp
108 S9 24.7 01268686 Switch
108 S9 24.7 01267744 Rocker
109 E5 23.12 00283142 Lamp
110 E10 23.14 00283150 Lamp
111 E2 23.16 01277499 Halogen lamp
112 E11 23.18 00283150 Lamp
113 E4 23.20 00209635 Lamp
115 E6 23.24 00283142 Lamp
116 E12 23.25 00283150 Lamp
120 V6 24.2 00821136 Diode
121 H1 24.3 00207365 Signal horn
122 S3 24.3 01267752 Rocker
123 S10 24.13 01268678 Switch
123 S10 24.13 01497774 Rocker
124 D1 24.13 01706217 Relay
125 S13 24.18 01268686 Switch

125 S13 24.18 01497766 Rocker
126 S11 24.25 01268678 Switch
126 S11 24.25 01497804 Rocker
127 Y4 24.8 01269259 Magnet
128 Y3 24.10 01269259 Magnet
129 Y2 24.19 01273183 Magnet
130 Y1 24.22 01273183 Magnet
140 3F3 25.7 00384070 Blade fuse
141 S43 25.7 01272241 Switch Working spotlights
141 S43 25.7 01249215 Symbol, working spotlights front
142 E40 25.6 00366528 Halogen lamp
143 E41 25.8 00366528 Halogen lamp
144 S44 25.14 01249223 Symbol, working spotlights rear
145 E42 25.14 00366528 Halogen lamp
146 E43 25.16 00366528 Halogen lamp
147 3F4 25.21 00384062 Blade fuse
148 S45 25.21 01272217 Push button switch Windshield washer
148 S45 25.21 01272225 Symbol, windshield washer
149 S46 25.24 01240773 Switch

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

149 S46 25.24 01272233 Symbol Rotating-beam light
150 M42 25.21 01272195 Windshield washer
151 H40 25.24 00342505 Rotating-beam light
151 H40 25.24 00355283 Lamp
152 3F2 26.8 00384054 Blade fuse
153 3F5 26.15 00384062 Blade fuse
154 E44 26.7 00283142 Lamp
154 E44 26.7 00283142 Lamp
155 S40 26.14 01240773 Switch
155 S40 26.14 01240781 Symbol, wiper front
156 S41 26.24 01240803 Switch Windshield wiper, rear
156 S41 26.24 01240811 Symbol, wiper rear
157 S47 26.8 01240854 Door contact switch
159 M40 26.13 01270036 Windscreen wiper motor
165 3F6 27.6 00384054 Blade fuse
166 3F1 27.14 00384054 Blade fuse
167 A40 27.4 02031076 Radio
168 W1 27.9 00384836 Antenna
169 B40 27.10 01236849 Loudspeaker
169 K15X1 37.5 00892823 Connector 2-pol.

170 B41 27.10 01236849 Loudspeaker
171 S40 27.21 01272284 Lamp
171 S40 27.21 01272268 Header
171 S41 27.18 01272284 Lamp
171 S41 27.18 01272268 Header
171 S43 27.16 01272284 Lamp
171 S43 27.16 01272268 Header
171 S44 27.14 01272284 Lamp
171 S44 27.14 01272268 Header
171 S45 27.23 01272284 Lamp
171 S45 27.23 01272268 Header
171 S46 27.25 01272284 Lamp
171 S46 27.25 01272268 Header
172 A9 28.11 00850063 Interface Speedometer
173 P1 28.16 02076718 Speedometer
173 P1 28.16 02076716 Speedometer
174 A8 29.2 02024331 Compactometer HCM-3 3307
175 B10 29.3 02025018 Acceleration sensor
176 A10 30.7 02038452 Interface HCM-3 3205-3625
177 A11 30.18 00466905 Display CDS
180 S30 31.8 01261150 Control unit
181 M30 31.7 02084206 Heating unit
185 F301 32.6 01295063 Blade fuse UNIVAL
187 K308 32.4 00331686 Relay
188 K311 32.10 00331686 Relay
189 K307 32.12 02058138 Relay
190 K306 32.14 02058138 Relay

191 Y300 32.16 01270850 Compressor
200 A200 33.12 00843008 Interval switch
201 S200 33.4 01267752 Rocker
202 S201 33.9 01267752 Rocker
203 P200 33.22 00382515 Water level indicator
204 D61-H1 33.25 00231746 Tubular lamp
205 M201 33.5 00851124 Water pump
206 M202 33.18 00877131 Water pump
207 B200 33.23 00871133 Level transmitter, water
208 4F2 33.4 00384062 Blade fuse
209 4F1 33.9 00384062 Blade fuse
210 X1 36.1 00898872 Connector
211 X2 36.8 00898082 Connector
212 X3 36.16 00898287 Connector
213 X4 36.23 02041830 Cable with plug
214 X5 36.1 00898872 Connector
215 X6 36.8 00898082 Connector

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

216 X7 36.16 00898678 Connector
217 X8 37.1 00898384 Connector
218 X9 37.8 00898678 Connector
219 X10 37.13 00898775 Connector
220 X11 37.20 00898376 Connector
221 X12 37.23 00898376 Connector
222 X13 37.1 00898570 Connector
223 X17 37.5 02031349 Connector
224 X18 37.9 00898473 Connector
225 X16 37.15 00898376 Connector
226 X21 37.20 00898570 Connector
227 X58b 39.1 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
227 X58s 39.5 00880019 Fishing box, 2-pole
230 A8X1 38.2 00351970 Electric plug
231 A8X2 38.7 00350680 Electric plug
232 A8X4 38.13 00351962 Electric plug
233 X52b 38.2 00369683 Round connector 7-pol.
234 X52s 38.7 00369691 Electric plug
235 A8X5 38.13 00369691 Electric plug
236 A8X6 38.19 02014722 Female cable connector
237 X56b 40.12 00892122 Connector
238 X56s 40.15 00892025 Connector

240 Y1X1 39.1 00272116 Coupler socket
240 Y1X1 39.1 00284351 Diode
241 Y2X1 39.6 00284351 Diode
242 Y3X1 39.11 00284351 Diode
243 Y5X1 39.15 00284351 Diode
244 Y8X1 39.20 00284351 Diode
245 B1X1 39.1 00880744 Connector 4-pol.
246 B4X1 39.6 00880744 Connector 4-pol.
249 B12X1 39.18 02040580 Circular connector
250 S16X1 39.22 01269372 Coupler socket 3-pol.
251 B6X1 39.1 00880442 Electric plug
252 B2X1 39.5 00880442 Electric plug
254 Y7X1 39.9 00880442 Electric plug
255 S17X1 39.14 00880647 Central plug
256 S12X1 39.18 01301543 Plug
258 X38s 40.6 00880310 Connection plug, 3-pole
263 B20X1 39.9 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
264 B20X2 39.13 00892823 Connector 2-pol.

265 D60X1 40.3 00880124 Connection plug, 8-pole
268 S60X1 40.15 00880531 Electric plug 7-pol.
273 X22 41.15 00880817 Connection plug, 6-pole
274 V6X1 41.19 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
278 Y4X1 41.19 00284351 Diode
279 Y10X1 41.3 00284351 Diode
280 Y11X1 41.8 00284351 Diode

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

281 Y12X1 41.13 00284351 Diode
282 Y13X1 41.19 00284351 Diode
283 X55b 40.3 00893080 Connection - Bush
284 X55s 40.7 00893072 Electric plug
285 A1X1 42.2 00880450 Central plug 18-pol.
289 H2X1 42.2 00880310 Connection plug, 3-pole
290 X27b 42.7 00880213 Fishing box, 3-pole
291 X28s 42.13 00880035 Connector 8-pol.
292 X28b 42.16 00880523 Connector 8-pol.
293 S5X1 42.22 00880159 Central plug 10-pol.
300 X42b 43.3 00880620 Connector 12-pol.
301 X42s 43.6 00880132 Connector 12-pol.
302 X43b 43.10 00880620 Connector 12-pol.

303 X43s 43.14 00880132 Connector 12-pol.
304 X44b 43.18 00880620 Connector 12-pol.
305 X44s 43.21 00880132 Connector 12-pol.
306 X45b 43.12 00880523 Connector 8-pol.
309 X47b 43.3 00880426 Connector 4-pol.
310 X47s 43.6 00880922 Connector 4-pol.
311 X48b 43.10 00880426 Connector 4-pol.
312 X48s 43.14 00880922 Connector 4-pol.
313 X26 43.18 00898473 Connector
315 X39b 44.1 00880655 Connector 2-pol.
316 X39s 44.4 00880558 Connector 2-pol.
320 X53s 44.22 00369691 Electric plug
323 M30X1b 44.14 00880515 Connection plug, 4-pole
324 M30X1s 44.18 00880418 Fishing box, 4-pole

343 M42X1 45.2 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
344 A40X1 45.10 02041142 Central plug
345 A40X2 45.14 02041143 Central plug
355 F05 13.4 00386197 Blade fuse

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

355 F05 13.4 02077446 Fuse-holder
355 F05 13.4 02077444 Mounting Fuse-holder
367 X301b 47.10 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
368 X301s 47.13 02084038 Connector
373 M301X1 47.18 00892920 Connector
374 M302X1 47.22 00892920 Connector
375 S303X1 47.2 02103361 Connector
376 K306X1 47.2 00880930 Header
377 K307X1 47.7 00880930 Header
378 K308X1 47.11 00880930 Header

379 K311X1 47.16 00880930 Header
390 A200X1 48.2 00880817 Connection plug, 6-pole
391 P200X1 48.6 00898465 Central plug
392 B200X1 48.10 00392839 Coupler socket
410 F29 100.3 01243705 Blade fuse
411 5F1 100.9 00384062 Blade fuse
412 5F2 100.16 00384054 Blade fuse
414 S44 100.13 00385395 Pushbutton
415 S43 100.16 00385387 Pushbutton
416 H40 100.9 00355283 Lamp
417 E42 100.13 01272209 Working spotlights
417 E42 100.13 00366528 Halogen lamp

418 E43 100.14 00366528 Halogen lamp
419 E40 100.16 00366528 Halogen lamp
420 E41 100.18 00366528 Halogen lamp
421 X39b 101.1 00880655 Connector 2-pol.
422 X39s 101.5 00880558 Connector 2-pol.
427 XF5 101.2 00898651 Fuse box

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

435 E40X1 101.1 00892815 Electric plug
436 E41X1 101.5 00892815 Electric plug
437 E42X1 101.8 00892815 Electric plug
438 E43X1 101.11 00892815 Electric plug

b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26


a EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/35.25
-XF5 1 -XF5 2 Lighting ROPS =

Special equipment
-F29 30A -5F1 15A -5F2 10A
410 411 412
-XF5 A -XF5 B
-X15 2
1.5 or
1.5 sw
6 rt
1.5 ?br 1.5 ?br 1.5 ?br 1.5 br 1.0 gr/ge
-S46X1 5 6 -S44X1 5 6 -S43X1 5 6 1.0 gr/bl
S 31 S 31 S 31
-X39b A
-X102s 1 -S46 -S44 -S43 -X102s 4 -X102s 3
-X39s A
-X102b 1 413 S1 C 414 S1 C 415 S1 C
-X102b 4 -X102b 3
-S46X1 7 3 -S44X1 7 3 -S43X1 7 3
1.0 gr/bl
1.0 gr/ge
6 ?rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 or
1.5 sw
-X40s 4 -X40s 3
-X40b 4 -X40b 3
-X109b 1 -X103b 2 -X103b 1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
-X109s 1 -X103s 2 -X103s 1
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 or
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
-X10 13 -X10 14
-E42X1 1 -E43X1 1 -E40X1 1 -E41X1 1
-H40 M 1 1 1 1
416 -E42 1 2 V- E 4 3 12V -E40 1 2 V- E 4 1 12V -X1 10 -X1 11

6 ?br
417 2 55W 418 2 55W 419 2 55W 420 2 55W
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
-H40X1 1 -E42X1 2 -E43X1 2 -E40X1 2 -E41X1 2
-X39s B -X102b 2
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
-X39b B -X102s 2
-A1X1 8 -A1X1 7
6 br
X1:8 X1:7
-X109s 2 -X103s 3 -X103s 4
Display Display
-X109b 2 -X103b 3 -X103b 4
-A1 -A1
rear front
-X31 7 1.5 br
1.5 br
31 31
/35.25
S46: Push button switch S44: Push button switch S43: Push button switch
Rotating-beam light Working spotlights, rear Working spotlights, front
H40: Rotating-beam light E42: Working spotlights, rear left E40: Working spotlights, front left
E43: Working spotlights, rear right E41: Working spotlights, front right

a Version EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Lighting ROPS Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = ROPS 100
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
421 -X39b 422 -X39s 423 -X102b 424 -X102s 425 -X103b 426 -X103s
1 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6
A :/ 1 0 0 . 3 A :/ 1 0 0 . 3
2 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3
3 3
B :/ 1 0 0 . 3 B :/ 1 0 0 . 3 3 4 4
3 4 4
2
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 2 1 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 2
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 2 1 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3
B A 1 1
A B
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6
/100.16
/100.9
428 -X109b 429 -X109s 430 -X40b 431 -X40s

A B 1: 1:
1 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
2: 2:
2 2
1
1 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4
427
8
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 5
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1
7 6
F1
F2
6 7
-XF5 5
3 4
5: 8
2 1
5:
2 4 3
1
6: 6:
7: 7:
8: 8:
1 2
432 -S43X1 433 -S44X1 434 -S46X1

4 1: 4 1: 4 1:
5 3 2: 5 3 2: 5 3 2:
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 7 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 0
4: 4: 4:
6 2 6 2 6 2
5 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 5 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 5 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 7 6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 0
7 1 7 1 7 1
7 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 7 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 7 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
435 -E40X1 436 -E41X1 437 -E42X1 438 -E43X1
1: /100.16 1: /100.18 1: /100.13 1: /100.14
2: /100.16 2: /100.18 2: /100.13 2: /100.14

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

a Connector EP 3205-3307; EN
b
c
Lighting ROPS Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = ROPS 101
d
gepr.
02104414 00 + 58 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Circuit diagram 3307HT

v a l i d f r o m s e r i a l - N o . H:1 8 9 0 0 0 1 TIER-3
- Fehlende Ersatzteilnummern siehe Ersatzteilkatalog
- missing spare parts numbers see spare parts list
Revision Modification valid from serial-No.


a Revision management EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
1 Revision management
2 Page list
3 Page list
4 Page list
5 Page list
6 Page list
7 Fuse box / Starting relay

Engine room
8 Fuse occupancy
Central electric
9 Fuse occupancy
Central electric
10 High current PCB

Central electric
11 Relay Central electric

12 Fuse box
Cab console
13 Display Plug occupancy
14 Microcontroller MC6
Page A
15 Microcontroller MC6
Page B
16 Electric plug MC6

Picture MC6

a Page list EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
17 Control device Diesel engine

EMR-3
18 Ignition switch , Starting relay

19 Emergency control
Power supply Microcontroller
20 Diagnostic interface Microcontroller
21 Warntonsummer , Steckdose
Change-over km/h - mph
Change-over Drum type
22 Magnet, remote shut-down engine

Sensors Engine room
23 Sensors Coolant level ,
Air filter , Hydraulic oil filter
24 Inclination sensor
25 Level transmitter Fuel tank

Refuel pump
Fuel preheating
26 Lighting STVZO
27 Lighting STVZO
28 Switch Instrument panel

Signal horn
29 Switch Instrument panel

Sensor Vibration frequency
30 Sensors Speed
Engine speed
31 Parking brake

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
32 Back-up alarm
Schubschild
33 Potentiometer Drive lever
34 Motor operator Engine speed
35 Drive and vibration drive

36 Working spotlights
Windshield washer
Rotating-beam light
37 Cab lighting
Windshield wiper
38 Radio assembly
Instrumentation lighting Cabin
39 Tachograph
40 Compactometer HCM
Acceleration sensor
41 CDS Display
42 Heating Cabin
43 Air conditioning
44 Special equipment
Sprinkling
45 Reserve
Central electric
46 Reserve
Central electric
47 Reserve
Central electric

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
48 Reserve
Central electric
49 Electric plug
Central electric
50 Electric plug
Central electric
51 Electric plug
Central electric
52 Electric plug E-Box

56 Instrument panel Central plug
57 Connector Operator platform

58 Connector Cabin
Air conditioning Heating
59 Connector Cabin
60 Central plug Cabin
61 Connector Air conditioning
62 Connector
Sprinkling
63 Spare parts list

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P a g e l i s t
64 Spare parts list
65 Spare parts list
66 Spare parts list
67 Spare parts list

68 Spare parts list
69 Spare parts list
100 Version
Lighting ROPS
101 Connector
Lighting ROPS

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A13: Relay Cold start equipment
K16: Starting relay
A13 K16
6 A13X1
30: /17.23
H: /17.23
TK H
50 15: /18.17
XF1: Fuse box Engine room 31: /18.17
31 15
50: /18.16
L R R:
30 TK:
L: /18.17
F01 Header Control device

XF1 F02
/17.8
1 F03
F04
7 K16X1
85: /18.13
87 86: /18.13
30: /17.12
85
86
87: /17.12
X55b
30
X56b Header Starting relay
2 F01 80A /17.9 F01 - 80A: Cold start equipment
3 F02 80A /17.9 F02 - 80A: Supply system Terminal 30, Starting device
4 F03 125A /17.9 F03 - 125A: Alternator B+
5 F04 80A /17.9 F04 - 80A: Air conditioning

a Fuse box / Starting relay EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Engine room Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 7
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
10 F1 15A /19.8 F1 - 15A: Microcontroller MC6/A Power outputs
11 F2 15A /19.13 F2 - 15A: Microcontroller MC6/B Power outputs
12 F3 1A /23.3 F3 - 1A: Sensors : Coolant level , Fuel filter , Hydraulic oil filter , Inclination sensor
13 F4 1A /28.11 F4 - 1A: Sensors : Vibration frequency , Speed
14 F5 5A /25.6 F5 - 5A: Level transmitter, fuel / Control circuit Refuel pump

15 F6 7.5A /31.12 F6 - 7,5A: Multifunction handle , Blade
16 F7 25A /19.3 F7 - 25A: Emergency control , Power supply Microcontroller
17 F8 7.5A /27.16 F8 - 7,5A: Driving light right
18 F9 7.5A /27.5 F9 - 7,5A: Driving light left
19 F10 5A /27.20 F10 - 5A: Parking light right
20 F11 5A /27.8 F11 - 5A: Parking light left
21 F12 10A /28.3 F12 - 10A: Signal transmitter
23 F14 25A /25.15 F14 - 25A: Refuel pump

24 F15 7.5A /32.24 F15 -7,5A: Back-up alarm
25 F16 30A /25.22 F16 - 30A: Fuel preheating
F17 /46.5 F17 - Reserve

a Fuse occupancy EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
26 F18 7.5A /40.4 F18 - 7,5A: Compactometer HCM
F19 /45.13 F19 - Reserve
27 F20 5A /17.3 F20 - 5A: Terminal D+ Alternator
28 F21 7.5A /21.8 F21 - 7,5A: Display Terminal 15 , Jumper km/h - mp/h
F22 /46.7 F22 - Reserve

29 F23 10A /21.21 F23 - 10A: Socket Supply system
F24 25 /22.4 F24 - Reserve
30 F25 7.5A /34.18 F25 - Reserve
F26 10A /18.17 F26 - 10A: Cold start equipment
31 F27 15A /42.4 F27 - 15A: Cabin-heating , Air conditioning
F28 /46.9 F28 - Reserve
F29 /46.11 F29 - Reserve
32 F30 10A /18.5 F30 - 10A: Ignition switch Terminal 30
33 F31 25A /47.3 F31 - Reserve

34 F32 15A /26.21 F32 - 15A: Steering column switch Terminal 30
37 F35 1A /19.19 F35 - 1A: Microcontroller MC6/A Control unit
38 F36 1A /19.22 F36 - 1A: Microcontroller MC6/B Control unit

a Fuse occupancy EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
X5 X6 X7 X1 X2 X3
X24 X25 X26 X14

X16 X4
X10 X11
J1 X9 X27
J2
mph km/h
3 F1 F19
X8 2
F2 F20
1
K4 K2
F3 F21 KL15.4
X19 XD2 X28

F4 F22
F5 F23 KL15.5
F6 F24
X32 X18
F25 X12
F7
F8 F26
K7 K1
F9 F27
X33 F10 F28
K5 K6 K11 K3
A3 F29 KL15.3
F11
40
F12 F30
X34 F13 F31
K9 K8
F14 F32
KL15.2
F15 F33
F16 F34 F37
F17 F35
X13 V5
F18 F36 KL30.3
X36 X35
FL
X21
R1
Tyco
DIAGNOSE/DIAGNOSTIC
X37
KL31.1
X22 XD3 XD4
KL31.2
K15
XD1 R4
X23 R2
X17 J3 R5
1
1 2 0W K15: high current relay
2
S1 V7
R3
3 Supply system
KL31.3
02040521 K L 1 5 . 1K L 3 0 . 2 KL30.1

a High current PCB EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
General arrangement Relay Central electric
K4: Charge pump

K1: Reserve K2: Fuel preheating K3: Flasher relay Fuel tank
K1 K2 K3 K4
86 86: 86 86: /25.18 31 49: /26.5 86 86: /25.11
87a 85: 85: /25.18 31: /26.5 85: /25.11
87a
87a
30 30: 30 30: /25.22 49a: /26.6 30 30: /25.15
87 87 49a 87
87: 87: /25.23 87: /25.15
87a: 87a: 87a:
85 85 49 85
K5: Driving light K6: Parking brake K7: Back-up alarm K8: Blade
K5 K6 K7 K8
1: /26.21 1: /31.12 1: /32.21 1: /32.10
2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1
2: /26.21 2: /31.12 2: /32.21 2: /32.10
3: /26.23 3: /31.6 3: /32.23 3: /32.11
5
5
4: /26.23 4: /31.6 4: 4: /32.11
3
3
5: 5: 5: /32.23 5:
K11: Pilot light

K9: Blade Preheat
K9 K11
1: /32.5 1: /18.20
2 4 1 2 4 1
2: /32.5 2: /18.20
3: /32.6 3: /18.22
5
5
4: /32.6 4:
3
5: 5: /18.22

a Relay Central electric EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Fuse box Cab console
/38.14
/36.21
/37.15
/37.8
/36.7
/38.6
3F1 - 10A: Instrumentation lighting Console , Terminal 58 Radio
A B C D E F Terminal 58 Speedometer
3F2 - 10A: Terminal 30 Cab lighting , Terminal 30 Speedometer
3F3 - 25A: Working spotlights

F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
XF3
41 3F4 - 15A: Windshield washer , Rotating-beam light
1 2 3 4 5 6 3F5 - 15A: Windshield wiper
3F6 - 10A: Terminal 30 Radio


a Fuse box EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Cab console Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 12
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
42
A1
nderung
2
Datum
/17.3 D+
X1:1
3
/20.20 CAN High 120
X1:2
4
Name
/20.18 CAN Low
X1:3
Speed sensor Diesel engine
X1:4
5
gez.
gepr.
Vibration frequency
X1:5
6
/23.11 Fuel filter Water Indicator
Datum
X1:6
/36.11 Working spotlights front
X1:7
7
A1X1
/36.18 Working spotlights rear
X1:8
Name
8
/18.22 Preheat
X1:9
/21.8 Terminal 15
9
/21.4 GND
A1: Display Instrument panel
10
/18.3 Terminal 30
/21.23 Signal transmitter

11
Display
Speed
12
Hydraulic oil filter
Air filter
13
Coolant level
14
Oil pressure switch Diesel engine

X1:10 X1:11 X1:12 X1:13 X1:14 X1:15 X1:16 X1:17 X1:18
15
16
Temperature indicator Hydraulic oil

X2:1
Display Plug occupancy

Temperature indicator Diesel engine
X2:2
17
Amplitude, large
X2:3
18
Double jump (RMV)

X2:4
Pilot light, brake

X2:5
19
Level Hydraulic oil

X2:6
A1X2
20
/21.12 Change-over km/h - mp/h

X2:7
/25.3 Level transmitter Fuel tank

X2:8
21
Projektbez.
GND (HCM)
X2:9
22
Zeichnungsnummer
Amplitude, small
EP 3307HT TIER3
Rev.
02104486 00
Compaction data (HMV)

23
+
=
/26.18 Blinker left

24
/26.15 Blinker right
Diagnostic lamp Diesel engine

X2:10 X2:11 X2:12 X2:13 X2:14
25
71
Blatt
26
13
Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
43
A2.1
nderung
2
1
/19.8 Batterie +
Datum
/35.3
32
3
/19.10
28
Batterie +
2
5
/19.19 Batterie + /35.7
4
Name
MC6 E/32
3
/19.8 GND
/35.15
33
5
gez.
/19.10
gepr.
30
GND
A
6
/28.14 /35.11
13
Input
6
Shunt mode PWM-Ausgang
Datum
/29.21 /35.19
41
34
GND
7
Sensor
Name
/30.24 /35.23
14
35
Input
8
/30.22
43
GND
L+
9
Sensor
/30.17 /32.21
15
36
Input
10
/30.15
44
GND
L+
/30.7 16 Sensor
11
/31.6
37
Input
12
/34.9 +4,5V
Schaltausgnge
L+
/34.12
/34.15
17 18 19
38
-
13
/33.19 +4,5V
Page A
14
/33.16
4
/33.22 /34.3
45 46 47
- Motor -
15
/34.6
31
Motor +
+4,5V
/29.10
Fehlererkennung
16
Microcontroller MC6
20 21 22
53
- 0.....5V
25
GND
17
/33.9 +4,5V
fr Potentiometer 2,5k.....5k
/33.6
/33.12 /20.4
48 49 50
40
- TxD
18
/20.6
42
RS232 RxD
+5V
19
/29.12 /20.8
39
GND
/29.15
23 24 25
20
/20.11
51
Bootstrap fr
Flashdongle
7
/29.19
21
Projektbez.
8
/31.3 /20.20
26
CAN High
22
Zeichnungsnummer
9
/31.22 /20.18
27
CAN Low
EP 3307HT TIER3
Rev.
02104486 00
/28.21 /20.15
10
55
GND
23
/28.25
+
=
11
Schalteingnge
24
/28.17
12
GND
25
/19.19
52
Stecker-
Chassis
kodierung A
71
Blatt
26
14
Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
43
A2.2
nderung
2
1
/19.13 Batterie +
Datum
32
3
/19.15
28
Batterie +
2
5
/19.22 Batterie +
4
Name
MC6 E/32
3
/19.13 GND
33
5
gez.
/19.15
gepr.
30
GND
B
6
/23.19
13
Input
6
Shunt mode PWM-Ausgang
Datum
/23.22
41
34
GND
7
Sensor
Name
/29.4
14
35
Input
8
/24.7
43
GND
L+
9
Sensor
/29.6
15
36
Input
10
/17.21
44
GND
L+
/17.19 16 Sensor
11
/39.17
37
Input
12
+4,5V
Schaltausgnge
L+
/24.4
/39.14
17 18 19
38
-
13
/22.20 +4,5V
Page B
14
/22.24
4
45 46 47
- Motor -
15
31
Motor +
+4,5V
Fehlererkennung
16
Microcontroller MC6
20 21 22
53
- 0.....5V
25
GND
17
+4,5V
fr Potentiometer 2,5k.....5k
48 49 50
40
- TxD
18
42
RS232 RxD
/22.10 +5V
19
/22.7
39
GND
23 24 25
20
51
Bootstrap fr
Flashdongle
7
/21.16
21
Projektbez.
8
/22.17
26
CAN High
22
Zeichnungsnummer
9
/28.7
27
CAN Low
EP 3307HT TIER3
Rev.
02104486 00
/23.6
10
55
GND
23
/23.14
+
=
11
Schalteingnge
24
/22.14
12
GND
25
/19.24
52
Stecker-
Chassis
kodierung B
71
Blatt
26
15
Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
44 A2X1 44 A2X2
1: /19.8 28: /19.10 1: /19.13 28: /19.15
A2X2
A2X1
2: /19.19 29: 2: /19.22 29: MC6
3: /19.8 30: /19.10 3: /19.13 30: /19.15
4: /34.3 31: /34.6 4: 31:
5: /35.7 32: /35.3 5: 32:

6: /35.11 33: /35.15 6: 33:
55
27
55
27
7: /29.19 34: /35.19 7: /21.16 34:
8: /31.3 35: /35.23 8: /22.17 35:
9: /31.22 36: 9: /28.7 36: /32.21
10: /28.21 37: /31.6 10: /23.6 37: /39.17
11: /28.25 38: 11: /23.14 38: /39.14
12: /28.17 39: /20.8 12: /22.14 39:
13: /28.14 40: /20.4 13: /23.19 40:
14: /30.24 41: /29.21 14: /29.4 41: /23.22
15: /30.17 42: /20.6 15: /29.6 42:
16: /30.7 43: /30.22 16: /17.19 43: /24.7
17: /34.9 44: /30.15 17: 44: /17.21
18: /34.12 45: /33.19 18: /24.4 45: /22.20
19: /34.15 46: /33.16 19: 46: /22.24
20: 47: /33.22 20: 47:
21: /29.10 48: /33.9 21: 48:
22: 49: /33.6 22: 49:
23: 50: /33.12 23: /22.10 50:
24: /29.12 51: /20.11 24: /22.7 51:

25: /29.15 52: /19.19 25: 52: /19.24
1
26: /20.20 53: 26: 53:

28
28
27: /20.18 54: 27: 54:

55: /20.15 55:

a Electric plug MC6 EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Picture MC6 Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 16
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
80A
XF1
/7.6
50 F01
1
5A /7.4
6 rt
D+
/43.2 80A
16 sw 30
F05 /18.2
F02 A13X1 30
W /7.4
G A13
D+ B+ 125A
16 rt /18.16
3
G2 U F03 A13X1 H
31 /7.4
6 rt
80A
1.5 rt
16 rt 30.1
/43.2
F04
/7.4
X6 9 K16X1 30
30 E01 E02 E03 E04

10 rt
K16
F20 5A /18.13 87
/9.3
K16X1 87
X1 3
75 sw 30 M 50a
1.5 ge 1.5 ge MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B
+ M1 X56b 1
X55s 2 D-In. Kl.50a GND
A2.2
0.75 rt
31 X56s 1
X55b 2 Pull-Down
/15.2
135Ah
12V
G1
1.5 ge
1.5 ge
16 44
A1X1 1 51
A2X2 16 A2X2 44
-
0.75 ws
0.75 br
X1:1
X6 18
50 sw
Display
A1 Pilot light Y14X1 1 Y15X1 1
/13.2
Charge current 0 1 X35 9
S1 X35 8
Y14 Y15
52
R7
2,2kW 2,2kW /29.2
50 sw
R6 R7
Earth terminal Earth terminal Earth terminal Shield
/20.2
Diesel engine Chassis E-Box
31 3
31 02 75 sw 31 01 50 sw 31 03 3 1 4 1516171819 Stud bolt
31 2 Central electric
6 br 31 1 31
/18.2
M1: Starting motor K16: Starting relay A13: Control device Heater plugs
A1: Display G1: Battery Y15: Magnet, starting excess fuel E01-E04: Heater plugs
G2: Alternator S1: Battery isolating switch Y14: Magnet, starting excess fuel
a Control device Diesel engine EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
EMR-3 Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 17
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/17.17 /26.2
15
/19.2
30 1
F30 10A F26 10A
/9.3 /9.3
30 2
X1 21 30
K15
.8 87
2.5 rt
X1 X6 X18 K11X1 1 3
X19:11
19 3 2 1
15 1
X18:7
X18:4
1 3
K11
64 2 4 5
S2X1 1
Reserve K11X1 2 5
1.5 ws
1.5 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
30 30
S2
0,1 123
60
17 17 54 15 50a 19 19
S2X2 5 7
X55b 5 X55b 1 4
X55s 5 X55s 1 4
1.5 rt
1.5 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 gr
X1 16
X1 20
1.5 ge
FL A
K16X1 86 A13X1 50 15 L
Sicherungstester
X17 1 86 50 15 L Fuse tester
63
K16
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
0.75 rt
62
A13 FL E
85
/17.23
31
K16X1 85
K15X1 1
A13X1 31
0.75 br
0.75 br
86
-V6
K15
A1X1 12 61 85
A1X1 9
X1:12 K15X1 2 X55s 3

X1:9
X55b 3
0.75 br
Display Display
A1 A1 Pilot light
/13.2 /13.2
0.75 br
Terminal 30 Preheat
X17 2
31 5
31 31
/17.25 /19.2
30
87
30
87
.8 /17.12
S2: Ignition switch K15: Power relay K11: Relay Pilot light Preheat
Central electric K16: Starting relay A13: Control device Heater plugs
a Ignition switch , Starting relay EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Cold start equipment Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 18
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/18.25 /21.2
F7 25A F1 15A F2 15A F35 1A F36 1A

/8.3 /8.3 /8.3 /9.3 /9.3
X15 4 X15 5
X32 1 X32 2 X35 1 X35 2 X32 3 X35 3
X19:12
Reserve
2.5 rt
2.5 rt
2.5 ws
2.5 ws
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
X49b 1 2 3 4 A2X1 1 A2X1 28 A2X2 1 A2X2 28 A2X1 2 A2X2 2 A2X2 52
X49s 1 2 3 4
1 28 1 28 2 2 52
A2.1 A2.2 A2.1 A2.2

2.5 rt
2.5 rt
2.5 ws
2.5 ws
+U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15) +U (Kl.15)

/14.2 /15.2 /14.2 /15.2
MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B
X50b 1 2 3 4
X50s 1 2 3 4
1.5 rt
1.5 rt
MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/B MC6E32/B MC6E32/A

A2.1 GND GND A2.2 GND GND A2.1 GND
/14.2 /15.2 /14.2
1 1
3 30 3 30 52
S7
65 2 2 A2X1 3 A2X1 30 A2X2 3 A2X2 30 A2X1 52
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
X32 4 X32 5 X35 4 X35 5 X32 7
31 31
/18.25 /20.2
S7: Emergency stop switch

a Emergency control EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Power supply Microcontroller Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 19
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
CAN-Low
/34.2
CAN-High
/34.2
MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A
A2.1 RS232 TxD RS232 RxD RS232 GND A2.1 Bootstrap A2.1 CAN GND A2.1 CAN Low CAN High
/14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2
40 42 39 51 55 27 26
A2X1 40 A2X1 42 A2X1 39 A2X1 51 A2X1 55 A2X1 27 A2X1 26
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
3
X32 6 X32 13 X32 12
2
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
1
120W
J3
R15
X3 7 X3 10 X2 18
X32 8 X32 9 X32 10 X32 11
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
ws
br
2 3 5 XD4
XD3
XD3 XD4
A1X1 3 A1X1 2
High current PCB X1:3 X1:2

Central electric Display Display
A1
Software Update/ /13.2
CAN-Low CAN-High
Diagnostic
120W
Shield Shield
/17.25 /29.2
31 31
/19.25 /21.2
Diagnostic interface MC6 - A A1: Display
A2: Microcontroller MC6

a Diagnostic interface Microcontroller EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/19.25 /22.2
F21 7.5A F23 10A

/9.3 /9.3
MC6E/32 B Signal transmitter
A2.2 D-In. A1
J1 /15.2 Padfoot drum /13.2 Display
7 X1:13
1
7.5A A2X2 7 A1X1 13
J1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
2
J1
X35 11
3 H2X1 2
+
X1 6 Jumper 1 X2 3 X14 6 X1 15
H2
1/2 = km/h 53 -
2/3 = mph
0.75 rt
0.75 ws
H2X1 1
A1X1 10 A1X2 7
0.75 ws
1.5 rt
0.75 br
X1:10 X2:7
GND Display Display
A1 A1 A1
/13.2 Display /13.2 /13.2
Terminal 15 km/h - mph S15X1 B
X1:11
C B
A1X1 11 S15:
S15 A/B = Padfoot drum
66 A/C = Smooth roller drum
S15X1 A
X27b 1 2
0.75 br
0.75 br
1.5 br
X4.
67
X1 7 X14 5
31 8
31 31
/20.25 /22.2
A1: Display S15: Rotary switch Smooth roller drum X4: Socket Supply system
J1: Jumper km/h - mph Change-over Padfoot drum H2: Signal transmitter

a Warntonsummer , Steckdose EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Change-over km/h - mph
Change-over Drum type
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/21.25 /23.2
MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B

F24 10A A-In. +5V D-In. D-In. Sensor +
/9.3 A2.2 A2.2 A2.2 A2.2 A2.2 A2.2 A-In. Hydraulic oil
/15.2 Engine oil temperature /15.2 /15.2 Oil pressure switch /15.2 Oil pressure switch /15.2 +4,5V /15.2 Temperature sensor
24 23 12 8 45 46
A2X2 24 A2X2 23 A2X2 12 A2X2 8 A2X2 45 A2X2 46
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X37 5 X37 6 X37 7 X37 8 X36 6
200W
R10
X6 1 X6 10 X6 20 X5 7 X6 16 X27:4
X27:3 X27:5 X27:1
Reserve
Reserve
Reserve
Reserve
1.5 ws
0.75 ws
Y7X1 1 S17X1 1
84
Y7 S17 P
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
p=50mbar
S17X1 2
Y7X1 2
B43X1 2
1.5 br
0.75 br
2 1
71
70
B43 S20 P B8
GND
31 6
X5 8
31 31
/21.25 /23.2
Y7: Magnet, remote shut-down engine S20: Switch Engine oil pressure B8: Temperature sensor, hydraulic oil
B43: Temperature sensor, engine oil S17: Pressure switch Air filter

a Magnet, remote shut-down engine EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Sensors Engine room Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 22
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/22.25 /25.2
F3.1
/24.2
F3 1A
/8.3
X5 21 X5 18 X7 3 X5 5
X35:7
Reserve
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 rt
0.75 bn
X34b 1
B12X1 1 X34s 1
X33b 1 S16X1 1
+U +U
SIGN SIGN
74
B12 NPN
B11 NPN
Preparation S16 P
72 GND
73 GND
D p=2,5 bar
X33b 3 X33b 2 S16X1 2
B12X1 2 B12X1 3 X34s 2 X34s 3
X34b 2 X34b 3
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
X5 17 X5 4 X7 2 X5 14
2,2kW 2,2kW R9
/29.2
R8 R9
X37 9 X27:2 X2 13 X36 3 X35 14 X36 1
Reserve
0.75 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
A2X2 10 A1X1 6 A2X2 11 A2X2 13 A2X2 41
10 X1:6 11 13 41
Display
D-In. D-In. Level D-In. GND
A2.2 A1 Fuel filter
A2.2 A2.2 A2.2
/15.2 Coolant level /13.2 /15.2 Hydraulic oil / 1 5 . 2H y d r a u l i c o i l f i l t e r /15.2 Pull-Down
MC6E/32 B Water Indicator MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B
X5 19 X5 16 X7 4
31 31
/22.25 /24.2
B12: Sensor Coolant level B11: Sensor Fuel filter S16: Pressure switch
Hydraulic oil filter

a Sensors Coolant level , EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Air filter , Hydraulic oil filter Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 23
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
F3.1 F3.1
/23.25 /28.2
X14 1 X4:1 X4:5
Reserve
Reserve
+U
U
B13
75
0,5-4,5V Sign. GND
X14 3 X14 2
X36 4 X36 5
0.75 ws
0.75 br
A2X2 18 A2X2 43
18 43
A-In. Sensor -
A2.2 Inclination sensor A2.2
/15.2 /15.2
MC6/E32 B MC6/E32 B
31 31
/23.25 /25.2
B13: Inclination sensor

a Inclination sensor EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/23.25 /26.2
F5 5A Special equipment F14 25A F16 30A

/8.3 /8.3 /8.3
Fuel indicator
Heating Fuel filter

A1
/13.2 Display
optional Switch
X2:8 X16 2 X16 3
0.75 rt
A1X2 J2 1
Jumper 2
8
K4X1 30 K2X1 30
D60X1 2 3 30 7,5A 30
0.75 ws K4 K2
+U +U .11 .18
87a 87 J2 2 3 87a 87
X2:4
D60 K4X1 87 K2X1 87
R
81
D-In GND nc no Trig.
D60X1 1 6 8 5
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X8 4
X1 4 X16 6 1 X16 4 X16 5
2.5 ws
X5 11 X5 6 X8 6 X8 3
X5 12
0.75 ws
2.5 ws
X70b 1
X70s 1
X60b 1
X60s 1
>24C
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
Schirm
K4X1 86 S60X1 5 K2X1 86

E70
ge
gn
gr
br
86 86
M60 86
S60 M P=0,2kW
V4
V2
K4 K2
83 84
82 85
B1X1 2 1
4 3
85 S60X1 7 85
K4X1 85 K2X1 85 X70s 2
X60s 2 X70b 2
A-Out +U D-Out GND 0.75 br
X60b 2
B1
2.5 br
L
U
2.5 br
80
X5 13
31 5 31 5
31 31
/24.25 /26.2
A1: Display D60: Control device S60: Push button switch E70: Heating Fuel filter
B1: Level transmitter, fuel Refuel pump Refuel pump
M60: Refuel pump
a Level transmitter Fuel tank EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Refuel pump
Fuel preheating
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
87
87
30
30
.14 .22
7a
7a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 30
/18.25 /37.2
15 15
/25.25 /28.2
F13 10A F33 10A F32 15A

/8.3 /9.3 /9.3
X3 12 X3 18 X3 15
Blinker Blinker
K5X1 3
3
A1 right A1 left
/13.2 Display /13.2 Display K5
1.5 rt
1.5 rt
.21 4 5
X2:13 X2:12
K5X1 4
2.5 rt
A1X2 13 A1X2 12
S5X1 11 14
11 14
S5
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
100 X28b 4
3 13 5 18 17 10 X28s 4
S5X1 3
1.5 ws
13 5 18 17 10
102
S4
.11
0 1 2
58 56b
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
0.75 bn
X28s 5 6
56b
X28b 5 6 /27.2
31.8 58
/28.4 /27.2
58.1
/28.2
L
/27.2
R
/27.2
1.5 ws
X28b 3 X28b 2
X28s 3 X28s 2
L R
X3 21 X3 20 X2 6 X3 3
102
S4
.21
K3X1 49
49a
K5X1 1
49 X28s 1
1
K3 X28b 1
K5
101 31 49a 103 2
K3X1 31 49a K5X1 2
31 31
/25.25 /29.2
3
.23
S5: Alarm system switch S4: Steering column switch A1: Display
4
K3: Flasher relay K5: Relay Driving light

a Lighting STVZO EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
R 1.5 ws 58
/26.16 /38.2
58 1.5 ws
/26.25
L 1.5 ws
/26.16
X3 2 X3 9 X3 13 X10 1
56b
/26.25
F9 7.5A F11 5A F8 7.5A F10 5A

/8.3 /8.3 /8.3 /8.3
X9 9 X9 11 X9 15 X6 7 X6 8 X9 6 X9 10 X9 12
X6 4 X6 11
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
X32b 4 X32b 1 X32b 3 X37b 3 X37b 1 X29b 4 X29b 1 X29b 3 X36b 1 X36b 3
X32s 4 X32s 1 X32s 3 X37s 3 X37s 1 X29s 4 X29s 1 X29s 3 X36s 1 X36s 3
1.5 sw/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 sw/rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 sw/gn
X23 2 X23 5 X23 4 X22 2 X22 5 X22 4
12V/55W 12V/21W 12V/4W 12V/21W 12V/21W 12V/55W 12V/21W 12V/4W 12V/21W 12V/21W
E1 E9 E3 E5 E10 E2 E11 E4 E6 E12
105 106 107 109 110 111 112 113 115 116
X23 6 X22 6
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
X32s 2 X37s 2 X29s 2 X36s 2
X32b 2 X37b 2 X29b 2 X36b 2

1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
31 25 31 26 31 24 31 27
E1: Driving light left E5: Parking light rear, left E2: Driving light right E6: Parking light rear, right
E9: Blinker front, left E10: Blinker rear, left E11: Blinker front, right E12: Blinker rear, right
E3: Parking light front, left E7: Side lamp front, left E4: Parking light front, right E8: Side lamp front, right
a Lighting STVZO EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/26.25 /31.2
F3.1 F4.1
/24.25 /29.2
58.1
/26.25
F12 10A F4 1A
/8.3 MC6E/32 B /8.3 MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A
A2.2 D-In. A2.1 D-In. A2.1 D-In. A2.1 D-In. A2.1 D-In.
/15.2 Eng. Managem. /14.2 Shunt mode /14.2 Vibro automatic /14.2 Amplitude, large /14.2 Amplitude, small
X9 14 9 X1 14 X1 5 13 12 10 11
1.5 rt
A2X2 9 A2X1 13 A2X1 12 A2X1 10 A2X1 11
V6X1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
2 +
V6 H1
120 121 -
X36 2 X33 5 X32 21 X33 9 X32 18
1
1.5 ws
0.75 ws
2k2
X1 17 X1 8 R12 X2 5 X2 11 X2 14
X9 13 R12
/29.2
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X3 1
0.75 ws F3.1
/29.2
1.5 ws
0.75 ws F4.2
/29.2
0.75 ws 0.75 ws 0.75 ws 0.75 ws 58.1
/29.2
S3X1 2 8 S8X1 1 8 10 S10X1 2 8 10 S13X1 2 8 10 S11X1 2 5 8

2 8 10 3 1 8 10 2 8 10 2 8 10 2 5 8 10
S3 S8 S10 S13 S11

122 3 1 7 9 123 2 7 9 124 1 7 9 125 1 7 9 102 1 3 4 6 7 9 126
S3X1 1 7 S8X1 2 7 9 S10X1 1 7 9 S13X1 1 7 9 S11X1 3 6 7
0.75 bn
0.75 br 0.75 br 0.75 br 0.75 br 0.75 br 31.8

/29.2
0.75 br
1=
0= 0
2=
31.8
31 8
/26.16
S8: Switch Eng. managem. manual-autom. S13: Switch Vibro automatic
H1: Signal horn S10: Switch Shunt mode S11: Switch Preselection of amplitudes
S3: Push button switch Signal horn
a Switch Instrument panel EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Signal horn Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 28
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
F4.1 F4.1
/28.25 /30.2
Shield Shield
/20.25 /30.2
31 31
/26.25 /31.2
MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 B MC6E/32 A MC6E/32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A

D-In. D-In. D-In. D-In. Sensor - Input Sensor Sensor -
A2.2 A2.1 A2.1 A2.1
/15.2 Switch n,f,v Switch n,f,v / 1 4 . 2 P u s h b u t t o n s w i t c h P+u s h b u t t o n s w i t c h - /14.2 /14.2
14 15 21 24 25 7 41
A2X2 14 15 A2X1 21 24 A2X1 25 A2X1 7 A2X1 41
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 br
X33 8 X33 1 X33 2
R12 frequency
/28.25 2k2 /39.2
R11
R13
R14
2k2
2k2
X9 1 X9 5 X9 3 X9 7
X1:12
Reserve
X35 15 X35 10
X33 6 X33 7
R7
/17.25
R9
/23.25
X1 X1 X2 X2
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
13 1 1 2
ws
gn
br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
Sens.-
/48.21
Sign. GND +U
58.1 0.75 ws 0.75 ws

/28.25 A4
0.75 ws 0.75 ws B9-Sign.
/31.8 129
0.75 ws Sen. Sen. Schirm
1=
0=
2=
S6X1 2 5 8 S9X1 1 3 8
+12V in
2 5 8 10 1 3 8 10 4 4
+ - 4 Automatic stop
S6 S9 S18 S14
3
127 102 1 3 4 6 7 9 128 2 7 9 131 3 3 132
S6X1 3 4 7 S9X1 2 7
n
B3 U
130
F3.1 0.75 ws
/28.25
31.8 0.75 br 0.75 br 0.75 br 31.8
/28.25
F4.2 0.75 ws 0.75 ws 0.75 ws F4.2
/28.25
MC6 D-In. S18: Push button switch, autoteach
Pin S14: Push button switch, parking brake
14 15
1 1 Engine speed
Signal
S6 0 1 Speed preselection
B3: Sensor Vibration frequency
S6: Preselection Switch A4: Electronic unit with housing
1 0 Vibration frequency S9: Push button switch +/- ( Amplifier )
a Switch Instrument panel EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Sensor Vibration frequency Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 29
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
F4.1
/29.25
Shield Shield
/29.25 /33.2
MC6E32/A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A

A2.1 D-In. A2.1 Sensor - D-In. A2.1 Sensor - D-In.
/14.2 Engine speed /14.2 Speed /14.2 Speed
X9:2
16 44 15 43 14
Reserve
A2X1 16 A2X1 44 A2X1 15 A2X1 43 A2X1 14
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
X34 1 X32 20 X32 19 X33 4 X33 3
Res. speed
/48.21 /39.2
X7 6 X7 14 X7 1 X9 19 X9 16 X9 18 X9 17 X5 20 X5 15 X5 10 X5 9
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
Schirm
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
ws
ws
gn
gn
br
br
ws
gn
br
B6X1 1 2 B5X1 1 2
3 B4X1 1 2
3
+U Sign. +U GND Sign. +U GND Sign.
n n n
B6 U B5 U B4 U
133 134 135
B5: Sensor Speed

Roller drum
B6: Speed sensor Diesel engine B4: Sensor Speed

Rear axle
a Sensors Speed EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Engine speed Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 30
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/28.25 /32.2
F6 7.5A
/8.3
A6 A7
R
MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A 144 144
-S1 -S2 -S3 -S1 -S2 -S3
A2.1 D-In. A2.1 Output X10 3
+U GND T2 T1 A1 A2 +U GND T2 T1 A1 A2
/14.2 Parking brake /14.2 Brake valve
0.75 rt
0.75 vio
0.75 vio
0.75 rt
0.75 br
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
0.75 rt
0.75 br
0.75 bl
0.75 gr
8 37
A2X1 8 A2X1 37
X42b 1
X42s 1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 rt
X32 16 X32 15 0.75 rt

X44b 5 X44b 8
X44s 1 X44s 3 2
X44s 5 X44s 8
X44b 1 X44b 3 2
K6X1 3
X5 3
0.75 vio
3
0.75 ws
0.75 gr
+
K6
GND
.12 4 5 B9
K6X1 4 143 SIGN
S1: Push button switch Vibration X42s 4 X43s 10 9
S2: Push button switch Blade lift X 4 2 b 4 X43b 10 9
X6 6 X44s 7 X44s 6 X44s 4 ( Special equipment )
0.75 vio
S3: Push button switch Blade lower
0.75 gr
X44b 7 X44b 6 X44b 4
0.75 ws
( Special equipment )
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
B9-Sign. 2 sec. S2+S3: " Floating mode "
/29.18
X10 11 lower
X42s 3 X42s 2 /32.2
lift
X42b 3 X42b 2 /32.2
X19:16
0.75 ws
0.75 br
Y5X1 1
X32 17
S12X1 2
0.75 ws
2 4
140 X1 2 X10 10
S12 P Y5
141
p=6bar
1
S12X1 1 PE Y5X1 2 A2X1 9
K6X1 1
Relay 9
0.75 br
1 Parking brake
D-In. ON/OFF
K6 X10 16 A2.1
2 /14.2 Vibration
142
31 5 MC6E/32 A
31 K6X1 2
31
/29.25 /32.2
5
S12: Pressure switch Y5: Solenoid valve B9: Proximity switch A6: Multifunction handle left
3
.6
Parking brake Parking brake Parking brake A7: Multifunction handle right
4

a Parking brake EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Multifunction handle Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 31
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/31.25 /34.2
lower
/31.25
lift
/31.25
Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 MC6/E32 A
lift X X
A2.1 D-Out. F15 7.5A
X11 6 X11 2
lower X X /14.2 Backup
/8.3
Floating mode X X 36
A2X2 36
0.75 ws
K9X1 1 3 K8X1 1 3
1 3 1 3
K9 K8
145 146 X32 14
2 4 5 2 4 5
K9X1 2 4 K8X1 2 4
Back-up alarm = Special equipment

K7X1 1 3
1 3
X12 2 X12 5 X12 6 X12 3 K7

151 2 4 5
Blade = Special equipment
K7X1 2 5
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X6 2
0.75 ws
Y10X1 1 Y11X1 1 Y12X1 1 Y13X1 1
Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 X38b 1

147 148 149 150 X38s 1
Valve block Connection "T"
Valve block Connection "A"
Valve block Connection "P"
Valve block Connection "B"

Y10X1 2 Y11X1 2 Y12X1 2 Y13X1 2
H3
152
X38s 2
X38b 2
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
0.75 bn
31 9 31 9 31 9 31 9 31 6
31 31
/31.25 /34.2
Y10: Blade lift

Y12: Blade lower H3: Back-up alarm
Y11/Y13= Floating mode
Y10-Y13: Solenoid valve Blade
a Back-up alarm EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Schubschild Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 32
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Shield Shield
/30.25 /34.2
MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A

A2.1 Sensor Input A2.1 Sensor + A2.1 Sensor - A2.1 Sensor Input A2.1 Sensor + A2.1 Sensor -
/14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2
49 48 50 46 45 47
A2X1 49 A2X1 48 A2X1 50 A2X1 46 A2X1 45 A2X1 47
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 br
X33 11 X33 10 X33 12 X33 14 X33 13 X33 15
X26 4 X26 2 X26 1 X26 3 X26 6 X26 5 X26 7 X26 8

3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
Schirm
ws
ws
gn
gn
br
br
X42b 8 X42b 7 X42b 5 X42b 6 X42b 11 X42b 9 X42b 10 X42b 12
X42s 8 X42s 7 X42s 5 X42s 6 X42s 11 X42s 9 X42s 10 X42s 12

3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
Schirm
ws
ws
gn
gn
br
br
X46b 1 3 4 2
X46s 1
4x0.5 3 4 2
4x0.5
4x0.5
4x0.5
gegn
3
3 1 2 4
R20
155
A2: Microcontroller MC6/E32 A R10: Potentiometer Drive lever

a Potentiometer Drive lever EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
CAN-Low CAN-Low
/20.25 /40.2
CAN-High CAN-High
/20.25 /40.2
15 15
/32.25 /36.2
MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/A MC6E32/A

Motor - Motor + +4,5V Sensor Input Sensor - F25 7.5A
A2.1 A2.1 A2.1 A2.1 A2.1 /9.3
/14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 F25.1
/47.2
4 31 17 18 19
A2X1 A2X1 A2X1 A2X1 A2X1
X19:13
X19:14
X19:10
4 31 17 18 19
X19:8
X19:7
X28:3
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X26 10 15 9 12 13 14 16 11
X34 3 X34 2 X34 4 X34 6 X34 5
X26:17
X4 X4 X4 X4 X4
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
Schirm
10 9 11 12 13
0.75 br
0.75 rt
ws
ge
gn
br
gr
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X43b 2 7 1 4 5 6 8 3
X43s 2 7 1 4 5 6 8 3
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
5x0.75
Schirm
0.75 br
0.75 rt
A5X1
ws
ge
gn
br
gr
1 5 6 7
2
M X45b 2 7 1 4 5 6 8 3
A5
156
Shield Shield
/33.25 /39.2
31 31
/32.25 /40.2
Reserve:
Wire harness Operator platform
A1: Microcontroller MC6E/32 A

A5: Motor operator , Engine speed
a Motor operator Engine speed EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A MC6/E32 A

A2.1 PWM-output A2.1 PWM-output A2.1 PWM-output A2.1 PWM-output A2.1 PWM-output A2.1 PWM-output
/14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2 /14.2
32 5 6 33 34 35
A2X1 32 A2X1 5 A2X1 6 A2X1 33 A2X1 34 A2X1 35
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X33 16 X33 17 X33 19 X33 18 X33 20 X33 21
Connection "b" = Amplitude, large
Connection "a" = Amplitude, small

X7 10 X7 12 X6 17 X9 4 X6 13 X6 15
reverse
Connection "b" = forward
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
Connection "a" =
Y3X1 1 Y4X1 1 Y6X1 1 Y9X1 1 Y2X1 1 Y1X1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
Y3 Y4 Y6 Y9 Y2 Y1
160 2 161 2 162 2 163 2 164 2 165 2
Y3X1 2 Y4X1 2 Y6X1 2 Y9X1 2 Y2X1 2 Y1X1 2

0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
0.75 br
31 5 31 5 31 6 31 8 31 5 31 5
Y3: Magnet Y6: Magnet Variable displacement motor Y2: Magnet

Variable displacement pump (drive) Rear axle Variable displac. pump (vibration)
Y4: Magnet Y9: Magnet Variable displacement motor Y1: Magnet

Variable displacement pump (drive) Drum drive Variable displac. pump (vibration)

a Drive and vibration drive EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/34.25 /40.2
15K
/37.2
XF3 3 XF3 4
Comfortable cabin =
F37 30A 3F3 25A
Special equipment 3F4 15A
/9.3 170 177
XF3 C XF3 D
X15 2
2.5 sw
2.5 sw
1.5 bl
1.5 or
6 rt
S43X1 5 S44X1 5 S45X1 5 S46X1 5
171 5 174 5 178 5 179 5

X39b A
S43 S44 S45 S46
X39s A /38.16 1 /38.14 1 /38.23 1
/38.25 1
S43X1 1 S44X1 1 S45X1 1 S46X1 1
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 or
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 bl
Earth terminal Cabin
X102b 1 X103b 1 X40b 3 X104b 1 X105b 1 X40b 4 X109b 1
X102s 1 X103s 1 X40s 3 X104s 1 X105s 1 X40s 4 X109s 1
1.0 gr/ge
1.0 gr/bl
31 7
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 gr/sw
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
1.5 or
M42X1 1
6 bn
X10 14 X10 13
E40 E41 E42 E43 M42 M H40 M

172 173 175 176 180 181
X1 11 X1 10
X39s B M42X1 2 H40X1 1

1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
X39b B
1.5 bn
X102s 2 X103s 2 X104s 2 X105s 2
X102b 2 X103b 2 A1X1 7

X104b 2 X105b 2 A1X1 8
X109s 2
X109b 2
2.5 bn
2.5 bn
X1:7 X1:8
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
Display Display
A1 A1
1.5 bn
/13.2 /13.2
front rear
31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10 31 10
S43: Switch Working spotlights front S44: Switch Working spotlights, rear S45: Push button switch Windshield washer
M42: Pump Windshield washer
E40: Working spotlights front, left E42: Working spotlights rear, left
S46: Switch Rotating-beam light
E41: Working spotlights front, right E43: Working spotlights rear, right H40: Rotating-beam light

a Working spotlights EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Windshield washer
Rotating-beam light
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15K 15K
/36.25 /38.2
30 30
/26.25 /45.2
30K.1
/38.2
30K.2
/39.2
XF3 2 XF3 5 Comfortable cabin =
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
182 185 Special equipment
F34 30A 3F2 10A 3F5 15A
/9.3
XF3 B XF3 E
0.75 bl/sw
X30 3
2.5 sw
2.5 sw
1.5 rt/ge
1.5 bl
X40b 1
X40s 1
S40X1 7 3 S41X1 1 5
184 7 3 190 1 5
183
E44 S40 S41
/38.21 012 5 1 /38.18 01 3 7
5 1 S41X1 3 7
31 10 31 10
1.5 bl/ws
0.75 bl/sw
1.5 bl/ws
1.5 bl
1.5 sw
1.5 gr
0.75 ws
1.5 gr
1.5 bn
X100b 3 1 2 4 6 X101b 1 4 3 2
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
X100s 3 1 2 4 6 X101s 1 4 3 2
1.5 bl/ws
0.75 bl/sw
1.5 bl/ws
1.5 bl
1.5 bl
1.5 gr
1.5 bn
1.5 bl
1.5 bn
186 187
S47 S48
1.5 bn
1.5 bn
53a 31b 53 53b 31 53a 31b 53 31
188 189
M40 M41
M M
31 10 31 10 31 10
E44: Cab lighting

S47: Door contact switch left S40: Switch Windshield wiper front S41: Switch Windshield wiper rear
S48: Door contact switch right M40: Windscreen wiper motor front M41: Windscreen wiper motor rear
a Cab lighting EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Windshield wiper Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 37
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15K 15K
/37.25 /44.2
58 58K
/27.25 /39.2
30K.1 X40b 2 58K.1
/37.25 /44.2
3F6.F X40s 2
/39.2
Comfortable cabin =
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 rt
XF3 6
202 XF3 1
Special equipment
3F6 10A 191
3F1 10A
XF3 F
XF3 A
Radio assembly = Special equipment
31 14
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
W1
1.5 sw
1.5 rt
1.5 br
193
+U-Ant. GND
Instrumentation lighting Console
A40X1 4 7 1 5 8 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt 1.5 gr/rt
S44X2 1 S43X2 1 S41X2 1 S40X2 1 S45X2 1 S46X2 1
30 15 n.c. Ant.+U GND
196 9 197 9 198 9 199 9 200 9 201 9
S44 S43 S41 S40 S45 S46

A40 Ant.In. /36.14 10
/36.7 10
/37.24 10
/37.14 10
/36.21 10
/36.24 10
192 S44X2 2 S43X2 2 S41X2 2 S40X2 2 S45X2 2 S46X2 2
+LF -LF +RF -RF 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br
A40X2 5 6 3 4
1 sw/rt
194
B40
1.5 br
1 rt
1 rt
195
B41
31 13
1 sw/rt
A40: Radio B40: Loudspeaker right S44: Switch Working spotlights, rear S40: Switch Windshield wiper front
W1: Antenna B41: Loudspeaker left S43: Switch Working spotlights front S45: Push button switch Windshield washer
S41: Switch Windshield wiper rear S46: Switch Rotating-beam light

a Radio assembly EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Instrumentation lighting Cabin Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 38
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Shield Shield
/34.25 /40.2
speed speed
/30.25 /40.2
frequency
/29.25
58K MC6/E32 B MC6/E32 B
/38.25
3F6.F
/38.9 D-Out. D-Out.
/37.25
30K.2 A2.2 A2.2
/15.2 Amplitude, large /15.2 Amplitude, small Speedometer =
38 37
Special equipment
0.75 ws A2X2 38 A2X2 37
0.75 ws
X36 8 7
X10 9 5 18 X10 6 8
5x0.75
5x0.75
31 10
ws
gr
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
V 000
204
1.5 gr/rt
X40b 7 8 X40b 6 5 P1
1.5 sw
1.5 bn
1.5 rt
X40s 7 8 X40s 6 5
1.5 vio/ws
1.5 ge/gn
1.5 vio
1.5 ws
P1A 1 2 3 5 6 P1B 1 2 3 4 P1C 2 3 P1D 1 2

X150b 2 3 4 6 7 8 X51b 2 3
4
X150s 2 3 5 6 7 8 X51s 2 3 1
1.5 gr/rt
1.5 gr/rt
0.75 sw/ws
1.0 gr/ge
1.5 rt/bl
0.75 vio
0.75 rt
0.75 bn
0.75 sw
0.75 bl
0.75 ws
0.75 gn
0.75 ge
0.75 rt
0.75 sw
0.75 bn
0.75 ws
0.75 bl
0.75 ge
0.75 gn
203
A9
kl.Ampl. Dauer+12V
gr.Ampl. Licht
Tacho-Inp. geschaltet+12V
Vib.imp.I GND
Licht Geber+U
Vib.Imp.II Geber-U
geschaltet+12V inv.Tachosignal
GND Tachosignal
Dauer+12V Vibroimp.
kl.Ampl.
gr.Ampl.
A9: Interface Speedometer P1: Speedometer

a Tachograph EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/36.25 /42.2
31 31
/34.25 /45.2
Shield Shield
/39.25 /45.2
CAN-High CAN-High
/34.25 /45.2
CAN-Low CAN-Low
/34.25 /45.2
speed
/39.25
F18 7.5A
/9.3
X13 X21
X22:6
X23:6
X22:4
X23:4
X22:5
X23:5
X22:2
X23:2
X22:3
X23:3
3 6 5 9 10 11 12 4 10 11 3 2 5 4 6 12
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
5x2x0,14
0.75 Schirm
0.75 Schirm
Schirm
0.75 bn
0.75 gr
0.75 gn
0.75 ge
0.75 gn
0.75 ws
vio
ws
gn
ge
br
gr
bl
A8X1 1 2 4 5 A8X2 2 3 A8X6 B C G H J K M
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 -X2 1 2 3 4 -X6 A B C D E F G H J K L M

HCM =
CAN-High
CAN-Low
Res-In
CAN-GND
USB-GND
Boot-In
GND
TP200
USB-
USB+
RxD
TxD
+U +U GND GND +U GND Sign.
Power I-Sensor Special equipment
A8 HCM-3 DIGITAL
210 a-Sensor
+9V GND Sign. CDS
-X4 1 2 3 -X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A8X4 1 2 3 A8X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Instruments
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
212
6
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
3x0.75
Schirm
A10
CDS2
ws
bn
gn
+12V /41.2
CDS7
GND /41.2
f CDS3
I-Signal /41.2
f/4
+U GND Sign.
RMV-Wert
211
Vibrofrequenz
B10 a gr/klAmpl.
CDS6
/41.2
U CDS5
HMV-Wert /41.2
CDS4
/41.2
CDS1
/41.2
B10: Acceleration sensor A8: Compactometer HCM A10: Interface CDS-Display

a Compactometer HCM EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Acceleration sensor Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 40
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A11X2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
RS232
Power Extern
CDS =
6
GND
Special equipment Display
5
n.c.
213
4
A11
+12V
A11X3
A11X1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 21
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
2
6
1
X53s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X53b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
7x0.5
gnge
2
6
1
X52s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
X52b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CDS1 7x0.5
/40.25
CDS2 1 7x0.5
/40.25
CDS3 7x0.5 2
/40.25
CDS4 3 7x0.5
/40.25
CDS5 7x0.5 4
/40.25
CDS6 5 7x0.5
/40.25
CDS7 7x0.5 6
/40.25
gnge
A11: CDS Display

a CDS Display EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/40.25 /45.2
2.5 rt
F27 15A
/9.3
X41b 1
X15 3 X41s 1
2.5 rt
Cabin-heating = Special equipment
B
Reserve
Air conditioning
S30
214 1 2 3 L M H C
X41b 2 X41b 3 X41b 5
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ws
1.5 ge
1.5 bl
M30X1b 2 4 3 X10 12 X11 1 X11 3
M30X1s 2 4 3
X7:7
X7:8
X7:9
R1
M
M30
215
R2
M30X1s 1
M30X1b 1
2.5 br
X41s 4
X41b 4
2.5 br
31 20
S30: Switch Fan motor

M30: Fan motor Ventilation / Heating

a Heating Cabin EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30.1
/17.17
D+
/17.6
X301b 1 X300b A
X301s 1 X300s A
16 rt
Air conditioning = Special equipment
F301 40A F300 40A

220 221
B
1.5 rt
rt
rt
S301
rt/sw
1 2 3 L M H C
K311X1 30 K308X1 30
30 30
K311 K308
gr/ge
.10 87a 87
.4 87a 87
K311X1 87 K308X1 87
gr/ge
ge/rt
or/ws
3
bl
ws/rt
ws/rt
S302 K307X1 30 K306X1 30
4 30 30
K307 K306
M301X1 A M302X1 A .12 87 87
.14 87 87
ge/gn
K307X1 87 87 K306X1 87 87
S303X1 1
M301 M M302 M 1
S303 P
K308X1 86 K311X1 86 K307X1 86 K306X1 86 2
ws/rt
ws/rt
sw
ge
or
sw
ge
or
86 86 86 86 S303X1 2
K308 M301X1 B M302X1 B

K311 K307 K306 X303b 1 2 3 4 X304b 1 2 3 4
222 85 223 85 224 85 225 85
X303s 1 2 3 4 X304s 1 2 3 4
sw
sw
gn
K308X1 85 K311X1 85 K307X1 85 K306X1 85 GND L M H GND L M H
R1 R1
16 br
X301s 2
sw
sw
X301b 2
M303 M304
X300s B R2 M R2 M
1.5 ws
X300b B
16 br
31 21
Y300
226
31 04 31 22 31 23
87
87
87 87
87 87
30
30
30
30
.20 .5 .21 .25

87a
87a
S301:
S302: Temperature switch M303, M304: Fan motor Cabin
M301, M302: S303: Pressure switch
Fan motor Condenser Y300: Compressor
a Air conditioning EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
58K.1
/38.25
15K 1.5 rt 1.5 rt
/38.25
Interval switch
0...9
t = 2,5-9sec. G
A200 i
4F2 15A 4F1 15A 232
230 231 INH. +10-30V +10-30V Output GND n.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6
A200X1 2 3 4 5
1.5 rt
1.5 rt
1.5 rt 1.5 rt 1.5 rt
S200X1 2 8 10 S201X1 2 8 10 P200X1 +

2 8 10 2 8 10
S200 S201
233 3 1 7 9 234 3 1 7 9
-H1
S200X1 P200
1 . 5 b rS 2 0 1 X 1
1 7 9 1 7 9
1.5 br 1.5 br 237 238
1.5 gr 1.5 gr
1.5 gr
P200X1 S GND
2.5 gr
1.5 gr
0.75 bl
1.0 gr/bl
X200b 3 X200b 2 X205 1 X200b 1
X200s 3 X200s 2 X200s 1
0.75 bl
1.5 br
2.5 gr
2.5 gr
2.5 br 2.5 br X201b 3
X203b 1 2 X201b 1 2 X201s 3
X203s 1 2 X201s 1 2
2.5 gr
2.5 br
2.5 gr
2.5 br
0.75 bl
X204b 1 2 X202b 1 2 B200X1 1
X204s 1 2 X202s 1 2
0.75 br
B200 L
M201 M M202 M 239
235 236
31 11 31 12 B200X1 2
S200: Push butt.switch, additive sprinkl. M202: Water pump P200: Water level indicator
M201: Water pump Additive sprinkling S201: Push button switch Water pump B200: Level transmitter, water
A200: Interval switch

a Special equipment EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/42.25 /46.2
30 30
/37.25 /46.2
CAN-High
/40.25
CAN-Low
/40.25
F19 5A
/9.3
Reserve
Compactometer
X21:7
X22:7
X23:7
X21:8
X22:8
X23:8
X21:9
X22:9
X23:9
X7:11
X7:13
X36:9
X36:10
X22:10
X23:11
X23:10
X22:11
X2:17
X2:16
X2:19
X2:18
Reserve Cold start equipment
HCN CAN-Bus
Reserve Reserve
X13:7
X13:1
X13:2
X13:8
X21:12
X22:12
X23:12
X36:11
X18:6
X18:5
X18:3
X21:1
X22:1
X23:1
X5:1
X13:11
X13:8
X5:2
X6:19
Shield Shield
/40.25 /46.2
31 31
/40.25 /46.2

a Reserve EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/45.25 /47.2
30 30
/45.25 /47.2
F17 10A F22 10A F28 10A F29 10A

/8.3 /9.3 /9.3 /9.3
Reserve
Instrument panel Engine room
X8:8
X1:9
X8:7
X8:5
X10:15
X3:11
X3:14
X3:17
X3:16
X2:13
X3:5
X3:4
X1:8
X2:8
Reserve
Power supply
X4:9
X4:7
X4:8
X7:15
X6:14
X6:21
X11:4
X7:14
X7:5
X5:4
X8:1
X8:2
X9:8
Shield Shield
/45.25 /47.2
31 31
/45.25 /47.2

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/46.25 /48.2
F25.1
/34.25
30
/46.25
Reserve
Control device Diesel engine
F31 25A
/9.3
X35:13
X35:12
XD2:1
XD2:2
XD2:3
XD2:4
XD2:4
XD2:5
XD2:8
X3:19
K1:86
V1 K1:30
K1:85
K1:87
4,7kW
1kW
-S1 60W 60W R4 R5
4
R2 R3
X19:4
X19:1
X19:2
X19:3
X19:17
X19:18
XD1:A
XD1:B
XD1:K
XD1:G
XD1:H
XD1:F
XD1:F
XD1:M
V7
X19:15
X19:5
X19:6
XD2:9
XD2:6
XD2:7
Shield Shield
/46.25 /48.2
31 31
/46.25 /48.2

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
c
d
b
a
1
nderung
/47.25
/47.25
/47.25
2
31
15
X4:14 X25:1
Datum
3
Shield
X37:12
X6:12 X24:1
4
Name
X27:6
5
gez.
gepr.
X9:20 X9:21 X34:8
6
X4:4 X36:12
Datum
X4:8 X4:2 X37:1
7
X28:9 X4:3 X37:2
Name
8
X4:6 X37:3
X4:7 X37:4
9
X12:1 X37:10
10
X12:4 X37:11
X6:5 X34:7
11
X6:21 X3:5
12
X6:14 X3:16
X7:5 X10:15
13
X7:15 X3:4
14
Reserve
X35:6 X11:4 X1:8
X28:12 X35:16 X2:20

15
Central electric
16
X28:8 X27:14
17
X28:4 X27:15
18
X28:10 X27:10
X28:1 X27:11
19
X28:6 X27:9
20
X28:2 X27:8
/30.10
/29.18
X28:5 X27:12
21
Projektbez.
Res.
X28:11 X27:13
Sens.-
22
Zeichnungsnummer
X28:7 X27:7
EP 3307HT TIER3
Rev.
R17
R16
02104486 00
23
+
=
24
31
15
25
71
Blatt
26
/=SE/100.2
/=SE/100.2
48
Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Instrument panel Instrument panel Instrument panel
250 X1 251 X2 252 X3
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /29.6 12: 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /29.10 12: 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /28.3 12: /26.6
2: /31.11 13: /29.4 2: /29.12 13: /23.11 2: /27.7 13: /27.18
3: /17.3 14: /28.9 3: /21.12 14: /28.23 3: /26.21 14:
1 4: /25.3 15: /21.21 1 4: 15: 1 4: 15: /26.21

5: /28.11 16: /18.8 5: /28.17 16: 5: 16:
6: /21.8 17: /28.8 6: /26.14 17: 6: 17:
7: /21.4 18: 7: 18: /20.21 7: /20.18 18: /26.8

8: /28.14 19: /18.11 8: 19: 8: 19:
9: 20: /18.22 9: 20: 9: /27.8 20: /26.8
10: /36.18 21: /18.5 10: 21: 10: /20.20 21: /26.5
black 11: /36.11 blue 11: /28.21 yellow 11:
Contact bridge Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness

Vibration Engine room Engine room Engine room
253 X4 254 X5 255 X6 256 X7
15 12 9 6 3 1: 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: 12: /25.6 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /22.4 12: 15 12 9 6 3 1: /30.8
2: 2: /23.14
2: 13: /25.6 2: /32.23 13: /35.19
3: 3: /23.14
4: 3: /31.3 14: /23.19 3: /18.13 14: 4: /23.16
5: 5:
1 1 4: /23.11 15: /30.20 1 4: /27.24 15: /35.23 1
6: 6: /30.6
7: 5: /23.19 16: /23.9 5: 16: /22.20 7:
8: 8:
6: /25.9 17: /23.6 6: /31.6 17: /35.11
9: /34.6 9:
10: /34.3 7: /22.17 18: /23.9 7: /27.12 18: /17.16 10: /35.3
11: /34.9 11:
8: /22.17 19: /23.3 8: /27.14 19:
12: /34.12 12: /35.7
13: /34.15 9: /30.22 20: /30.19 9: /17.3 20: /22.14 13:
14: 14: /30.7
10: /30.21 21: /23.3 10: /22.7 21:
15: 15:
black 11: /25.3 blue 11: /27.25

a Electric plug EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness

Engine room Front roller Cabin Cabin
258 X9 259 X10 260 X11
257
X8
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /29.19 12: /27.20 1: /27.20 10: /31.12 6 3
18 15 12 9 6 3
1: 1: /42.14
2: 13: /28.3 2: 11: /31.22
2:
3: /29.22 14: /28.3 3: /31.12 12: /42.13 2: /32.10
3: /25.15
1 4: /35.15 15: /27.8 4: 13: /36.18 1
1 3: /42.16
4: /25.23
5: /29.21 16: /30.13 5: /39.7 14: /36.11
5: 4:
2 4 6 8 6: /27.16 17: /30.15 6: /39.10 15:
6: /25.13
1 3 5 7 7: /29.23 18: /30.14 7: 16: /31.15 5:
7:
8: 19: /30.12 8: /39.10 17:
6: /32.5
black 8:
9: /27.5 20: 9: /39.7 18: /39.8
10: /27.18 21:
grey 11: /27.7
Potentiometer
Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Wire harness Rotary switch
Drive lever
Blade HCM HCM Inclination sensor km/h - mph
261 X12 262 X13 263 X21 264 X14 265 X26 266 S15X1
6 3 12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3 6 3 1: /33.9 10: /34.18
1: 1: 18 15 12 9 6 3 E A :/ 2 1 . 1 5
1: 1: /24.4
2: 2: /40.16 2: /33.6 11: /34.23 A B :/ 2 1 . 1 6
3: /40.3 3: /40.16 C:
2: /32.6 2: /24.7 3: /33.12 12: /34.20
4: /40.9 4: /40.18 D:
F
1 1 5: /40.5 1 5: /40.17 1 4: /33.3 13: /34.21 E:
3: /32.14 3: /24.4 1
6: /40.4 6: /40.19 F:
5: /33.19 14: /34.21
7: 7:
4: 4:
8: 8: 6: /33.16 15: /34.18
9: /40.6 9:
5: /32.8 5: /21.15 7: /33.22 16: /34.22
10: /40.7 10: /40.12
11: /40.8 11: /40.13 8: /33.24 17:
6: /32.11 6: /21.16
12: /40.8 12: /40.20
9: /34.19 18:

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Wire harness
Wire harness Microcontroller MC6/A Cold start equipment
270 X32 271 X33 272 X34 273 X18
21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /19.8 12: /20.20 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /29.19 12: /33.12 9 6 3 1: /30.7 9 6 3 1: /18.17
2: /19.10 13: /20.18 2: /29.21 13: /33.19 2: /34.6 2: /18.17
3: /19.19 14: /32.21 3: /30.22 14: /33.16 3: /34.3 3:
1 4: /19.8 15: /31.6 1 4: /30.21 15: /33.22 1 4: /34.9 1 4:

5: /19.10 16: /31.3 5: /28.14 16: /35.3 5: /34.15 5:
6: /20.15 17: /31.22 6: /29.10 17: /35.7 6: /34.12 6:
7: /19.19 18: /28.23 7: /29.12 18: /35.15 7: 7:

8: /20.4 19: /30.15 8: /29.15 19: /35.11 8: 8:
9: /20.6 20: /30.14 9: /28.21 20: /35.19 9: 9:
10: /20.8 21: /28.17 10: /33.9 21: /35.23
black 11: /20.11 yellow 11: /33.6
Wire harness Control device

high current relay Supply system Refuel pump
Wire harness Microcontroller MC6/B
277 X17 279 X16
274 X35 275 X36 276 X37 6 3
1: /18.8
1: /19.13 10: /29.6 12 9 6 3 12 9 6 3 1: /25.9
18 15 12 9 6 3 1: /23.22 1: 4 3 2: /18.8
2: /19.15 11: /21.16 2: /28.8 2: 3:
2 1 2: /25.9
3: /23.14 3: 4:
3: /19.22 12:
4: /24.4 4: 1
3: /25.10
4: /19.13 13: 1 5: /24.7 1 5: /22.7

1 6: /22.20 6: /22.10 278 K15X1
5: /19.15 14: /23.19 4: /25.11
7: /39.10 7: /22.14
6: 15: /29.4 8: /39.10 8: /22.17
5: /25.13
9: 9: /23.6 1 :/ 1 8 . 8
7: 16:
10: 10:
1 2 6: /25.9
8: /17.16 17: 11: 11: 2 :/ 1 8 . 8
12: 12:
9: /17.21 18:

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Electric plug E-Box
HCM Power HCM I-Signal HCM a-Signal HCM DIGITAL
280 A8X1 281 A8X2 282 A8X4 283 A8X6

3 2 A:
3 2 B: /40.12
4 2 1: /40.3 1: 1: /40.3
3 1 View Contacts C: /40.13
5 6 1 2: /40.4 4 1 2: /40.8 2: /40.4
D:
3: 3: /40.9 3: /40.4
E:
4: /40.5 4:
G F F:
5: /40.6 H M
E
D G: /40.16
6: L C
J H: /40.16
K A B
J: /40.17
K: /40.18
L:
M: /40.19
CDS-Display HCM CDS Electric plug
284 X52b 285 X52s 286 A8X5

3 4 4 3 4 3
2 5 5 2 5 2
1: /41.19 1: /41.19 1: /40.6

1 6 2: /41.19 6 1 2: /41.19 6 1 2: /40.7
3: /41.20 3: /41.20 3: /40.7
4: /41.21 4: /41.21 4: /40.8
5: /41.21 5: /41.21 5: /40.9
6: /41.22 6: /41.22 6: /40.9
/41.23 /41.23 /40.10

a Electric plug E-Box EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connector Engine room

Variable displac. pump (vibration) Variable displacement pump (drive)
Amplitude, small Variable displac. pump (vibration) forward Variable displacement pump (drive)
Amplitude, large reverse
290 Y1X1 291 Y2X1 292 Y3X1 293 Y4X1
1 1 1 1
1 :/ 3 5 . 2 3 1 :/ 3 5 . 1 9 1 :/ 3 5 . 3 1 :/ 3 5 . 7
4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 2 3 4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 1 9 4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 3 4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 7
3: 3: 3: 3:
2 4: 2 4: 2 4: 2 4:
Driving motor Level transmitter Speed sensor Driving motor Sensor

Brake valve Rear axle Fuel Speed Coolant level
294 Y5X1 295 Y6X1 296 B1X1 297 B4X1 298 B12X1
1 1
1 :/ 3 1 . 6 1 :/ 3 5 . 1 1 1 :/ 2 5 . 4 1 :/ 3 0 . 2 0
1: /23.3
4 3 2 :/ 3 1 . 6 4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 1 1 2 :/ 2 5 . 3 2 :/ 3 0 . 2 1
3: 3: 3 :/ 2 5 . 5 3 :/ 3 0 . 2 2 1 4 2: /23.3
2 4: 2 4: 4 :/ 2 5 . 5 4:
3 2 3: /23.6
Coupler socket, black Coupler socket, black
4:
Sensor Filter indicator Pressure switch

Fuel filter Hydraulic oil filter Air filter
299 X34b 300 X34s 301 S16X1 302 S17X1
2
1 :/ 2 3 . 1 9 1 :/ 2 2 . 1 7
1 :/ 2 3 . 9 1 :/ 2 3 . 9 3
2 :/ 2 3 . 1 9
1 1 2 :/ 2 2 . 1 7
1 2 :/ 2 3 . 9 2 :/ 2 3 . 9 :
2
3 3
2
3 :/ 2 3 . 1 1 3 :/ 2 3 . 1 1
Preparation Level transmitter

Pressure switch Speed sensor Temperature sensor Magnet
Remote shut-down engine
Hydraulic oil
Parking brake Diesel engine Diesel engine
303 S12X1 304 B6X1 305 B43X1 306 Y7X1 307 X33b
1 2 1 2 1 2
1: /31.3 1: /30.6 1: 1: /22.4 1 :/ 2 3 . 1 4
1 2: /31.3
2: /30.7 2: /22.7 2: /22.4 1 2 :/ 2 3 . 1 6
2 3
3 :/ 2 3 . 1 4
4 4:
2 : /31.4

a Connector Engine room EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connector Engine room
Motor operator
Fuse box Engine room
Engine speed
X55b X55s
310 311 312 X56b 313 X56s 314 A5X1
1 :/ 1 8 . 1 7 1 :/ 1 8 . 1 7
1: /34.7
2 :/ 1 7 . 1 6 2 :/ 1 7 . 1 6
1: /17.14 1 :/ 1 7 . 1 4 6 7
2: /34.8
3 :/ 1 8 . 1 3 3 :/ 1 8 . 1 3
3:
4 :/ 1 8 . 1 7 4 :/ 1 8 . 1 7 5 1
4:
5 :/ 1 8 . 1 3 5 :/ 1 8 . 1 3 4 2
5: /34.9
6: 6: 3
6: /34.10
7: /34.10
Lighting Lighting
rear, right rear, left
Back-up alarm 317 X36b 318 X36s 319 X37b 320 X37s
1 :/ 2 7 . 2 4 1 :/ 2 7 . 2 4 1 :/ 2 7 . 1 4 1 :/ 2 7 . 1 4
315 X38b 316 X38s
2 :/ 2 7 . 2 4 2 :/ 2 7 . 2 4 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 2 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 2
3 3
1 :/ 3 2 . 2 3 1 :/ 3 2 . 2 3 3 4 4
3 4 4
2
3 :/ 2 7 . 2 5 2 1 3 :/ 2 7 . 2 5 2
3 :/ 2 7 . 1 2 2 1 3 :/ 2 7 . 1 2
1 1
2 2 :/ 3 2 . 2 3 1 2
2 :/ 3 2 . 2 3
1
4: 4: 4: 4:
Control device Charge pump Push button switch Charge pump Heating
Charge pump Fuel tank Fuel tank Fuel filter
321 D60X1 322 X60b 323 X60s 324 S60X1 325 X70b 326 X70s
1 :/ 2 5 . 9 4 1:
1 :/ 2 5 . 1 5 1 :/ 2 5 . 1 5 1 :/ 2 5 . 2 3 1 :/ 2 5 . 2 3
2 :/ 2 5 . 9 5 3 2:
3 :/ 2 5 . 1 0 2 2 :/ 2 5 . 1 5 1 2
2 :/ 2 5 . 1 5 3: 2 2 :/ 2 5 . 2 3 1 2
2 :/ 2 5 . 2 3
1 1
8
4: 4:
6 7 6 2
5
4
5 :/ 2 5 . 1 1 5 :/ 2 5 . 1 3
2 3
1
6 :/ 2 5 . 9 6:
7 1
7: 7 :/ 2 5 . 1 3
8 :/ 2 5 . 1 1

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Lighting Lighting
front, left front, right
327 X32b 328 X32s 329 X23 330 X29b 331 X29s 332 X22
1 :/ 2 7 . 7 1 :/ 2 7 . 7 1: 1 :/ 2 7 . 1 8 1 :/ 2 7 . 1 8 1:
2 :/ 2 7 . 5 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
2 :/ 2 7 . 5 2 :/ 2 7 . 5 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 6 2 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
4 4 3 6
3: 4 4 3 6
3:
3 4 5 3 4 5
2
3 :/ 2 7 . 8 2 1 3 :/ 2 7 . 8 3
4 :/ 2 7 . 8 2
3 :/ 2 7 . 2 0 2 1 3 :/ 2 7 . 2 0 3
4 :/ 2 7 . 2 0
1 1 2 1 1 2
5 :/ 2 7 . 7 5 :/ 2 7 . 1 8
4 :/ 2 7 . 5 4 :/ 2 7 . 5 4 :/ 2 7 . 1 6 4 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
6 :/ 2 7 . 5 6 :/ 2 7 . 1 6
Driving motor Speed sensor

Signal horn Roller drum Driving motor Roller drum
333 V6X1 334 Y9X1 335 B5X1
1
1 :/ 3 5 . 1 5 1 :/ 3 0 . 1 3
1 :/ 2 8 . 2
4 3 2 :/ 3 5 . 1 5 2 :/ 3 0 . 1 4
2 2 :/ 2 8 . 2 3 :/ 3 0 . 1 5
1 3:
2 4: 4:
Coupler socket, black
Plug Blade
336 Y10X1 337 Y11X1 338 Y12X1 339 Y13X1

1 1 1 1
1 :/ 3 2 . 6 1 :/ 3 2 . 8 1 :/ 3 2 . 1 1 1 :/ 3 2 . 1 4
4 3 2 :/ 3 2 . 6 4 3 2 :/ 3 2 . 8 4 3 2 :/ 3 2 . 1 1 4 3 2 :/ 3 2 . 1 4
3: 3: 3: 3:
2 4: 2 4: 2 4: 2 4:

b
c
Connector Front roller Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 55
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Display Display Ignition lock Ignition lock
340 A1X1 341 A1X2 342 S2X1 343 S2X2

1:
1: /17.3 1 :/ 1 8 . 5 5: /18.8
2: 8
2: /20.20 3 2: 6:
3: 4 10 9
3: /20.18 3: 7: /18.8
4: 1 2
4: 4: 7 8:
5:
5: 5 6 9:
14 6:
6: /23.11 13 10:
12 7: /21.12
7: /36.11
11 8: /25.3
18 8: /36.18 10
17 9 7 9:
9: /18.22 6
16 8 10:
15 10: /21.8 5
14 4 11:
11: /21.4
13 9 3 12: /26.18
12 8 12: /18.3 2
7 1 13: /26.15
11 13: /21.23
6
10 14:
5 14:
4 15:
3
2 16:
1 17:
18:
Steering column switch
Socket 346 X28s 347 X28b

Signal transmitter Supply system 1 :/ 2 6 . 1 1 1 :/ 2 6 . 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 :/ 2 6 . 1 1 2 :/ 2 6 . 1 1
344 H2X1 345 X27b 3 :/ 2 6 . 1 0 3 :/ 2 6 . 1 0
4 :/ 2 6 . 2 1 4 :/ 2 6 . 2 1
1 :/ 2 1 . 2 3 1 :/ 2 1 . 2 1
5 :/ 2 6 . 2 1 5 :/ 2 6 . 2 1
2 :/ 2 1 . 2 3 2 2 :/ 2 1 . 2 2 6 :/ 2 6 . 2 1 6 :/ 2 6 . 2 1
1 1
2 3
7: 7:
3:
8: 8:
Push button switch Switch

Signal horn Alarm system switch Push button switch +/- Eng. managem. manual-autom.
348 S3X1 349 S5X1 350 S9X1 351 S8X1
3: /26.5
1: /28.4 1: /29.10 1: /28.8
10 9 10 18 4: 10 9 10 9
2: /28.3 2: /29.10 2: /28.7
5: /26.8
3 6 3: 3 3 6 3: /29.11 3 6 3:
17 7:
4: 4: 4:
14 8:
5: 5 5: 5:
2 5 10: /26.12 2 5 2 5
6: 6: 6:
13 11: /26.6
7: /28.4 7: /29.11 7: /28.8
4 13: /26.7
1 4 8: /28.4 11 1 4 8: /29.11 1 4 8: /28.8
14: /26.7
9: 9: 9: /28.9
8 7 8 7 17: /26.11 8 7 8 7
10: 10: 10: /28.9
18: /26.9

a Instrument panel Central plug EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Switch Switch Switch

Preselection Switch Shunt mode Preselection of amplitudes Vibro automatic
355 S6X1 356 S10X1 357 S11X1 358 S13X1
1: 1: /28.12 1: 1: /28.17
10 9 10 9 10 9 10 9
2: /29.5 2: /28.12 2: /28.21 2: /28.17
3 6 3: /29.5 3 6 3: 3 6 3: /28.22 3 6 3:
4: /29.6 4: 4: 4:
5: /29.6 5: 5: /28.23 5:
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
6: 6: 6: /28.23 6:
7: /29.7 7: /28.12 7: /28.24 7: /28.18
1 4 8: /29.7 1 4 8: /28.12 1 4 8: /28.24 1 4 8: /28.18
9: 9: /28.13 9: 9: /28.19
8 7 10: 8 7 10: /28.13 8 7 10: 8 7 10: /28.19
Wire harness
Wire harness Lengthening Wire harness Lengthening Wire harness Lengthening
Seat pedestal Seat pedestal Seat pedestal Seat pedestal
359 X42b 360 X42s 361 X43b 362 X43s 363 X44b 364 X44s 365 X49b
1: /31.12 1: /31.12 1: /34.19 1: /34.19 1 :/ 3 1 . 2 2 1 :/ 3 1 . 2 2 1 :/ 1 9 . 3
2: /31.15 2: /31.15 2: /34.18 2: /34.18 2 :/ 3 1 . 2 4 2 :/ 3 1 . 2 4
1 21 11 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 21 11 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 11 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 11 2
2 :/ 1 9 . 4
3: /31.12 3: /31.12 3: /34.23 3: /34.23 3 :/ 3 1 . 2 3 3 :/ 3 1 . 2 3 4
3
4: /31.22 4: /31.22 4: /34.20 4: /34.20 8
4 :/ 3 1 . 1 5 5
4 :/ 3 1 . 1 5 2
3 :/ 1 9 . 5
6 7 7 6 1
5: /33.9 5: /33.9 5: /34.21 5: /34.21 5
5 :/ 3 1 . 1 2 8
1
5 :/ 3 1 . 1 2
2 3 4
4 3
2 4 :/ 1 9 . 5
6: /33.12 6: /33.12 6: /34.21 6: /34.21 1
6 :/ 3 1 . 1 4 6 :/ 3 1 . 1 4
7: /33.6 7: /33.6 7: /34.18 7: /34.18 7 :/ 3 1 . 1 2 7 :/ 3 1 . 1 2
8: /33.3 8: /33.3 8: /34.22 8: /34.22 8 :/ 3 1 . 1 5 8 :/ 3 1 . 1 5
366 X49s
9: /33.19 9: /33.19 9: /31.24 9: /31.24 1 :/ 1 9 . 3
10: /33.22 10: /33.22 10: /31.23 10: /31.23
2 :/ 1 9 . 4
11: /33.16 11: /33.16 11: 11: 4 3
12: /33.24 12: /33.24 12: 12: 1 3 :/ 1 9 . 5

4 :/ 1 9 . 5

Seat pedestal Seat pedestal Seat pedestal
367 X45b 368 X46b 369 X46s 370 X50b 371 X50s
1 :/ 3 4 . 1 9 1 :/ 3 3 . 1 3 1 :/ 3 3 . 1 3 1 :/ 1 9 . 3 1 :/ 1 9 . 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 :/ 3 4 . 1 8
2 :/ 3 3 . 1 6 2 :/ 3 3 . 1 6 2 :/ 1 9 . 4 2 :/ 1 9 . 4
3 :/ 3 4 . 2 3 4 4 3 4 4 3
3 3
4 :/ 3 4 . 2 0 2
3 :/ 3 3 . 1 4 2 1 3 :/ 3 3 . 1 4 2
3 :/ 1 9 . 5 2 1 3 :/ 1 9 . 5
1 1
5 :/ 3 4 . 2 1
4 :/ 3 3 . 1 5 4 :/ 3 3 . 1 5 4 :/ 1 9 . 5 4 :/ 1 9 . 5
6 :/ 3 4 . 2 1
7 :/ 3 4 . 1 8
8 :/ 3 4 . 2 2

a Connector Operator platform EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Electric plug Cabin

Plug Terminal 15
Cabin Cabin CDS Display
380 X39b 381 X39s 382 X40b 383 X40s 384 X53b 385 X53s
1 :/ 3 7 . 4 1 :/ 3 7 . 4 3 4 4 3
A :/ 3 6 . 3 A :/ 3 6 . 3
2 :/ 3 8 . 1 4 2 :/ 3 8 . 1 4 2 5 5 2
3 :/ 3 6 . 1 1 3 :/ 3 6 . 1 1
B :/ 3 6 . 3 B :/ 3 6 . 3 1: /41.19 1: /41.19
4 :/ 3 6 . 1 8 4 :/ 3 6 . 1 8 1 6 6 1
B A 6 7 8
7 6 5 2: /41.19 2: /41.19
A B 5
5 :/ 3 9 . 1 0 8
1
5 :/ 3 9 . 1 0
2 3 4
4 3
2 3: /41.20 3: /41.20
1
6 :/ 3 9 . 1 0 6 :/ 3 9 . 1 0
4: /41.21 4: /41.21
7 :/ 3 9 . 7 7 :/ 3 9 . 7
5: /41.21 5: /41.21
8 :/ 3 9 . 7 8 :/ 3 9 . 7
6: /41.22 6: /41.22
/41.23 /41.23
Connector Cabin-heating
Electric plug
Heating Fan motor
386 X41b 387 X41s 388 M30X1b 389 M30X1s
1 :/ 4 2 . 8 1 :/ 4 2 . 8 1 :/ 4 2 . 9 1 :/ 4 2 . 9
2 :/ 4 2 . 1 3 2:
2 :/ 4 2 . 8 2 :/ 4 2 . 8
6
3 :/ 4 2 . 1 4 3: 4 4 3
4 5 4 3
3
4 :/ 4 2 . 9 6 5 4 :/ 4 2 . 9 2
3 :/ 4 2 . 8 2 1 3 :/ 4 2 . 8
1 2 1 1
2
5 :/ 4 2 . 1 6 3 5:
4 :/ 4 2 . 8 4 :/ 4 2 . 8
6: 6:

a Connector Cabin EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Air conditioning Heating Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = 58
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connector Cabin
Windshield wiper, front Windshield wiper, rear Working spotlights, front left
390 X100b 391 X100s 392 X101b 393 X101s 394 X102b 395 X102s
1 :/ 3 7 . 1 4 1 :/ 3 7 . 1 4 1 :/ 3 7 . 2 1 1 :/ 3 7 . 2 1
1 :/ 3 6 . 6 1 :/ 3 6 . 6
2 :/ 3 7 . 1 5 2 :/ 3 7 . 1 5
2 :/ 3 7 . 2 5 2 :/ 3 7 . 2 5 2 1 2
6
3 :/ 3 7 . 1 4 3 :/ 3 7 . 1 4 4 4 3 1 2 :/ 3 6 . 6 2 :/ 3 6 . 6
4 5 4 3
3
4 :/ 3 7 . 1 7 6 5 4 :/ 3 7 . 1 7 2
3 :/ 3 7 . 2 4 2 1 3 :/ 3 7 . 2 4
1 2 1 1
2
5: 3 5:
4 :/ 3 7 . 2 2 4 :/ 3 7 . 2 2
6 :/ 3 7 . 1 7 6 :/ 3 7 . 1 7
Working spotlights, front right Working spotlights, rear left Working spotlights, rear right
396 X103b 397 X103s 398 X104b 399 X104s 400 X105b 401 X105s
1 :/ 3 6 . 8 1 :/ 3 6 . 8 1 :/ 3 6 . 1 4 1 :/ 3 6 . 1 4 1 :/ 3 6 . 1 6 1 :/ 3 6 . 1 6
2 2 :/ 3 6 . 8 1 2
2 :/ 3 6 . 8 2 2 :/ 3 6 . 1 4 1 2
2 :/ 3 6 . 1 4 2 2 :/ 3 6 . 1 6 1 2
2 :/ 3 6 . 1 6
1 1 1
Rotating-beam light Interface Speedometer mounting Interface Speedometer mounting
402 X109b 403 X109s 404 X150b 405 X150s 406 X51b 407 X51s
1: 1: 1: 1 :/ 3 9 . 1 1
1 :/ 3 6 . 2 4 1 :/ 3 6 . 2 4
2 :/ 3 9 . 3 2 :/ 3 9 . 3
2 1 2 2 :/ 3 9 . 1 0 2 :/ 3 9 . 1 0
1 2 :/ 3 6 . 2 4 2 :/ 3 6 . 2 4 3 :/ 3 9 . 4 3 :/ 3 9 . 4 4 4 3
3
8
4 :/ 3 9 . 5 5
4 :/ 3 9 . 5 2
3 :/ 3 9 . 1 0 2 1 3 :/ 3 9 . 1 0
6 7 7 6 1
5
5: 8
1
5 :/ 3 9 . 5
2 3 4
4 3
2 4: 4:
1
6 :/ 3 9 . 6 6 :/ 3 9 . 6
7 :/ 3 9 . 7 7 :/ 3 9 . 7
8 :/ 3 9 . 7 8 :/ 3 9 . 7
Radio Radio
Pump, windshield washer Power supply Loudspeaker
408 M42X1 409 A40X1 410 A40X2
1: /38.5 1:
1 :/ 3 6 . 2 1
2: 2:
2 2 :/ 3 6 . 2 1 1 2 3: 3: /38.6
1 1 2
3 4 4: /38.4
3 4 4: /38.6
5 6 5: /38.6 5: /38.4
5 6
6: 6: /38.5
7 8 7 8
7: /38.5 7:
8: /38.7 8:

a Connector Cabin EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Central plug Cabin
415 S40X1 416 S41X1 417 S43X1 418 S44X1 419 S45X1 420 S46X1
1: /37.15 1: /37.24 1: /36.7 1: /36.14 1: /36.21 1: /36.24

2: 2: 2: 2: 2: 2:
3: /37.15 3: /37.24 3: 3: 3: 3:
4: 4: 4: 4: 4: 4:
5: /37.15 5: /37.24 5: /36.7 5: /36.14 5: /36.21 5: /36.24
6: 6: 6: 6: 6: 6:
7: /37.14 7: /37.24 7: 7: 7: 7:
8: 8: 8: 8: 8: 8:
421 S40X2 422 S41X2 423 S43X2 424 S44X2 425 S45X2 426 S46X2
1 2 1: /38.21 1 2 1: /38.18 1 2 1: /38.16 1 2 1: /38.14 1 2 1: /38.23 1 2 1: /38.25

2: /38.21 2: /38.18 2: /38.16 2: /38.14 2: /38.23 2: /38.25

a Central plug Cabin EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Power supply Alternator D+, Compressor

Engine room Engine room
430 X300b 431 X300s 432 X301b 433 X301s
1
A: /43.20 A: /43.20 1: /43.4
2
1 :/ 4 3 . 4
B: /43.6 B: /43.6 2: /43.16
AB
B
A 1 2 2 :/ 4 3 . 1 6
Fan motor 1 Cabin Fan motor 2 Cabin Blower Condenser
434 X303b 435 X303s 436 X304b 437 X304s 438 M301X1 439 M302X1
1 :/ 4 3 . 1 9 1 :/ 4 3 . 1 9 1 :/ 4 3 . 2 4 1 :/ 4 3 . 2 4
A: /43.6 A: /43.8
2 :/ 4 3 . 2 0 2 :/ 4 3 . 2 0 2 :/ 4 3 . 2 4 2 :/ 4 3 . 2 4
3 3 AB AB
3 4 4
3 4 4
B: /43.6 B: /43.8
2
3 :/ 4 3 . 2 1 2 1 3 :/ 4 3 . 2 1 2
3 :/ 4 3 . 2 5 2 1 3 :/ 4 3 . 2 5
1 1
4 :/ 4 3 . 2 1 4 :/ 4 3 . 2 1 4 :/ 4 3 . 2 6 4 :/ 4 3 . 2 6
Pressure switch Condenser
440 S303X1
Contact-Side
1: /43.16
1 2 3 4
2: /43.16
3:
4:
Relay Air conditioning Cabin
441 K306X1 442 K307X1 443 K308X1 444 K311X1
85: /43.14 85: /43.12 85: /43.4 85: /43.10

87 86: /43.14 87 86: /43.12 87 86: /43.4 87 86: /43.10
30: /43.25 30: /43.21 30: /43.20 30: /43.6
85
86
85
86
85
86
85
86
87 87: /43.25 87 87: /43.21 87a 87: /43.21 87a 87: /43.6
87: /43.26 87: /43.21 87a: 87a:
30
30
30
30
a Connector Air conditioning EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
450 X200b 451 X200s 452 X201b 453 X201s 454 X202b 455 X202s
1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8
1 :/ 4 4 . 2 3 1 :/ 4 4 . 2 3 1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 1 :/ 4 4 . 1 8
1 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 9 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 9 2 1 2
1 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 4 4 3 1 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 9 2 :/ 4 4 . 1 9
2 3
3
2 3
3 :/ 4 4 . 2 3 2 1 3 :/ 4 4 . 2 3
3 :/ 4 4 . 5 3 :/ 4 4 . 5 1 2
4: 4:
456 X203b 457 X203s 458 X204b 459 X204s

1 :/ 4 4 . 5 1 :/ 4 4 . 5 1 :/ 4 4 . 5 1 :/ 4 4 . 5
2 2 :/ 4 4 . 6 1 2
2 :/ 4 4 . 6 2 2 :/ 4 4 . 6 1 2
2 :/ 4 4 . 6
1 1
460 A200X1 461 P200X1 462 B200X1 464 S200X1 465 S201X1
463
1: 1 :/ 4 4 . 2 3
+: /44.22
2 :/ 4 4 . 1 3 4 3 2 :/ 4 4 . 2 3 1: /44.5 1: /44.9
10 9 10 9
3 :/ 4 4 . 1 5 S: /44.23 3: 2: /44.4 2: /44.9
4 5 6 S +
4 :/ 4 4 . 1 8 2 4: 3 6 3: 3 6 3:
1 2 3
GND: /44.24
5 :/ 4 4 . 1 9 4: 4:
Coupler socket, grey
6: 5: 5:
2 5 2 5
6: 6:
7: /44.5 7: /44.10
1 4 8: /44.5 1 4 8: /44.10
9: /44.6 9: /44.11
8 7 10: /44.6 8 7 10: /44.11

a Connector EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

1 XF1 17.8 01296981 Fuse box 4-pol.

1 XF1 7.6 01296981 Fuse box 4-pol.
2 F01 7.4 01292064 Fuse
3 F02 7.4 01292064 Fuse
4 F03 7.4 01296884 Fuse
5 F04 7.4 01292064 Fuse
6 A13X1 7.19 00880043 Header
7 K16X1 7.19 00880043 Header
10 F1 8.3 00384062 Blade fuse
11 F2 8.3 00384062 Blade fuse
12 F3 8.3 01263927 Blade fuse
13 F4 8.3 01263927 Blade fuse
14 F5 8.3 00386197 Blade fuse
15 F6 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
16 F7 8.3 00384070 Blade fuse
17 F8 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
18 F9 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
19 F10 8.3 00386197 Blade fuse
20 F11 8.3 00386197 Blade fuse
21 F12 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
22 F13 8.3 00384054 Blade fuse
23 F14 8.3 00384070 Blade fuse

24 F15 8.3 00384046 Blade fuse
25 F16 8.3 01243705 Blade fuse
26 F18 9.3 00384046 Blade fuse
27 F20 9.3 00386197 Blade fuse
28 F21 9.3 00384046 Blade fuse
29 F23 9.3 00384054 Blade fuse
30 F25 9.3 00384046 Blade fuse
31 F27 9.3 00384062 Blade fuse
32 F30 9.3 00384054 Blade fuse
33 F31 9.3 00384070 Blade fuse
34 F32 9.3 00384062 Blade fuse
35 F33 9.3 00384054 Blade fuse
36 F34 9.3 01243705 Blade fuse
37 F35 9.3 01263927 Blade fuse
38 F36 9.3 01263927 Blade fuse
39 F37 9.3 01243705 Blade fuse
40 A3 10.5 02040521 Central electric
41 XF3 12.3 00880957 Fuse box 6-pol.
42 A1 13.2 02068669 Instrument panel
43 A2.1 14.2 01255436 Microcontroller
43 A2.2 15.2 02052685 Microcontroller MC6
44 A2X1 16.1 01264125 Electric plug
44 A2X2 16.8 01264125 Electric plug
50 F05 17.4 00386197 Blade fuse
50 F05 17.4 02077446 Fuse-holder
50 F05 17.4 02077444 Mounting Fuse-holder
51 G1 17.7 00351857 Battery
52 S1 17.7 00394319 Battery switch
53 H2 21.23 01220314 Signal transmitter

60 S2 18.5 00380296 Ignition switch
60 S2 18.5 00367125 Ignition key
61 K15 18.8 01289829 Relay
62 K16 18.13 02035291 Relay
63 A13 18.16 02043044 Control device Preheat equipment
64 K11 18.20 01263986 Relay
65 S7 19.3 01240447 Switch
65 S7 19.3 01238817 Switch
66 S15 21.15 00371378 Rotary switch
67 X4. 21.20 00207705 Built-in socket
74 S16 23.19 01276689 Filter indicator , electrical
75 B13 24.3 02054062 Wire harness Inclination sensor
80 B1 25.3 00886092 Level transmitter Fuel tank
81 D60 25.8 00898813 Control device

a Spare parts list EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

82 K4 25.11 01263986 Relay
84 M60 25.15 01243438 Pump
84 S17 22.17 00233366 Pressure switch
85 K2 25.18 01263986 Relay
86 E70 25.22 01292439 Heating , Fuel filter
100 S5 26.6 01264524 Alarm system switch
101 K3 26.5 00282618 Flasher relay
103 K5 26.21 01263986 Relay
105 E1 27.5 01277499 Halogen lamp
106 E9 27.7 00283150 Lamp
107 E3 27.8 00209635 Lamp
109 E5 27.12 00283142 Lamp
110 E10 27.14 00283150 Lamp
111 E2 27.16 01277499 Halogen lamp
112 E11 27.18 00283150 Lamp
113 E4 27.20 00209635 Lamp
115 E6 27.24 00283142 Lamp
116 E12 27.25 00283150 Lamp
120 V6 28.2 00821136 Diode

121 H1 28.3 00207365 Signal horn
122 S3 28.3 01267752 Rocker
123 S8 28.7 01262955 Switch
123 S8 28.7 01497790 Rocker
124 S10 28.12 01262955 Switch
124 S10 28.12 01497782 Rocker
125 S13 28.17 01262955 Switch
125 S13 28.17 01497766 Rocker
126 S11 28.21 01269461 Switch
126 S11 28.21 01497804 Rocker
127 S6 29.5 01269461 Switch
127 S6 29.5 01501224 Rocker
128 S9 29.10 01501216 Rocker
129 A4 29.21 00865168 Signal Amplifier
130 B3 29.21 00865222 Sensor
131 S18 29.14 01266535 Switch
132 S14 29.17 01266527 Switch
133 B6 30.5 01263781 Speed sensor
134 B5 30.12 00881880 Speed sensor
135 B4 30.20 00881899 Speed sensor
140 S12 31.3 01301020 Pressure switch, parking brake
141 Y5 31.6 01237640 Solenoid
142 K6 31.12 01263986 Relay

145 K9 32.5 01263986 Relay
146 K8 32.10 01263986 Relay
147 Y10 32.6 01227637 Solenoid
148 Y11 32.8 01201409 Solenoid
149 Y12 32.11 01227637 Solenoid
150 Y13 32.14 01201409 Solenoid
151 K7 32.21 01263986 Relay
152 H3 32.23 00840696 Back-up alarm
155 R20 33.13 00868108 Potentiometer
156 A5 34.7 01255444 Electrical motor operator
160 Y3 35.3 01273183 Magnet
161 Y4 35.7 01273183 Magnet
162 Y6 35.11 01273183 Magnet
163 Y9 35.15 01273183 Magnet
164 Y2 35.19 01273183 Magnet
165 Y1 35.23 01273183 Magnet
170 3F3 36.7 00384070 Blade fuse

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

171 S43 36.7 01249215 Symbol, working spotlights front
172 E40 36.6 00366528 Halogen lamp
173 E41 36.8 00366528 Halogen lamp
174 S44 36.14 01249223 Symbol, working spotlights rear
175 E42 36.14 00366528 Halogen lamp
176 E43 36.16 00366528 Halogen lamp
177 3F4 36.21 00384062 Blade fuse
178 S45 36.21 01272217 Push button switch Windshield washer
178 S45 36.21 01272225 Symbol, windshield washer
179 S46 36.24 01240773 Switch
179 S46 36.24 01272233 Symbol Rotating-beam light
180 M42 36.21 01272195 Windshield washer
181 H40 36.24 00355283 Lamp
182 3F2 37.8 00384054 Blade fuse
183 E44 37.7 00283142 Lamp
183 E44 37.7 00283142 Lamp
184 S40 37.14 01240773 Switch
184 S40 37.14 01240781 Symbol, wiper front
185 3F5 37.15 00384062 Blade fuse

190 S41 37.24 01240803 Switch Windshield wiper, rear
190 S41 37.24 01240811 Symbol, wiper rear
191 3F1 38.14 00384054 Blade fuse
192 A40 38.4 02031076 Radio
193 W1 38.9 00384836 Antenna
194 B40 38.10 01236849 Loudspeaker
195 B41 38.10 01236849 Loudspeaker
196 S44 38.14 01272284 Lamp
196 S44 38.14 01272268 Header
197 S43 38.16 01272284 Lamp
197 S43 38.16 01272268 Header
198 S41 38.18 01272284 Lamp
198 S41 38.18 01272268 Header
199 S40 38.21 01272284 Lamp
199 S40 38.21 01272268 Header
200 S45 38.23 01272284 Lamp
200 S45 38.23 01272268 Header
201 S46 38.25 01272284 Lamp
201 S46 38.25 01272268 Header
202 3F6 38.6 00384054 Blade fuse
203 A9 39.11 00850063 Interface Speedometer
204 P1 39.16 02076716 Speedometer
204 P1 39.16 02076718 Speedometer

211 B10 40.3 02025018 Acceleration sensor
212 A10 40.13 02038452 Interface HCM-3 3205-3625
213 A11 41.18 00466905 Display CDS
214 S30 42.8 01261150 Control unit
215 M30 42.7 02084206 Heating unit
222 K308 43.4 00331686 Relay
223 K311 43.10 00331686 Relay
224 K307 43.12 02058138 Relay
225 K306 43.14 02058138 Relay
226 Y300 43.16 01270850 Compressor
230 4F2 44.4 00384062 Blade fuse
231 4F1 44.9 00384062 Blade fuse
232 A200 44.12 00843008 Interval switch
233 S200 44.4 01267752 Rocker
234 S201 44.9 01267752 Rocker

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

235 M201 44.5 00851124 Water pump
236 M202 44.18 00877131 Water pump
237 P200 44.22 00382515 Water level indicator
238 D61-H1 44.25 00231746 Tubular lamp
239 B200 44.23 00871133 Level transmitter, water
250 X1 49.1 00898872 Connector
251 X2 49.8 00898082 Connector
252 X3 49.16 00898287 Connector
253 X4 49.1 00898678 Connector
254 X5 49.6 00898872 Connector
255 X6 49.13 00898082 Connector
256 X7 49.21 00898678 Connector
257 X8 50.1 00898384 Connector
258 X9 50.8 00898872 Connector
259 X10 50.16 00898775 Connector
260 X11 50.23 00898376 Connector
261 X12 50.1 00898376 Connector
262 X13 50.5 00898570 Connector
263 X21 50.9 00898570 Connector
264 X14 50.13 00898376 Connector
265 X26 50.17 00898775 Connector

270 X32 51.1 00898872 Connector
271 X33 51.9 00898872 Connector
272 X34 51.16 00898473 Connector
273 X18 51.20 00898473 Connector
274 X35 51.1 00898775 Connector
275 X36 51.8 00898570 Connector
276 X37 51.13 00898570 Connector
277 X17 51.17 02031349 Connector
278 K15X1 51.17 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
279 X16 51.23 00898376 Connector
280 A8X1 52.2 00351970 Electric plug
281 A8X2 52.8 00350680 Electric plug
282 A8X4 52.13 00351962 Electric plug
283 A8X6 52.19 02014722 Female cable connector
285 X52s 52.8 00369691 Electric plug
286 A8X5 52.13 00369691 Electric plug
294 Y5X1 53.1 00284351 Diode
296 B1X1 53.11 00880744 Connector 4-pol.
297 B4X1 53.16 00880744 Connector 4-pol.
298 B12X1 53.22 02040580 Circular connector

301 S16X1 53.9 01269372 Coupler socket 3-pol.
302 S17X1 53.14 00880647 Central plug
303 S12X1 53.1 01301543 Plug
304 B6X1 53.7 00880442 Electric plug
305 B43X1 53.11 00880442 Electric plug
306 Y7X1 53.15 00880442 Electric plug
310 X55b 54.3 00893080 Connection - Bush
311 X55s 54.7 00893072 Electric plug
312 X56b 54.12 00892122 Connector
313 X56s 54.15 00892025 Connector
314 A5X1 54.19 00867519 Round connector 7-pol.
321 D60X1 54.3 00880124 Connection plug, 8-pole

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

333 V6X1 55.4 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
335 B5X1 55.14 00880744 Connector 4-pol.
336 Y10X1 55.4 00284351 Diode
337 Y11X1 55.9 00284351 Diode
338 Y12X1 55.14 00284351 Diode
339 Y13X1 55.20 00284351 Diode

344 H2X1 56.2 00880310 Connection plug, 3-pole
345 X27b 56.6 00880213 Fishing box, 3-pole
346 X28s 56.10 00880035 Connector 8-pol.
347 X28b 56.14 00880523 Connector 8-pol.
359 X42b 57.1 00880620 Connector 12-pol.
360 X42s 57.4 00880132 Connector 12-pol.
361 X43b 57.8 00880620 Connector 12-pol.
362 X43s 57.11 00880132 Connector 12-pol.
367 X45b 57.1 00880523 Connector 8-pol.
380 X39b 58.1 00880655 Connector 2-pol.

381 X39s 58.4 00880558 Connector 2-pol.
385 X53s 58.22 00369691 Electric plug
388 M30X1b 58.14 00880515 Connection plug, 4-pole
389 M30X1s 58.18 00880418 Fishing box, 4-pole

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

408 M42X1 59.2 00880116 Connection plug, 2-pole
409 A40X1 59.9 02041142 Central plug
410 A40X2 59.14 02041143 Central plug
410 F29 100.3 01243705 Blade fuse
411 5F1 100.9 00384062 Blade fuse
412 5F2 100.16 00384054 Blade fuse
414 S44 100.13 00385395 Pushbutton
415 S43 100.16 00385387 Pushbutton
416 H40 100.9 00355283 Lamp

417 E42 100.13 00366528 Halogen lamp
418 E43 100.14 00366528 Halogen lamp
419 E40 100.16 00366528 Halogen lamp
420 E41 100.18 00366528 Halogen lamp
421 X39b 101.1 00880655 Connector 2-pol.
422 X39s 101.5 00880558 Connector 2-pol.
427 XF5 101.2 00898651 Fuse box

432 X301b 61.10 00892823 Connector 2-pol.
433 X301s 61.13 02084038 Connector
435 E40X1 101.1 00892815 Electric plug
436 E41X1 101.5 00892815 Electric plug
437 E42X1 101.8 00892815 Electric plug
438 M301X1 61.18 00892920 Connector
438 E43X1 101.11 00892815 Electric plug
439 M302X1 61.22 00892920 Connector
440 S303X1 61.2 02103361 Connector
441 K306X1 61.2 00880930 Header

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Spare parts list

442 K307X1 61.7 00880930 Header
443 K308X1 61.11 00880930 Header
444 K311X1 61.16 00880930 Header
460 A200X1 62.2 00880817 Connection plug, 6-pole
461 P200X1 62.6 00898465 Central plug
462 B200X1 62.10 00392839 Coupler socket

b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26


a EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
15 15
/48.25
-XF5 1 -XF5 2 Lighting ROPS =

Special equipment
-F29 30A -5F1 15A -5F2 10A
410 411 412
-XF5 A -XF5 B
-X15 2
1.5 or
1.5 sw
6 rt
1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.5 br 1.0 gr/ge
-S46X1 5 6 -S44X1 5 6 -S43X1 5 6 1.0 gr/bl
S 31 S 31 S 31
-X39b A
-X102s 1 -S46 -S44 -S43 -X102s 4 -X102s 3
-X39s A
-X102b 1 413 S1 C 414 S1 C 415 S1 C
-X102b 4 -X102b 3
-S46X1 7 3 -S44X1 7 3 -S43X1 7 3
1.0 gr/bl
1.0 gr/ge
6 rt
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 or
1.5 sw
-X40s 4 -X40s 3
-X40b 4 -X40b 3
-X109b 1 -X103b 2 -X103b 1
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
-X109s 1 -X103s 2 -X103s 1
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 sw/ws
1.5 or
1.5 sw
1.5 sw
-X10 13 -X10 14
-E42X1 1 -E43X1 1 -E40X1 1 -E41X1 1
-H40 M 1 1 1 1
416 -E42 1 2 V- E 4 3 12V -E40 1 2 V- E 4 1 12V -X1 10 -X1 11

6 br
417 2 55W 418 2 55W 419 2 55W 420 2 55W
0.75 ws
0.75 ws
-H40X1 1 -E42X1 2 -E43X1 2 -E40X1 2 -E41X1 2
-X39s B -X102b 2
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
1.5 br
-X39b B -X102s 2
-A1X1 8 -A1X1 7
6 br
X1:8 X1:7
-X109s 2 -X103s 3 -X103s 4
Display Display
-X109b 2 -X103b 3 -X103b 4
-A1 -A1
rear front
-X31 7 1.5 br
1.5 br
31 31
/48.25
S46: Push button switch S44: Push button switch S43: Push button switch
Rotating-beam light Working spotlights, rear Working spotlights, front
H40: Rotating-beam light E42: Working spotlights, rear left E40: Working spotlights, front left
E43: Working spotlights, rear right E41: Working spotlights, front right

a Version EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Lighting ROPS Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = SE 100
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
421 -X39b 422 -X39s 423 -X102b 424 -X102s 425 -X103b 426 -X103s
1 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6
A :/ 1 0 0 . 3 A :/ 1 0 0 . 3
2 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 6 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3
3 3
B :/ 1 0 0 . 3 B :/ 1 0 0 . 3 3 4 4
3 4 4
2
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 2 1 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 2
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 2 1 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3
B A 1 1
A B
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 4 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6
/100.16
/100.9
428 -X109b 429 -X109s 430 -X40b 431 -X40s

A B 1: 1:
1 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 1 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
2: 2:
2 2
1
1 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 2 :/ 1 0 0 . 9 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 4
427
8
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1 5
4 :/ 1 0 0 . 2 1
7 6
F1
F2
6 7
-XF5 5
3 4
5: 8
2 1
5:
2 4 3
1
6: 6:
7: 7:
8: 8:
1 2
432 -S43X1 433 -S44X1 434 -S46X1

4 1: 4 1: 4 1:
5 3 2: 5 3 2: 5 3 2:
3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 7 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 3 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 0
4: 4: 4:
6 2 6 2 6 2
5 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 5 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 5 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 7 6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 6 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 0
7 1 7 1 7 1
7 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 6 7 :/ 1 0 0 . 1 3 7 :/ 1 0 0 . 9
435 -E40X1 436 -E41X1 437 -E42X1 438 -E43X1
1: /100.16 1: /100.18 1: /100.13 1: /100.14
2: /100.16 2: /100.18 2: /100.13 2: /100.14

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

a Connector EP 3307HT TIER3
b
c
Lighting ROPS Zeichnungsnummer Rev. = SE 101
d
gepr.
02104486 00 + 71 Bl.
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
BODEM
Series 3000
Parameterisation
Series 3000 HT
HAMM AG 1/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
BODEM valid as of software version 1.82

Adjustment and diagnostic service tool
for micro controllers MC
Table of contents
1. General .........................................................................................................................3
1.1 Features....................................................................................................................3
1.2 System requirements ................................................................................................3
1.3 Software installation ..................................................................................................3
1.4 Additional requirements ............................................................................................3
1.5 Connection ................................................................................................................4
1.6 Operation of the software..........................................................................................5
2. MC-Software Update ......................................................................................................8
2.1 Flash Tool Software FLASHit....................................................................................8
2.1.1 Programme installation .......................................................................................9
2.1.2 Programming ......................................................................................................9
2.1.3 Problems and Remedy .....................................................................................10
3. Parametrierung.............................................................................................................11
3.1 Basic data ...............................................................................................................11
3.1.1 Set machine type ............................................................................................11
3.2 Drive 13
3.2.1 Calibration of potentiometers..........................................................................13
3.2.2 Learning curve................................................................................................14
3.2.3 ASC Sensors ..................................................................................................17
3.2.4 Switch off speed control..................................................................................18
3.2.5 Speed comparison drum axle ....................................................................19
3.2.6 Check maximum speed in Rangiermodus ......................................................22
3.2.7 Check maximum speed in automatic operation ..............................................23
3.2.8 Switch on speed control..................................................................................24
3.3 Vibration..................................................................................................................25
3.3.1 Switch off vibration control..............................................................................25
3.3.2 Adjust the vibration .........................................................................................25
3.3.3 Switch on vibration control..............................................................................29
3.3.4 Comparison set frequency actual frequency..............................................30
3.4 Erase Fehlerspeicher ..............................................................................................34
3.5 Storage of parameters and process data in text file ................................................34
3.6 Storage of MC data PC .......................................................................................35
4. Process data ............................................................................................................36
5. Error messages ............................................................................................................39
6. Flow chart Parameterisation.........................................................................................39
7. Appendix ......................................................................................................................47
7.1 Operating elements of the machine ..........................................................................47
HAMM AG 2/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
1. General
1.1 Features
- The BODEM PC software provides a convenient and user-friendly method of

executing service functions for the roller types of Series 3000.
- Functions such as setting parameters as well as displaying process data and errors
can now be commanded with a PC or Laptop.
1.2 System requirements
PC-Hardware:
- Personal computer IBM-compatible with 80486 DX2 66 MHz (minimum) micro
processor
- minimum 8 MB working memory (RAM) (depends on the operating system)
- on free serial port COM1 ... COM4
- on free parallel port LPT1 ... LPT4
- free hard disk > 5 MB
Operating system:
- Windows 3.11
- Windows 95 / 98
- Windows NT 4.0
1.3 Software installation
- For the installation of the PC software BODEM please observe the instructions on
the insert of the CD-ROM.
1.4 Additional requirements
- General PC-knowledge and basic knowledge regarding the operating system

WINDOWS is required for a safe handling of the PC Software BODEM.
- Connecting cable (HAMM No. 00 88 02 56) between PC port and microprocessor
HAMM No. 00 88 02 56
HAMM AG 3/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- For changing the machine parameters, a Dongle (= hardware key) is required
HAMM No. 01 28 03 84
For a MC-Software update, the Flash Tool and the Flash Tool Software FLASHit (HAMM
No. 00 87 74 76) are required.
HAMM No. 00 87 7476

picture is similar!
1.5 Connection
- Fix the Dongle (=copy protection plug) on the parallel port of the PC (LPT1:, LPT2:
or LPT3:). (Only required for changing the parameters!)
- Connect the connecting cable (or Flash Tool if you want to carry out MC-Software
update) on the port of the microcontroller (stairs right side) and on the serial port of
the PC (COM 1, COM 2, COM 3 or COM 4).
Port
microcontroller Port
Flash Tool
HAMM AG 4/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
1.6 Operation of the software

- Start the ignition of the machine to activate the micro controller.
- In the WINDOWS programme group BODEM2, the programme BODEM will be
started.
- Afterwards connection takes place:
: ANNOTATION: If connection is not possible, check the correct selection of the

port in the Pull-down-Menu < File > < Port >.
- After successful connection of the microcontroller MC, following functions are

practicable via the Pull-down-Menus or the toolbar:
HAMM AG 5/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Pull-down-Menu:
HAMM AG 6/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
File: Parameters:
> Open configuration > Configuration ...
> Save configuration ... > Display / Edit parameters...*
> Printer setup > Configuration parameters +
> Interface ... processdata ...*
> Language ... > Set default values for each parameter*
> Adjust graphic colours ... > Parameter reset (start-up values)*
> Time in status line > parameters + processdata in file
> Exit > Save data to MC-EEPROM*
> Enter password ... (not active!)
Processdata: Data transfer:
> Configure processdata > PC Microcontroller*
> Graphic display over time > Microcontroller PC
> Graphic display x/y > Start data connection
> Numerical processdata over time > Close connection
> All processdata > Microcontroller Info
> Data logger ...
> Show log data graphic Windows:
> Delete log file ... > Toolbar
> Learning curves > Statusbar
Diagnostic: Help:
> Error messages > Index
> About Help
> About BODEM/2
* only possible with Dongle (hardware key)!
Toolbar:
HAMM AG 7/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Connection with MC
Interrupt connection with MC
Process data
Graphical indication via time
Graphical indication x/y
Configuration of process data indication
Diagnostics - error messages
Display / Edit Parameters *
Configuration of Parameters *
Storage of current parameters in EPROM *
Standard values for all parameters *
Storage of parameters and process data in a text file
Data transmission form microcontroller to PC
Data transmission from PC to microcontroller *
Information about BODEM/2
* only possible with Dongle!
2. MC-Software Update
2.1 Flash Tool Software FLASHit
- To update the MC-Software, execute the Flash Tool Software FLASHit prior to
starting the BODEM.
HAMM AG 8/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
2.1.1 Programme installation

- Common installation procedure is not necessary. Copy all files of the directory Flash
Tool onto a new directory on your PC.
2.1.2 Programming
- Connect PC and micro controller with the Flash Tool, as described in 1.5
Connection and switch the toggle switch of the Flash Tools to ON.
- Afterwards start the PC software FLASHit .
- After the first start-up, select the appropriate download speed < baudrate > 19200
Baud.
- Click once to < Setup > < COM1 >. The valid selection is confirmed by the message
COM1 is active.
- Select the file (*.hex) for the requested MC-programme from the left list and click to
button Download.
- At the message Please Reset the CPU switch on the ignition and then click to
OK.
- During the Download process, the status (progression) will be displayed in the
window. If the Download process has been terminated correctly, this green message
window is displayed.
HAMM AG 9/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Terminate the programme and put toggle switch of the Flash Tool to OFF.
2.1.3 Problems and Remedy
- NOTICE: If the programming ends up with a red coloured message window or an

error message is displayed, there is an error. The Flash Tool Software FLASHit has
to be terminated and restarted.
: Please check following items:

- The correct serial port has to be selected in the Flash Tool (Pull-down-Menu
< Setup >)
- Another application on the PC is working on the selected port. Terminate the
other programme (e.g. BODEM).
- In the Flash Tool set < BUS-Mode > to < Autodetect >.
- In the Flash Tool set the correct < Flash-Type >: AMD29F400.
- The toggle switch on the Flash Tool must be switched ON during the
complete download process.
HAMM AG 10/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3. Parameters
- Following settings have to be carried out after a Software update.
- Start the Software BODEM as described in 1.6 Operating the Software.
- After connection has taken place, first click to the symbol to reset all
parameters to the values stored in the EPROM.
- Following message is displayed. Confirm with OK.
3.1 Basic data
3.1.1 Set machine data
- Click to the symbol screwdriver , to open the window Display / Edit

Parameters.
- Afterwards, click to basic data 1 in the left list.
HAMM AG 11/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Select the corresponding roller type in Parameter 1 Vehicle.
: NOTICE: Due to changing the axle motors to a different rated quantity, it has to be
considered on selecting the vehicle type.
3412 - 3414 as of serial number 46 061 Type: 34**_140
3516 - 3520 as of serial number 46 161 Type: 35**_160
- Select the corresponding roller version (standard, asphalt or padfoot) in Parameter

2 Version
Padfoot
- Select the corresponding vibration drive (standard, oscillation or VIO) in Parameter

3 Vibro-drive
Oscillator
- Click to OK after the input of the data.

- Confirm following message with OK.
- The data are stored in the EPROM and the window Display / Edit Parameters will
be closed.
- Click to the symbol to interrupt the connection and switch off the ignition in order
to carry out a reset of the micro controller.
HAMM AG 12/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2 Drive
3.2.1 Calibration of potentiometers
- Start the engine and click to the symbol to re-establish the connection.
- Re-open the window Display / Edit Parameters.
- Click to "potentiometer in the left list.
3.2.1.2 0-position of the drive potentiometer

- Select Parameter 1 neutral drive1 (drive potentiometer 1) and click to the button
Adjust.... Following window is displayed:
- Put drive lever to 0-position and lock it. Afterwards click to the button Set actual
value and then to OK.
HAMM AG 13/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Repeat this procedure for Parameter 4 neutral drive2 (drive potentiometer 2).
3.2.1.3 Calibration of drive potentiometer
- Select Parameter 2 Calibration drive1 (drive potentiometer 1) and click to button
calibrate.... Following window is displayed:
- Put drive lever in max. forward or reverse position. Afterwards click to the active
button (black text).
- Put drive lever to the other max. position. Afterwards click to the other active button
(black text) and then to OK.
- Repeat this procedure for Parameter 5 Calibration Drive2 (drive potentiometer 2).
- If both potentiometers are set and calibrated, click to Apply and confirm following
message with OK.
3.2.2 Learn curve
- Click to Potentiometer in the left list.
HAMM AG 14/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Select Parameter 8 learn curve and click to button Execute....
- Following window is displayed:
: CAUTION: For safety reasons keep an eye on the emergency stop

switch during the complete procedure!
- Click to button Start
- As soon as Function is active... is displayed, put the drive lever to front maximum
position. (Machine will stop)
Function is active
- The speed of the Diesel engine will run up to full throttle autonomously and then
decreases to idle speed.
- As soon as the engine is in idle speed, put the drive lever in 0-position and lock it.
- Click to OK as soon as Storage ... is displayed.
- Click to Apply and confirm following message with OK.
3.3.2.3 Trouble shooting learn curve
- If the function is interrupted, ER 49, ER 50 or ER 51 will be displayed in the display

of the machine.
ER 49 = Rods on the engine actuator (Diesel) is mechanically tight
HAMM AG 15/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
ER 50 = Rods on the engine actuator

is too short (3412-3625)
is too long (3307)
ER 51 = Rods on the engine actuator
is too long (3412-3625)
is too short (3307)
- Remove rods on the engine actuator. Afterwards switch on the ignition, the engine
actuator functions on the smallest leverage. Adjust the rods to the aligned ball-
shaped head and fix.
- Repeat the function learn curve (as described in 3.2.2).
- After successful learn curve, the speed is increased by 30 rpm in idle running and
decreased by 50 rpm of the full throttle limit stop.
- If these fixed values do not apply for any reason, they can be changed as follows:
- Re-open the window Display / Edit Parameters.

- Click to Drive + Shunt in the list (left side).
- Idle running limit stop Parameter 7 Diesel Min + standard value= 30; 0-100 rpm
- Full load limit stop Parameter 8 Diesel Max - standard value= 50; 0-200 rpm
HAMM AG 16/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.3 ASC Sensors
- Click to ASC sensors in the Pull-down-Menu (left side).
: CAUTION: Machine must be in horizontal position!
- Select Parameter 2 no tilt and click to button Set actual value. Following
window is displayed:
- Click to button Set actual value and then to OK.

- Click to Apply and confirm following message with OK.
HAMM AG 17/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.4 Switch off speed control
- After setting the ASC-sensor, the axle and drum speed should be compared to one
another. Therefore, switch off the speed control.
- Click to basic data 2 in the left list.
- Select Parameter 8 speed control and set it to < 0 > with the scroll bar.
- Then click to OK and confirm the following message with OK.
- Window Display / Edit Parameters is closed.
HAMM AG 18/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.5 Speed comparison drum axle
- In order to represent the process data graphically for a period of time, click to the
symbol , window Processdata graphic over time is opened.
- Click to button Configuration in order to configure the process data.

- The window Configuration process data display is opened. If some process data
has already been selected, delete them via button Remove all.
- Select the process data in the Pull-down-Menu:
- speed axle
- speed roller
Afterwards enter following values for both process data in column Scale: <0>
for Min and < 20 > for Max. Then fix Time / Division to 2000 ms.
HAMM AG 19/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Now click to OK, the graphic window is opened. Recording is started via button
Start.
- Via button Legend, an explanation of the various coloured curves can be

displayed.
Speed axle
Speed drum
HAMM AG 20/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Select the final speed via the toggle switch (1) Pre-selection: final speed /
engine speed / vibration frequency on the left side of the information display and
increase via switch +/- the final speed to maximum speed.
- Now drive the machine with maximum speed, in both directions each and compare
both curves to one another. They should be approx. congruent.
- Click to OK to close the window Process data graphic over time
- If both speeds differ, open the window Display / Edit Parameters.
- Click to ASC settings in the left list.
- Change Parameter 1 tire correct as follows:

If the axle speed is higher, decrease the value
If the axle speed is lower, increase the value
: Annotation: This Parameter 1 tire correct has to be adjusted when the

series tire equipment is changed!
- Afterwards click to Apply and confirm the following message with OK.
HAMM AG 21/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.6 Check maximum speed in shunt mode
- Select Drive mode Normal-Shunt on the information display Shunt with the
toggle switch. Drive the machine in both directions each. In shunt mode and with the
drive lever in max. position, the machine should reach a speed of 3 km/h and not
exceed it.
- If this should not be the case, click to drive + shunt in the left list.
- Increase or decrease Parameter 5 shunt diesel until 3 km/h are reached in both
directions.
HAMM AG 22/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.7 Check maximum speed in automatic operation
- Select Engine management manual - automatic on the information display

Automatic with the toggle switch (6).
- Select the final speed via the toggle switch (1) Pre-selection: final speed /
increase via switch +/- the final speed to maximum speed
- Drive in both directions. The machine should reach its maximum speed (depending
on the machine type) with the drive lever in maximum position and should not
exceed this speed.
- If this should not be the case, click to Solenoids 1 in the left list.
- Increase or decrease Parameter 6 Imax moto drum and Parameter 8 Imax moto
axle percentally equal until maximum speed is reached.
HAMM AG 23/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.2.8 Switch on speed control
- If all settings are OK, the speed control can be switched on.
- Click to basic data 2 in the Pull-down-Menu (left side).
- Select Parameter 8 speed control and set to < 1 > with the scroll bar.
HAMM AG 24/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.3 Vibration
3.3.1 Switch off vibration control
- Click to basic data 1 in the Pull-down-Menu (left side).
- Select Parameter 5 vib control and switch it to OFF.

- Afterwards click to OK and confirm the following message with OK.
3.3.2 Adjust the vibration
- Select Manual via the toggle switch (6) Engine management manual-
automatic on the right side of the information display.
- Select the Diesel engine speed via the toggle switch Pre-selection: final speed /
increase via switch +/- the engine speed to maximum speed.
- Then click to sysmbol in order to open the window Parameters with

Processdata.
HAMM AG 25/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Click to button Config to open the window Configure Parameter.
: NOTICE: If parameters are configured for the first time, the window
Configure Parameter will be opened immediately.
- Select following parameters or process data from both lists:

HAMM AG 26/48 # 1268783
10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- vib open loop/ % p small min

- vib open loop/ % p small max
- vib open loop/ % p big min
- vib open loop/ % p big max
- VIB freq requ
- VIB freq act
- Afterwards click to OK, window Parameters with Processdata will be displayed.
- In this window, the parameters for vibration control have to be set, for small and big
amplitude, minimum and maximum Hz.
3.3.2.1 Adjust small amplitude, minimum frequency

- Pre-select small amplitude with the toggle switch (3) Vibration on the left side
on the information display.
- Afterwards select Vibration frequency with the toggle switch (1) Pre-selection
final speed / engine speed / vibration frequency on the left side on the
information display and set the frequency to min. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
- Now switch on vibration via the push button on the drive lever. Adjust the frequency
via the scroll bar p% small min so that VIB freq requ is equal to VIB freq act
- Shortly switch off and on vibration and compare again if VIB freq requ is equal to
VIB freq act, if necessary adjust the frequency again.
-
HAMM AG 27/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.3.2.2 Adjust small amplitude, maximum frequency

- Set the frequency to max. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -..
via the scroll bar p% small max so that VIB freq requ is equal to VIB freq act
3.3.2.3 Adjust big amplitude, minimum frequency

- Pre-select big amplitude with the toggle switch (3) Vibration on the left side on
the information display.
- Set the frequency to min. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
via the scroll bar p % big min so that VIB freq requ is equal to VIB freq act
3.3.2.4 Adjust big amplitude, maximum frequency

- Set the frequency to max. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
via the scroll bar p % big max so that VIB freq requ is equal to VIB freq act
- If all settings are finished, click to OK and confirm the following message with
OK.
- The window Parameters with Processdata is closed.
HAMM AG 28/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.3.3 Switch on vibration control
- Re-open window Display / Edit Parameters.

- Click to basic data 1 in the left list
- Select Parameter 5 vib control and switch to ON.

HAMM AG 29/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.3.4 Comparison set frequency actual frequency
- In order to represent processdata graphically over a period of time, click to the

symbol , window Processdata graphic over time is opened.
- Click to button Configuration to configure the processdata.

- Window Configuration Processdata display is opened. If some processdata are
already selected, earase them via button Remove all.
- Afterwards chose the process data in the Pull-down-Menu:
VIB freq requ
VIB freq act
- Afterwards enter following values for both process data in column Scale: <0>
for Min and < 50 > for Max. Then fix Time / Division to 2000 ms.
HAMM AG 30/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Now click to OK, the graphic window is opened. Recording is started via button
Start.
- Via button Legende, an explanation of the various coloured curves can be

displayed.
HAMM AG 31/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
: Following comparisons must be carried out with the engine

management in automatic and with manual full throttle.
3.3.4.1 Comparison small amplitude, minimum frequency

- Pre-select small amplitude with the toggle switch (3) Vibration on the left side
on the information display.
- Afterwards select Vibration frequency with the toggle switch (1) Pre-selection
final speed / engine speed / vibration frequency on the left side on the
information display and set the frequency to min. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
- Now switch on vibration and compare both curves to one another. These should be
approx. congruent after a short control response time.
- Switch off vibration via the push button on the drive lever.
3.3.4.2 Comparison small amplitude, maximum frequency

- Select Vibration frequency with the toggle switch (1) Pre-selection final speed /
engine speed / vibration frequency on the left side on the information display and
set the frequency to max. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
- Switch on vibration, compare and switch off vibration.
3.3.4.3 Comparison big amplitude, minimum frequency

- Pre-select big amplitude with the toggle switch (3) Vibration on the left side on
the information display.
set the frequency to min. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
3.3.4.4 Comparison big amplitude, maximum frequency

set the frequency to max. Hz with the toggle switch (2) + / -.
HAMM AG 32/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
- Should the frequency of the vibration change, open the window Display / Edit
Parameters.
- Click to the left list vib small or vib big, depending on the amplitude in which the
frequency of the vibration is changing.
- Decrease Parameter 6 I1 factor and Parameter 7 I2 factor.

HAMM AG 33/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
3.4 Erase error memory

- Open window Diagnose by clicking to the symbol .
- Click to button Delete saved errors and confirm with OK.

Deletion is only possible with Dongle!
3.5 Storage of parameters and process data in text file

- Click to symbol to store the parameters and process data in a text file.
- Enter a file name, preferably machine type and serial number (max. 8 characters;
example: 41245320) and afterwards click to OK.
- The Text-Editor will be started, click into the text field and enter your name, possibly
company, date, reason of modification and exceptional features.
HAMM AG 34/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Name, company,
Date
Reason for modification
Exceptional features
- Close the text window and confirm the command: Safe modifications with YES.
3.6 Storage of MC data PC

- Click to the Symbol to store the MC data to the PC.
- Enter a file name, preferably machine type and serial number (max. 8 characters;
example: 41245320) and afterwards click to OK.
HAMM AG 35/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
4. Processdata
Processdata Unit Description
Performance
F drive lever % Signal drive lever
F Inch value % Percentage maximum value of speed by combi switch
signal
F speed act R km/h Calculated speed
F speed act km/h Speed
F des diesel rpm Requested diesel speed
F act. diesel rpm Current diesel speed
Brake open Signal parking brake
Auto Diesel Diesel control:
10 Manual
1 Brake closed
2 Decrease due to low driving speed
3 Tilt
4 Vibration
6 Temperature
Vibration
VIB act mode 0: Vibration off
1: Small amplitude
2: Big amplitude
3: Pause
VIB amplitude Selected amplitude:
0: Off
1: Small
2: Big
VIB freq requ Hz Requested frequency of vibration
VIB freq act Hz Current frequency of vibration
VIB controller Sig Controller
VIB controller Control switched on / off
VIB exit % Percentage control of pump
Limit load control and displacement volumes

pump / motors
GLR Mode -1: Controller OFF
0: Controller ON
1: Recovery
GLR Diesel requ Requested speed after learn curve less permissible load
GLR Diesel act Current diesel speed
GLR controller Controller
value
Pump forward % Control of pump - forward
Pump reverse % Control of pump - reverse
Motor drum % Displacement volume of drum drive motor
HAMM AG 36/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Motor axle % Displacement volume of axle motor

ASC-control Quotient = ON
ASC Status -1: OFF
xxxx: Internal conditions
ASC desired B km/h Requested speed requested value = 1
ASC speed axle km/h Current axle speed ratio: axle / drum
ASC speed drum km/h Current drum speed ratio: drum / axle
ASC control axle Controller axle
ASC control drum Controller drum
ASC tilt % Signal tilt sensor
Klemme50 Signal Klemme 50
Signals 1
S combi select Selected values on the combi switch:
0 OFF or invalid
1 Diesel
2 Maximum speed
3 Frequency vibration
S combi value % Current value
S shunt Signal of the shunt switch
S padfoot Signal of the padfoot switch
S DieselAuto Signal of the Diesel-automatic-switch
S Diesel value % Control signal to the Diesel (150 = idling speed 850 = full
throttle)
S Diesel oil Signal oil pressure switch
pressure
S oil dirt Signal hydraulic oil pollution
Signals 2
S drive poti 1 % Signal drive potentiometer 1
S drive poti 2 % Signal drive potentiometer 2
S brake pressure Signal brake pressure switch
S Temp Hyd oil C Temperature hydraulic oil
S Temp cooling w C Temperature cooling water
S cooling w level Switch for cooling water level
S air filter Switch for clogged air filter
S Hyd level Hydraulic oil switch
Signals 3
S Vib sensor Signal vibration sensor
S Vib Auto Signal automatic vibration
SV big amplitude Signal vibration big amplitude
SV small Signal vibration small amplitude
amplitude
SV output big % Control vibration pump big amplitude
SV output small % Control vibration pump small amplitude
Diesel Bit Min Diesel learn curve smallest digit
Diesel Bit Max Diesel learn curve maximum digit
HAMM AG 37/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Driving condition Driving condition:

0 Neutral
1 Forward
2 Reverse
20 Shunt reverse
30 Shunt forward
40 Shunt neutral
50 Drive block curve
60 Beginning of control
Speed reduction 0/1 Speed reduction ( vmax / 3) due to high driving pressure
MEM3 contents
HAMM AG 38/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
5. Error messages
Error message Save Possible cause Consequence Remedy
in MC
1 drive poti 1 Yes Drive sensor or Machine stops. Sensor Check lines and
lines defective, value is no longer used. sensors, drive
short circuit on PinIn neutral the maximum lever in neutral
A49 to +voltage or speed is limited to one position
earth. third of the maximum
speed.
2 drive poti 2 Yes Sensor or lines Machine stops. Sensor Check lines and
defective, short value is no longer used. sensors, drive
circuit on Pin A46 In neutral the maximum lever in neutral
to +voltage or speed is limited to one position
earth. third of the maximum
speed.
3 drive poti Yes Difference Machine stops. Check lines and
between drive Maximum speed is sensors, drive
sensor signals too limited to one third of lever in neutral
big. One contact of the maximum speed. position
the double sensor
is defective or
displaced. Pin A46
and A49.
4 all driv poti Yes Lines to the Machine stops. Check lines and
double drive Driving is no longer sensors, drive
sensor interrupted. possible lever in neutral
Pin A45, A47, position
A48, A50
5 combi speed Yes Speed button is Maximum speed is Check
sticking closed or limited to one third of combination
pushed for more the maximum speed. button
than 10 seconds.
6 pump forward Yes Proportional The solenoid is not Check lines and
solenoid forward piloted up to the solenoid
or lines to the standstill
pump defective,
Pin A32.
7 pump backward Yes Proportional The solenoid is not Check lines and
solenoid reverse piloted up to the solenoid
or lines to the standstill
pump defective,
Pin A5.
8 axle motor Yes Proportional The solenoid is not Check lines and
solenoid or lines piloted up to the solenoid
on the axle motor standstill. After that,
defective, Pin A6. slow driving without
engine control is
possible
HAMM AG 39/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000

in MC
9 drum motor Yes Proportional The solenoid is not Check lines and
solenoid or lines piloted up to the solenoid
on the axle motor standstill. After that,
defective, Pin A33. slow driving without
engine control is
possible
10 axle sensor Yes Speed sensor or ASC does no longer Check lines and
lines on the axle work, wrong display of sensor
motor defective, speed.
Pin A14.
11 drum sensor Yes Speed sensor or ASC does no longer Check lines and
lines on the drum work, wrong display of sensor
drive motor speed.
defective. Pin A
15.
12 tilt sensor Yes Tilt sensor or lines ASC is working worse Check lines and
defective. Pin B18. sensor
13 brake va elec Yes Brake valve Machine starts driving Check lines and
electrically only 2 seconds after brake valve
defective, but actuating the drive
hydraulically lever.
released.
14 Brake Yes Brake pressure Machine stops. Driving Check brake
switch indicates on is possible after system
fallen brake neutral position of drive electrically and
pressure during lever hydraulically
driving.
15 brake switch Yes Brake pressure Driving on is possible Exchange brake
switch or cable pressure switch
defective.
16 brake va hyd Yes Brake valve Driving on is not Check brake
hydraulically possible valve on the
defective hydraulic side
17 brake open Yes Parking brake is Parking brake has no Check brake
continuously open effect valve on the
hydraulic side
18 wire brake sw Yes Line of brake Machine starts driving Exchange line of
pressure switch only 2 seconds after brake pressure
interrupted, actuating the drive switch
connector loose lever.
19 diesel sensor Yes Sensor or lines No limited load control Check lines and
defective, possible, no display of sensor
Pin A16 speed.
20 Motor STM Yes Engine actuator Diesel engine in full Check lines and
for Diesel engine load adjusting motor
or lines defective,
Pin A4,A31
HAMM AG 40/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000

in MC
21 Poti STM Yes Feedback of Diesel engine in full Check lines and
engine actuator for load sensor of the
Diesel engine or adjusting motor
lines defective, Pin
A18.
22 combi vibro Yes Lines or Vibration in maximum Check lines and
combination frequency combination
button defective button
23 sensor vibro Yes Vibration speed Vibration frequency is Check lines and
sensor or lines operated in a controlled sensor
defective, Pin A7 way
24 amplit switch Yes Lines or amplitude Vibration only possible Check lines and
switch defective in a limited way amplitude switch
25 Vibro sma amp Yes Solenoid or lines The solenoid is not Check lines and
on vibration pump piloted up to the solenoid.
defective, Pin A35 standstill of the
vibration pump.
26 Vibro big amp Yes Solenoid or lines The solenoid is not Check lines and
on vibration pump piloted up to the solenoid.
defective, Pin A34 standstill of the
vibration pump.
27 No drivespeed Yes Both speed Automatic vibration is Check lines and
sensors defective, no longer possible sensors
Pin 34+35
28 combi diesel Yes Lines or Diesel engine is Check lines and

combination operated manually to combination
button defective maximum speed switch
29 Setup lerncur Yes Set-up function: Automatic function for Carry out set-up
Storage of the Diesel engine and again
teach-in function limited load control is
has not been not possible
completed
correctly
30 Setup driv fo Yes Set-up Function: Forward drive is only Carry out set-up
beginning of possible with Default again
control has not values.
been completed Possible jerking when
correctly you start driving
31 Setup driv ba Yes Set-up function: Reverse drive is only Carry out set-up
beginning of possible with Default again
control has not values.
been completed Possible jerking when
correctly you start driving
HAMM AG 41/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000

in MC
32 Setup Vib big Yes Set-up function: Vibration frequency for Carry out set-up
beginning of work with big amplitude again
control of the is possibly not achieved
vibration pump for
big amplitude has
not been
completed
correctly
33 Setup Vib sma Yes Set-up function: Vibration frequency for Carry out set-up
control begin of work with small again
the vibration pump amplitude is possibly
for small not achieved
amplitude has not
been completed
correctly
34 poti 3 Yes Not connected Not connected Not connected
35 poti 4 Yes Not connected Not connected Not connected
36 steer poti Yes Not connected Not connected Not connected
37 Prop 1 fault Yes Left steering Machine stops. Check lines and
solenoid or lines Steering not possible. solenoid.
defective, Pin B32
38 Prop 2 fault Yes Right steering Machine stops. Check lines and
solenoid or lines Steering not possible. solenoid.
defective, Pin B5
39 NO POWER Yes Emergency stop Machine without Unlock
has been actuated function emergency stop.
or POWER has Drive lever in
been interrupted neutral position,
or fuse 25 A if necessary
defective check fuse
40 vib closeloop Yes Vibration control Vibration is operated in Check vibration
was too long at a controlled way control loop
maximum value (pump, motor)
41 lever in neut No Starting condition Machine does not move Drive lever in
neutral position
42 block curve No Drive block curve Service function Switch off
maintenance
mode
43 control begin No Set beginning of Service function Switch off
control of drive maintenance
pump mode
44 B is dead Yes Printed circuit Machine not ready to Check fuse and
board B is not start contact to
connected or MC printed circuit
is defective. board B. If OK,
A still OK; or fuse the MC is
1A defective defective.
HAMM AG 42/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000

in MC
45 No veh type No No machine type Machine not ready to Set machine

set. start type via the
BODEM
46 Sensor coolin Yes Sensor for coolant Diesel engine to Check lines and
defective, lines maximum speed in sensor
interrupted automatic operation
47 Sensor hydtem Yes Sensor for - Check lines and
hydraulic oil sensor
temperature
defective, lines
interrupted
48 dieselproblem Yes Clogged Diesel Diesel engine does not Check Diesel
filter and air filter
reach the set speed, no engine
performance
49 Overcurrent STM Yes In the regulating Machine not ready to Check
range start. Learn curve is mechanism
interrupted
50 Overcurrent STM No Rods Machine not ready to Adjust rods,
too short (3412- start. Learn curve is carry out learn
3625) interrupted curve again.
too long (3307) Reset MC
51 Overcurrent STM No Rods Adjust rods, carry out Adjust rods,
too long (3412- learn curve again carry out learn
3625) curve again.
too short (3307) Reset MC
90 Sensor diesel No Level transmitter Wrong display Exchange level
tank of tank or lines transmitter or
defective. cable.
91 CAN out of No Transcription error Possibly wrong display Check display or
Range ? cable
92 CAN Heard Beat No CAN Possibly wrong or no Check cable and
communication display connections,
interrupted. fuses etc.
93 Code switch No Code switch on No display Adjust rotary
the back side of switch.
the display is
invalid to select
the type.
Comment:
Errors number 1 to 48 will be recognized or generated by micro controller MC 6
which is behind the right ascent.
Errors number 90 to 93 will be generated exclusively by the dashboard display
behind the steering wheel.
The partly very abridged texts in column error message are identical to the stored
error texts which can be read out via PC and software Bodem 2.
Errors 50 and 51 are stored with error 49 in the MC and are shown in the display.
HAMM AG 43/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
6. Flow chart Parameterisation after download
Standard values
Basic data 1
(1) vehicle
Potentiometer
(1) neutral drive 1
(2) adjust drive 1
(3) neutral drive 2
(4) adjust drive 2
(8) learn curve
ASC sensors
(2) no tilt
Basic data 2
(8) Speed control
OFF
ASC speed axle

ASC speed roller
ASC settings
NO (1) tire correct
OK Speed axle > speed roller
Speed axle < speed roller +
YES
Toggle switch (5)

Drive mode
shunt
NO
3 km/h Drive+Shunt
(5) shunt diesel
Increase or decrease
YES
HAMM AG 44/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Toggle switch (6)

Engine management
Automatic
Solenoids
NO (6) Imax moto drum
V max. (7) Imax moto axle
Increase or decrease
YES
Basic data 2
(8) speed control
ON
Basic data 1
(5) vib control
OFF
vib open loop/ % P small min

vib open loop/ % P small max
vib open loop/ % P big min
vib open loop/ % P big max
VIB freq requ
VIB freq act
Toggle switch (6)

Engine management Manual
max. speed
Big amplitude max. frequency

Big amplitude min. frequency
Small amplitude max. frequency
Small amplitude min. frequency
Basic data 1
(5) vib control
ON
HAMM AG 45/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
VIB freq requ

VIB freq act
Vib small or vib big

NO
OK (6) I1 factor
(7) I2 factor
decrease
YES
Delete error
messages
Parameter and Processdata

save in text file
Save
MC data
HAMM AG 46/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
7. Appendix
7.1 Operating elements of the machine
2 5
6
3
7
4
8
1 Pre selection 5 Drive mode

Final speed normal
Engine speed shunt mode
Vibrator frequency
2 +/- 6 Engine
Final speed management
Engine speed manual
Vibrator frequency automatic
3 Vibration 7 Horn
Big amplitude
Small amplitude
4 Vibration mode 8 Warning flasher

manual
automatic
HAMM AG 47/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
BODEM
Series 3000
Notes
HAMM AG 48/48 # 1268783

10.06.2008
Adjustment of vibration frequencies
Adjustment of the
maximum vibration
frequencies
Series 3000
HAMM AG 1/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Table of contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
1. Instructions for use ..................................................................... 3
1.1 Liability exclusion ................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Validity...................................................................................................................... 3
1.3 Important symbols in this manual ......................................................................... 3
1.4 Special tools ............................................................................................................ 3
2. Preparations on the machine ..................................................... 4
3. Frequency adjustment standard machine ................................ 5
3.1 Adjustment of the small amplitude ........................................................................ 5
3.2 Frequency adjustment big amplitude .................................................................... 7
4. Frequency adjustment HAMMTRONIC ...................................... 9
4.1 Adjustment of the small amplitude ........................................................................ 9
4.2 Einstellung der groen Amplitude ....................................................................... 11
5. Annex ......................................................................................... 13
5.1 Allowed maximum frequencies ............................................................................ 13
5.2 Adjustment table HAMMTRONIC.......................................................................... 13
HAMM AG 2/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Instructions for use
1. Instructions for use

1.1 Liability exclusion
This manual should support service technicians with the adjustment of the maximal
vibration frequencies in our compactors of the Series 3000. The general safety and
accident prevention regulations apply. Company HAMM AG cannot be made liable for
occurrences caused by the application of the steps recommended in this document.
1.2 Validity
This document is valid for all Series 3000 rollers without the option HAMMTRONIC.
1.3 Important symbols in this manual
! Security advices
9 Necessary information
; General information
1.4 Special tools
Frequency measuring device (SIROMETER)

278548
to test and adjust the vibration system
Lifting pad
versatile. Especially suited to test the
vibration in closed rooms.
HAMM AG 3/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Preparations on the machine
2. Preparations on the machine
!
Prior to the start of work, warm up the machine and place it on
an appropriate and even ground. Furthermore, please make
sure that the drum is vibration isolated (refer to 1.4).
Vibration isolation:
Place drum on lifting pad

Alternatively on an even
sandy ground
!
Always make sure that the diesel engine is not running and the
battery isolation switch is not applied when working on the
machine!
HAMM AG 4/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Frequency adjustment standard machine
3. Frequency adjustment standard machine

3.1 Adjustment of the small amplitude
1. Preselect small amplitude
luminous indication in display
2. Start diesel engine
3. Speed-up diesel engine to max.

speed
4. Activate vibration with push-

button V
HAMM AG 5/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
5. Determine vibration frequency

with Sirometer
6. Switch off diesel engine

!
7. Open engine bonnet
A
8. Loosen counter nut A and
simultaneously hold adjusting
screw B
9. Frequency reduction = screw-in
adjusting screw B
10. Hold adjusting screw B and re-
tighten counter nut A
B
Adjusting chamber down right
11. Close engine bonnet
12. Repeat steps 2 to 12 until the
allowed maximum frequency
(Annex 5.1) has been reached.
HAMM AG 6/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
3.2 Frequency adjustment big amplitude
1. Pre-select big amplitude
Luminous indication in display
3. Speed-up diesel engine to max.

speed
4. Activate vibration with push-

button V
HAMM AG 7/14 #2118297

21/01/2009

with Sirometer
6. Switch off diesel engine

!
7. Open engine bonnet
D
8. Loosen counter nut C and
screw D
9. Frequency reduction = Screw-in C
adjusting screw D
10. Hold adjusting screw D and re-
tighten counter nut C
Adjustment chamber top left

11. Close engine bonnet
allowed maximum frequency
(Annex 5.1) has been reached.
HAMM AG 8/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Frequency adjustment HAMMTRONIC
4. Frequency adjustment HAMMTRONIC

4.1 Adjustment of the small amplitude
1. Detach the plugs from both
solenoids of the vibration pump.
3. Speed-up diesel engine

according to the adjustment
table (Annex 5.2).
4. Apply 12V to the solenoid for the

small Amplitude (upper one).
HAMM AG 9/14 #2118297

21/01/2009

with Sirometer.
6. Switch off diesel engine!

!
7. Open engine bonnet.
A
8. Loosen counter nut A and
screw B
9. Frequency reduction = Screw-in
adjusting screw B
10. Hold adjusting screw B and re-
tighten counter nut A
B
Adjustment chamber lower right
11. Close engine bonnet.
according adjustment value
(Annex 5.2) is reached.
HAMM AG 10/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
4.2 Adjustment of the big amplitude
1. Detach the plugs from both

solenoids of the vibration pump.
3. Speed-up diesel engine

according to the adjustment
table (Annex 5.2).
4. Apply 12V to the solenoid for the

big Amplitude (lower one).
HAMM AG 11/14 #2118297

21/01/2009

with Sirometer.
6. Switch off diesel engine!

!
7. Open engine bonnet.
8. Loosen counter nut C and

screw D
9. Frequency reduction = Screw-in C
adjusting screw D
10. Hold adjusting screw D and re-
tighten counter nut C
Adjustment chamber lower right

11. Close engine bonnet.
according adjustment value
(Annex 5.2) is reached.
HAMM AG 12/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Annex
5. Annex
5.1 Allowed maximum frequencies
Machine Vibration frequency [Hz]

Type Series Drum Small amplitude Big Amplitude
3205 H158; H188 Standard 42 30
Standard 42 30
3307 H159; H189
VIO 36 36
3410-3411 H169; H179 Standard 40 30
Standard 40 30
3412-3414 H160; H180
VIO 30 30
3516 Standard 40 30
3518 H161; H176 Standard 30 27
3520 Standard 30 27
5.2 Adjustment table HAMMTRONIC
Machine Adjustment data (rpm, frequency)

Type Series Drum Diesel rpm small ampl. big ampl.
[Hz] [Hz]
Std. / P 42 30
3307 HT H159; H189 2080+100
VIO 34 34
3412 HT Std. / P 35 30
H160; H180 1700+100
3414 HT VIO 30 30
3516 HT 35 30
3518 HT H161; H176 Std. / P 1700+100 28 27
3520 HT 28 27
3625 HT H162; H177 Std. 1700+100 25 25
HAMM AG 13/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
Notes
HAMM AG 14/14 #2118297

21/01/2009
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Operation Manual
D/TD/TCD 2011
Notes
Notes gine, the use of DEUTZ original parts is pre-
scribed. These are specially designed for your
This engine is defined exclusively for purpose
engine and guarantee perfect operation.
according to the scope of delivery and built by
the equipment manufacturer (use for the intend- Non-compliance results in the expiry of the war-
ed purpose). Any other use above and beyond ranty!
this will be considered as misuse. The manufac- Maintenance/cleaning work on the engine may
turer will not accept any liability for damages re- only be carried out when the engine is not run-
sulting from this. The user bears the sole risk. ning and has cooled down.
Use for the intended purpose also includes ob- When doing this, make sure that the electrical
servance of the operating, maintenance and re- system is switched off (remove ignition key).
pair conditions specified by the manufacturer. The specifications for accident prevention with
The engine should only be operated, serviced electrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/-0104/-
and repaired by personnel trained in its use and 0105 Electrical protective measures against dan-
the hazards involved. gerous contact voltages) must be observed.
The pertinent rules for the prevention of acci- Cover all electrical components tightly when
dents and other generally recognised safety and cleaning with liquids.
industrial medicine rules must be observed. Do not work on the fuel system while the engine
When the engine is running there is a danger of is running - Danger to life!
injury caused by: Wait for the pressure to drop after the engine has
rotating and hot components come to a standstill (in engines with DEUTZ
on motors with external ignition (high electri- Common Rail about 5 minutes, otherwise
cal voltage). Contact must be avoided! 1 minute) because the system is under high
Unauthorised engine modifications will invalidate pressure - Danger to life!
any liability claims against the manufacturer for During the first trial run do not stand in the dan-
resultant damage. ger area of the engine.
Equally, manipulations to the injection and con- Danger due to high pressure in case of leaks -
trol system can affect the engine's performance Danger to life!
and the exhaust characteristics. Adherence to In case of leaks immediately contact work-
legislation on pollution can no longer be guaran- shop.
teed under such conditions. When working on the fuel system, make sure
Do not change the cooling air feed area to the that the engine is not started inadvertently
blower of fan. An unobstructed cooling air supply during repairs - Danger to life!
must be guaranteed.
The manufacturer will accept no liability for dam-
age resulting from this.
When carrying out maintenance work on the en-
2 2008
Foreword
Dear customer, Engine serial number
Congratulations on the purchase of your DEUTZ en- Please enter the engine serial number here. This will
gine. simplify the handling of customer service, repair and
DEUTZ air/liquid-cooled engines are developed for a spare parts queries.
broad spectrum of applications. Consequently, a
wide range of variants is offered to meet the require-
ments of specific cases.
The engine is equipped accordingly for the particular Notes
installation situation, i.e. not all the components de- We reserve the right to make technical changes to
scribed in the operating manual are installed in your the descriptions and data in this operating manual in
engine. the interest of further development of the engines.
We have endeavoured to highlight any differences This document may only be reprinted and repro-
so that you will be able to locate the operating and duced, even in part, with our express permission.
maintenance instructions applicable to your engine
more quickly and easily.
Please make sure that this operating manual is avail-
able to everyone involved in the operation, mainte-
nance and repair of the engine and that they have
understood the contents.
If you have any queries, please contact us, we'll be
happy to advise you.
Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
2008 3
Contents
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Suction system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Belt drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Setting work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2 Engine description . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Engine illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Fault table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Lubricating oil schematic . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Fuel schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 8 Transport and storage . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Coolant schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Exhaust gas recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Protecting the engine against corrosion . . . 63
Electrics/Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 9 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Engine and setting data . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Ambient conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Initial commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Start procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Stop procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4 Operating media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Lubricating oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6 Care and maintenance work . . . . . . . . 38
Lubricating oil system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fuel system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Engine cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4 2008
General
velopments for improving the engines are also intro- ity with notes on product responsibilities and servic-
DEUTZ diesel engines
DEUTZ diesel engines are the product of years of re-
duced in the original DEUTZ parts of course. Only es. Or you can use another fast, convenient way via 1
the use of original DEUTZ parts manufactured ac- the Internet under www.deutzshop.de. The DEUTZ
search and development. Profound know-how com-
cording to the state-of-the-art can guarantee perfect P@rts Online parts catalogue gives you a direct con-
bined with high quality requirements are the
functioning and high reliability. tact to your nearest local service partner.
guarantee for the production of engines with a long
life, high reliability levels and low fuel consumption. DEUTZ Xchange components
Obviously the high requirements for the protection of
the environment are also met. DEUTZ replacement parts are a low-cost alternative.
Of course, the quality standards here are just as high California
Safety precautions when the engine is running as for new parts. DEUTZ replacement parts are Proposition 65 Warning
equal to the original DEUTZ parts in function and re- Diesel engines and some of its constituents are
Maintenance work or repairs may only be performed liability. known to the State of California to cause cancer,
on the shut-down engine. Make sure that the engine birth defects and other reproductive harm.
cannot be started inadvertently - Danger of acci- Asbestos
dent! Masthead
The gaskets used in this engine contain no asbestos.
After repair work: Check that all guards have been DEUTZ AG
Please use the appropriate original DEUTZ parts for
replaced and that all tools have been removed from maintenance and repair work. Ottostrae 1
the engine.
51149 Kln
Observe industrial safety regulations when running Service
Germany
the engine in an enclosed space or underground. We want to preserve the high performance of our en-
gines, and with it the confidence and satisfaction of Phone: +49 (0) 221-822-0
When working on the running engine, work clothing
must be close fitting. our customers. We are therefore represented world- Fax: +49 (0) 221-822-5850
wide by a network of service branches. www.deutz.com
Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running.
The DEUTZ name does not merely stand for engines E-Mail: info@deutz.com
Service and Maintenance that are the products of extensive development
Service and maintenance are also decisive for work, DEUTZ also stands for complete service pack-
whether the engine satisfactorily meets the set de- ages that ensure optimum operation of our engines,
mands. Recommended service intervals must there- and for customer services operations that you can
fore be observed and service and maintenance work count on.
must be carried out conscientiously. Please contact your DEUTZ-partner in case of mal-
Special care should be taken under abnormally de- functions and sare parts inquiries. Our specially
manding operating conditions. trained personnel will ensure fast, professional re-
pairs using original DEUTZ spare parts in case of
Original DEUTZ parts damage.
Original DEUTZ parts are subject to the same strict The DEUTZ home page gives you a continuously up-
quality demands as the DEUTZ engines. Further de- to-date overview of the service partners in your vicin-
2008 5
General
1 Danger
This symbol is used for all safety instruc-

tions which, if not observed, present a di-
rect danger to life and limb for the person
involved. Observe these carefully. The at-
tention of operating personnel should be
drawn to these safety instructions. Further-
more, the legislation for "general regula-
tions for safety and the prevention of
accidents" must be observed.
Caution
This symbol indicates a danger to the part

and engine. The relevant instructions must
be observed, failure to do so can lead to de-
struction of the part and the engine.
Notes
This symbol accompanies notes of a gen-

eral kind.
6 2008
Type Engine description
Engine type designation
C
2
This manual covers the following engine types
A B
D 2011 L02 i D 2011 L02 o D 2011 L04 w
D 2011 L03 i D 2011 L03 o TD 2011 L04 w
D 2011 L04 i D 2011 L04 o TCD 2011 L04 w Mot.-Typ Mot.-Nr.
TD 2011 L04 i TD 2011 L04 o
TCD
T Exhaust gas turbocharger R
DEUTZ AG MADE IN GERMANY

C Charge air cooler
D Diesel
2011 Rating plate Location of the rating plate

2011 Series The type (A), engine number (B) and performance The rating plate (C) is fixed to the cylinder head cov-
data are stamped on the rating plate. er or the crankcase.
L02/L03/L04 The engine type and number must be stated when
L in series purchasing spare parts.
02 No. of cylinders
03 No. of cylinders
04 No. of cylinders
i/o/w
i oil-cooled (integrated cooler)
o oil-cooled
w water-cooled
2008 7
Engine description Type
2 left
D
XXXXXXX
right
1
Engine serial number Cylinder numbering Volume blocking

The engine number (D) is stamped onto the crank- Cylinder arrangement Unauthorised settings on the regulator will exclude
case (arrow) and onto the rating plate. The cylinders are counted consecutively starting the manufacturer from all liability for resulting dam-
from flywheel (1). age. The blocking screws are adequately protected
against this:
With locking varnish in version: torque adjust-
Looking onto the flywheel. ment
rotating to the left: counter-clockwise. With protective plastic capsule in version: with-
Engine sides out torque adjustment.
Looking onto the flywheel.
8 2008
Engine illustrations Engine description
D 2011 L03 i
View from right (example)
2
18 1 Cooling fan (with integrated generator)
2 Tension pulley
3 Toothed belt cover
17 4 V-belt (fan)
5 Stop lever
16 6 Speed adjusting lever
7 Lubricating oil drain plug
15 8 Lubricating oil sump
9 Lubricating oil dipstick
14 10 Connection possibility for cab heating
11 Exchangeable fuel filter
?
1 12 Lube oil replacement filter
13 13 Fuel supply pump with integrated screen filter
14 Lubricating oil filling
12 ?
2 15 Removable air guidance cowling (access to fuel
injectors)
?
3 16 Lube oil cooler
11 17 Cylinder head cover
18 Air intake pipe
?
4
10
?
5
9
8 ?
6
2008 9
Engine description Engine illustrations
2 D 2011 L03 i
View from left (example)
1 Fuel return to fuel tank
2 Flywheel
3 Starter
4 Exhaust manifold line
5 Air intake pipe
4
1
10 2008
Engine illustrations Engine description
21 1
TCD 2011 L04 w
View from right (example)
2
1 Crankcase breather
20 2 2 Coolant outlet to the cooler
3 Coolant pump
19 4 Generator
5 V-belts
3 6 Toothed belt cover
18
7 Lubricating oil filling
8 Lubricating oil sump
9 Lubricating oil pump
17 10 Lubricating oil drain plug
11 Speed adjusting lever
16 12 Lubricating oil dipstick
13 Fuel supply pump with integrated screen filter
15 Lube oil replacement filter
16 Stop lever
15 17 Lube oil cooler
18 Coolant inlet
14 4 19 Injection pump
20 Coolant return to thermostat
13 21 Cylinder head cover
5
12 6
11
10 8 7
9
2008 11
Engine description Engine illustrations
2 TCD 2011 L04 w

View from left (example)
2 Connections charge air cooler
3 Flywheel
8 4 Starter
5 Coolant inlet
1 6 Turbocharger
7 7 Exhaust manifold line
8 Charge air line
4 3
12 2008
Lubricating oil schematic Engine description
Toil > 95C

TD 2011 L04 i
(example)
2
9
Toil < 95C 3 Pressure limiting valve
4 Cylinder (lubricating oil-cooled)
5 The lubricating oil is used first to cool the engine.
Toil < 63C 5 Cylinder head
4 6 Lubricating oil return from the cylinders
15 7 Lubricating oil collection pipe to the thermostat
Toil > 63C 8 Thermostat
(engine cold) lubricating oil flow directly to the lu-
bricating oil filter
14 7 6 11 16 (engine warm) lubricating oil flow through the lu-
bricating oil cooler
9 Lube oil cooler
2 10 Lubricating oil filter
11 Main lube oil channel
3 12 Turbocharger
13 Pressure holding valve
1 bar
14 Connection possibility for cab heating
10 7 bar The standard pressure holding valve must be re-
placed by a combination for this. Retrofitting only
by authorised qualified personnel.
1,7 bar 3 bar 15 Lubricating oil filter console with integrated
switching valve for controlling the hydraulic tap-
pet. When the engine is cold, lubricating
oil is fed to the hydraulic tappet.
0,3 bar
13 12 To achieve early adjustment of the fuel injection
1 in a cold start, the hydraulic tappets under the
fuel injectors are supplied with lubricating oil.
16 Hydraulic tappets
2008 13
Engine description Lubricating oil schematic
2 10
D 2011 L04 i
Exhaust gas recirculation
(example)
Toil> 95C
11 8
Toil < 95C 3 Pressure limiting valve
4 Cylinder (lubricating oil-cooled)
5 The lubricating oil is used first to cool the engine.
5 Cylinder head
16
4 6 Cooling valve housing (exhaust gas recircula-
Toil < 63C
tion)
7 Lubricating oil return from the cylinders
Toil > 63C 8 Rocker arm
9 Lubricating oil collection pipe to the thermostat
9 7 17 13 10 Thermostat
(engine cold) lubricating oil flow directly to the lu-
2 bricating oil filter
15
(engine warm) lubricating oil flow through the lu-
3 bricating oil cooler
1 bar
11 Lube oil cooler
12 12 Lubricating oil filter
7 bar
1,7 bar
14 14 Pressure holding valve
3 bar 15 Connection possibility for cab heating
0,3 bar
The standard pressure holding valve must be re-
placed by a combination for this. Retrofitting only
1 by authorised qualified personnel.
16 Lubricating oil filter console with integrated
P 12/2004 pet. When the engine is cold, lubricating
oil is fed to the hydraulic tappet.
To achieve early adjustment of the fuel injection
in a cold start, the hydraulic tappets under the
14 2008
2
2008 15
Engine description Lubricating oil schematic
2 10
TD 2011 L04 w
(example)
12 3 Pressure limiting valve
4 Lube oil cooler
Toil < 63C 5 Lubricating oil filter
7 Lubricating oil pipe to the turbocharger
Toil > 63C
8 Turbocharger
4 6 13 9 Lubricating oil return line from the exhaust turbo-
charger
10 Rocker arm
2 12 Lubricating oil filter console with integrated
5 pet. When the engine is cold, lubricating
3 oil is fed to the hydraulic tappet.
7 in a cold start, the hydraulic tappets under the
7 bar
11 13 Hydraulic tappets
8
3 bar
9 1
16 2008
D 2011 w
Exhaust gas recirculation
2
7 8 (example)
10 2 Lubricating oil pump
3 Pressure limiting valve
Toil <63C
4 Lube oil cooler
5 Lubricating oil filter
6 Cooling valve housing (exhaust gas recircula-
Toil > 63C
tion)
4 6 11 7 Main lube oil channel
8 Rocker arm
2 switching valve for controlling the hydraulic tap-
5 pet. When the engine is cold, lubricating
7 bar in a cold start, the hydraulic tappets under the
9 fuel injectors are supplied with lubricating oil.
3 bar
2008 17
Engine description Fuel schematic
2 Fuel schematic (example)

1 Fuel line from tank to fuel pump
9 2 Fuel supply pump with integrated screen filter
3 Fuel pipe from the supply pump to the fuel
change filter
5 Fuel pipe from the filter to the fuel injector
6 Fuel pipe to fuel injector
8 7 Injection pump
8 Injection line to injection valve
9 Injection valve
10 Return collection pipe
11 switching valve for controlling the hydraulic tap-
pet. When the engine is cold, lubricating
10 To achieve early adjustment of the fuel injection
in a cold start, the hydraulic tappets under the
6
5
12
2
1
4 3
18 2008
Coolant schematic Engine description
2
1
5
6
7
10
8 3
2008 19
Engine description Coolant schematic
2 Coolant schematic (example)

D/TD/TCD 2011 w
1 Cooler
2 Coolant inlet
3 Coolant pump
4 Coolant supply for engine cooling
5 Cylinder pipe/head cooling
7 Thermostat
(engine cold) coolant directly for engine cooling
(engine warm) coolant flow through the cooler
8 Coolant partial flow to the lubricating oil cooler

9 Lube oil cooler
20 2008
Exhaust gas recirculation Engine description
External exhaust gas recirculation
D 2011 L04 i D 2011 L04 o D 2011 L04 w
2
(example)
1 Exhaust gas partial flow
(not connected)
7 2 Exhaust gas partial flow
(connected)
8 3 Valve housing
4 Actuator
(electrically actuated)
5
3 5 Distributor pipe
6 Electrical connection
7 Switch
The switch is connected internally with the con-
6 trol linkage. The voltage to the actuator is inter-
rupted at load peaks.
8 Fuel filter console
The switch housing is designed to be safe from ma-
4 nipulation.
Only have work performed on the components by
authorised qualified personnel.
1 2 3
2008 21
Engine description Exhaust gas recirculation
2 Internal exhaust gas recirculation

Engines with turbocharger
TD/TCD 2011
1 Additional cams for exhaust gas recirculation
Inlet valve opens briefly during the outlet cycle
and emits an exhaust gas partial flow to the suc-
tion system.
This partial volume is sucked back in in the next
suction cycle.
2 Outlet valve
1 3 Inlet valve
2 3
[mm]
[]
22 2008
Electrics/Electronics Engine description
Information about the engine electronics
This engine can be equipped optionally with an elec-
It is strictly prohibited:
a) to make changes or connections to the
Supply voltage
DEUTZ diesel engines must be operated with a 12 V
2
tronic DEUTZ control unit. wiring of the electrical control devices and or 24 V supply. An adequate charging condition of
the data transmission cable (CAN lines). the battery must be ensured. Interruption of the pow-
The equipping of the respective system depends on
b) to switch control units. er supply when the engine is running can lead to
the desired scope of function and the planned type of
Diagnostic and maintenance work may damage to the electrics/electronics. Failure of the
engine application.
only be carried out by authorised personnel supply voltage leads to engine standstill.
The resultant wiring with pin assignment can be seen using equipment approved by DEUTZ.
in the appropriate wiring diagram. Voltages above 32 Volt will destroy the control unit.
Installation instructions
The installation regulations of the DEUTZ AG must Diagnostics
also be taken into account. The control units are calibrated to the respective en-
gine and identified by the engine number. Every en- DEUTZ control units are equipped with self-diagno-
Precautions gine may only be operated with the appropriate sis. Active and passive error entries are saved in the
control unit. error memory. Active errors are displayed by error
The connections of the control units are lamp/diagnostic lamp (!60). The active errors can
Setpoint transmitters (pedal value transmitters) nec- be called by blink codes or by the DEUTZ diagnostic
only dust and water proof when the mating
essary for vehicle operation must be connected to program SERDIA. Passive errors must be deleted by
plugs are plugged (protection class IP69K)!
the vehicle side cable harness and calibrated with SERDIA.
The control units must be protected against
the DEUTZ diagnostic program SERDIA (SERvice
spray water and moisture until plugging in with error lamp (optional).
DIAgnosis). Wiring and cable assignment of the ve-
the mating plugs!
hicle side cable harness must be taken from the con- via diagnostic socket (SERDIA).
Reverse polarity can lead to failure of the
nection diagram of the DEUTZ installation
control unit.
consulting.
To avoid damaging the control units, all the
connections on the control unit must be dis-
connected before electric welding work.
Interventions in the electrical system con-
trary to the DEUTZ regulations or by un-
qualified personnel can permamently
damage the engine electronics and have
serious consequences which are not cov-
ered by the manufacturer's guarantee.
2008 23
Operation Ambient conditions
Cold start aid
3 Depending on the type of engine, glow plugs,
heating plugs, heating flange, flame glow system
can be used as cold starting aids.(!27)
Coolant
D/TD/TCD 2011 w
0 C
Observe the mixing ratio anti-freeze/cooling wa-
ter. (!34)
High ambient temperatures, high altitude
This engine can be equipped optionally

with an electronic DEUTZ control unit.
Under the operating conditions listed be-
low, the amount of fuel is reduced automat-
Low ambient temperatures
ically, controlled by the electronic control
Lubricating oil unit.
Select the lubricating oil viscosity according to Under the following application and operating condi-
the ambient temperature. tions, the amount of fuel must be reduced.
If cold starting occurs frequently cut the lube oil
above 1000 m altitude
changing interval by half.
above 30 C ambient temperature
Fuel
Reason: Air density decreases as altitude or ambient
Use winter fuel below 0 C (!33). temperature increase. This reduces the amount of
Battery oxygen in the engine intake air and the fuel-air mix-
ture would be too rich if the injected amount of fuel
A good charging condition of the battery (!53) were not reduced.
is the prerequisite for starting the engine.
The results would be:
Heating up the battery to approx. 20C improves
the starting behaviour of the engine. (Remove black smoke in the exhaust
and store the battery in a warm room). high engine temperature
reduction in engine performance
possible impairment of starting behaviour
Consult your equipment supplier or DEUTZ partner if
you have any other questions.
24 2008
Initial commissioning Operation
Preparations for initial commissioning
3
(Maintenance schedule E 10)
Remove engine corrosion protection
OIL
Remove any transport devices.
Check the battery and cable connections and
mount if necessary.
Check belt tension (!49).
Have the engine monitor or warning system
checked by authorised personnel.
Check the engine mounting.
Check that all hose unions and clips fit properly.
The following additional work must be carried
out on generally overhauled engines:
Check the fuel pre-filter and main filter and Fill with engine lube oil Pour in fuel
change if necessary.
Check the intake air cleaner (if available, main- Low lubricating oil level and overfilling lead Only re-fuel when the engine is not running.
tain according to maintenance indicator). to engine damage. Ensure cleanliness.
Drain lubricating oil and condensation water from Do not spill fuel.
the charge air cooler. Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5
Fill with engine lube oil. The engines are generally supplied without minute trial run at idle speed or on low load
lubricating oil filling. is absolutely essential.
D/TD/TCD 2011 w
Select lubricating oil quality and viscosity
Fill the coolant system (!65). before filling. The fuel low pressure system must be vented be-
Order DEUTZ lubricating oils from your fore the first start-up after filling with the manualy
DEUTZ partner supply pump.
Fill the engine with lubricating oil via the lubricat- Only use clean commercially available brand diesel
ing oil filler neck. fuel. Observe fuel quality (!33).
Observe the lubricating oil filling level (!65). Use summer or winter-grade fuel, depending on the
ambient temperature.
2008 25
Operation Initial commissioning
Close compensation tank with valve.
3 3 2 Start the engine and run up until the thermostat
Trial run
opens (line (2) heats up). Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5
Engine operation with open thermostat 2 - 3 min- minute trial run at idle speed or on low load
utes. is absolutely essential.
Check the coolant level and top up coolant if nec-
Carry out a brief trial run up to operating temperature
essary.
(approx. 90 C) after preparations.
1 Danger of scalding from hot coolant! Do not load the engine if possible.
Cooling system under pressure! Only open
Work with the engine not running:
the cap when cool!
Check engine for tightness.
Observe safety regulations and national
specifications when handling cooling me- Check lubricating oil level, if necessary top
dia. up.
Check the coolant level and top up coolant if
If required, repeat procedure with engine start. necessary.
Filling the coolant system Fill up coolant to the MAX mark on the compen- Work during the trial run:
sation tank and close the cooling system cap. Check engine for tightness.
D/TD/TCD 2011 w Switch on any available heating and set to the
highest level so that the heating circuit is filled
The coolant must have a prescribed con-
and vented.
centration of cooling system corrosion pro-
tection agent! Observe the filling volume of the cooling system
Never operate the engine without coolant, (!65).
even for a short time!
Order coolant corrosion protection agent

from your DEUTZ partner.
Connect coolant outlet (2) and coolant inlet (1) to

the cooling system. Connect the feed line of the
compensation tank to the coolant pump or to the
coolant inlet line (3).
Connect ventilation line from the engine and, if
necessary, from the cooler to the compensation
tank.
Fill cooling system via the compensation tank.
26 2008
Start procedure Operation
Starting
3
Before starting, make sure that nobody is
standing in the immediate vicinity of the en- A
gine or work machine.
After repair work: Check that all guards
have been replaced and that all tools have
been removed from the engine.
When starting with the flame glow plug/ B
glow plug/heating flange system do not use
any other starting aid (e.g. injection with
start pilot). Risk of accident!
C
If the engine fails to fire and the error lamp
lights, the EMR2 has activated the start
25745-0
lock to protect the engine.
The start lock is released by switching off Without cold start aid Glow plugs with cold start aid
the system with the ignition key for about 30 Insert key. Insert key.
seconds. Turn key to the right. Position 0 = no operating voltage.
Do not actuate the starter for more than Position 1 = operating voltage.
20 seconds. If the engine does not start up, Turn key to the right.
Pilot lamps (1) and (2) light up.
wait for one minute and then repeat the Position 1 = operating voltage.
starting process. Push the key in and turn further clockwise
Pilot lamps (A), (B) and (C) light up.
If the engine does not start up after two at- against spring pressure.
Level 2 = no function. Preheat until the glow display goes out; an
tempts, determine the cause as per fault ta- error has occurred if the preheating indicator
ble (!55). Level 3 = start.
flashes; e.g. the preheating relay is stuck,
Do not run up the engine immediately to release the key as soon as the engine starts up. which can discharge the battery completely
high idling speed / full load operation from The pilot lamps will go out. when at a standstill.
cold. Engine is ready for operation.
Push the key in and turn further clockwise
Disconnect the engine by uncoupling de- against spring pressure.
vices to be driven where possible. Level 2 = start.
release the key as soon as the engine starts up.
The pilot lamps will go out.
2008 27
Operation Operation monitoring
3 Operation monitoring by EMR2

Optional
The EMR2 system monitors the engine condition as
well as the engine electronics and displays these to
the driver/operator with the error lamp:
Function test
Ignition on, error lamp lights up for approx. 2
seconds and then goes out.
The lamp does not light
After the lamp test an extinguished lamp indi-
cates an error-free and trouble-free operat-
ing state within the scope of the control
possibility.
Steady light Display instrument
If a lamp lights steadily a monitored measur-
ing variable (e.g. coolant temperature, lubri- Possible displays:
cating oil pressure) has left the permissible Colour scale
value range. Display of operating state by coloured areas:
green = normal operating state
Flashing
red = critical operatng state
Serious error in the system.
Take suitable action.
Measured value scale
Actual value can be read off directly. The
nominal value should be taken from the
Technical Data (!65).
28 2008
Operation monitoring Operation
Instruments and symbols
3
Instruments/symbols Designation Possible display: Measure
Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure below minimum Switch off engine
play
Lubricating oil pressure dis- Lubricating oil pressure in the red area Switch off engine
play
D/TD/TCD 2011 w Coolant temperature too high Switch off engine

Coolant temperature
Lubricating oil pressure pilot If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or Switch off engine
lamp while the engine is running, the lubricating oil pres-
sure is too low
Lube oil level If the pilot lamp lights up after starting the engine or Fill up lube oil
while the engine is running, the lubricating oil level is
too low
D/TD/TCD 2011 w If the control lamp lights up after the engine starts or Shut down the engine, allow to cool and top up cool-
Coolant level while the engine is running, the coolant level is too ant
low
Operating hours counter Indicates the previous operating time of the engine Observe the maintenance intervals
123
Horn With acoustic signal See fault table (!55).
2008 29
Operation Stop procedure
3 Electrical shutdown (optional)

Move the key to position 0.
Control lamps A+B+C go out.
A A = charge pilot light
B = lube oil pressure pilot light
C = pilot light for pre-heating system
P = gear position: park
B 0 = gear position: switch off engine
1 = gear position: pre-heat engine
2 = gear position: start engine
Shutting off
Avoid switching off from full load (coking/

blockage of the remaining lubricating oil in
the turbocharger bearing housing). The lu-
bricating oil supply of the turbocharger is
then no longer guaranteed! This shortens
the life of the turbocharger.
Run the engine in low idling speed for ap-
proximately one minute after relieving the
load.
The control unit remains active for about
another 40 seconds to save the system
data (lag) and then switches off automati-
cally.
30 2008
Lubricating oil Operating media
perature and oxidation stability as well as a relatively the engines in this operating manual:
General
Modern diesel engines place very high demands on
low cold viscosity. Since some processes relevant to 4
the definition of the lube oil change intervals are not Recommended quality class
the lubricating oil to be used. The specific engine
essentially dependent on the lube oil quality (such as DEUTZ Others
performances which have increased constantly over
the incorporation of soot and other contaminations),
the last few years lead to an increased thermal load DQC II - 05 ACEA E3-96/E5-02;
the lube oil change interval when using synthetic
on the lubricating oil. The lubricating oil is also more API CH-4/CG-4; DHD-1
lube oils may not be increased in relation to the spec-
exposed to contamination due to reduced oil com- DQC III - 05 ACEA E4-99/E6-04
ifications of the lube oil change intervals.
sumption and longer oil change intervals. For this
reason it is necessary to observe the requirements Biodegradable lubricating oils may be used in DQC IV - 05 Please contact your DEUTZ partner
and recommendations described in this operating DEUTZ engines if they meet the requirements of this
manual in order not to shorten the life of the engine. operating manual. DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC II-05
Lubricating oils always consist of a base oil and an TLS - 15W40 D
Quality
additive package. The most important tasks of a lu- Container Order number:
bricating oil (e.g. wear protection, corrosion protec- Lubricating oils are classified by DEUTZ according
to their efficiency and quality class (DQC: DEUTZ 5 litre container 0101 6331
tion, neutralisation of acids from combustion
products, prevention of coke and soot deposits on Quality Class). It basically applies that: with increas- 20 litre container 0101 6332
the engine parts) are assumed by the additives. The ing quality class (DQC I, II, III, IV) the lubricating oils 209 litre barrel 0101 6333
properties of the base oil are also decisive for the are more efficient and higher quality. The appended
quality of the product, e.g. with regard to thermal quality class designation (- 02 / - 05) indicates in
DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC III-05
load capacity. which year the classification was made.
TLX - 10W40 FE
In principle, all engine oils of the same specification Lubricating oils according to other comparable spec-
Container Order number:
can be mixed. However, mixing of engine oils should ifications can be used as long as they meet DEUTZ
requirements. In regions in which none of these 5 litre container 0101 6335
be avoided because the worst properties of the mix-
ture are always dominant. qualities are available, please contact your responsi- 20 litre container 0101 6336
ble DEUTZ partner.
The lubricating oil quality has a considerable influ- 209 litre barrel 0101 6337
ence on the life, performance and thus also on the or see www.deutz.com >> SERVICE >> Operating
costs-effectiveness of the engine. It basically applies Media and Diagnosis >> Deutz Quality Class >> DEUTZ lubricating oils DQC IV-05 synthetic
that: The better the lubricating oil quality, the better DQC Release List (current edition)
Container Order number:
these properties.
Minimum quality class 20 litre container 0101 7849
The lubricating oil viscosity describes the flow be-
haviour of the lubricating oil depending on the tem- DEUTZ Others 209 litre barrel 0101 7850
perature. The lubricating oil viscosity has no DQC I - 02 ACEA E2-96; API CF/CF-4
Lubricating oil change intervals
influence and effect on the lubricating oil quality. If the engine is operated with these lubricating oils,
the lub ricating oil change interval must be halved. The intervals depend on:
Synthetic lubricating oils are used increasingly
and have advantages. These oils have a better tem- lubricating oil quality
The following lubricating oils are recommended for
2008 31
Operating media Lubricating oil
sulphur content in the fuel
4 type of application of engine
Viscosity
The ambient temperature at the installation site or in
C
The lubricating oil change interval must be the application area of the engine is decisive for 45
halved if at least one of the following conditions choosing the right viscosity class. Too high a viscos-
applies: ity can lead to starting difficulties, too low a viscosity 40
Constant ambient temperature below -10 C can endanger the lubrication effect and cause a high
(14 F) or lube oil temperature below 60 C lubricating oil consumption. At ambient temperatures 35
(84 F). below -40 C, the lubricating oil must be pre-heated
Sulphur content in the diesel fuel of 0.5-1 %. (e.g. by storing the vehicle or the machine in a hall). 30
In case of fuels containing more than 1% sul- The viscosity is classified according to SAE. Multi- 25
phur, contact your corresponding DEUTZ purpose lubricating oils should be used basically.
partner. Single-purpose lubricating oils can also be used in 20
SAE 20W-50
SAE 10W-30
SAE 10W-40
SAE 15W-40
SAE 0W-30
SAE 0W-40
SAE 5W-30
SAE 5W-40
operation with bio-diesel fuel enclosed, heated spaces at temperatures >5 C.
If the lubricating oil change intervals are not Depending on the ambient temperature we recom-
15
reached within a year, the oil should be changed mend the following common viscosity classes:
at least once a year. 10
The prescribed lubricating oil quality must 5
be observed when selecting the viscosity
class! 0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
32 2008
Fuel Operating media
Permissible fuels
The following fuel specifications / standards are ap-
Winter operation with diesel fuel
4
proved: Only carry out mixing in the tank. Fill with
the appropriate amount of paraffin first,
Diesel fuels then add the diesel fuel. Normal and high
EN 590 grade fuels may not be mixed.
ASTM D 975 1-D
ASTM D 975 2-D At low ambient temperatures paraffin discharges can
lead to blockages in the fuel system and cause oper-
NATO F-54
ating faults. Below 0 C ambient temperature use
JIS K2204 Grade 1 winter diesel (down to -20 C) (filling stations provide
JIS K2204 Grade 2 this in good time before the cold season starts).
Below -20 C paraffin should be added. The rel-
Use commercially available fuels with a sulphur con-
evant percentages are given in the adjacent dia-
tent below 0.5 %. The lubricating oil change intervals
gram.
must be halved at a higher sulphur content.
Special diesel fuels can be used for arctic cli-
If other fuels are used which do not meet the require- mates to -44 C. I Summer-grade diesel fuel
ments of the operating manual, the warranty will be II Winter-grade diesel fuel
voided. If it is necessary to use Summer diesel fuel below
0 C, up to 30 % petroleum can be added according A Outdoor temperature
The certification measurements for compliance with
to the diagram opposite. B Percentage of paraffin to be added
the legal emission values are made with the test fu-
els specified in the laws. These correspond to the Usually a sufficient cold resistance can be achieved
diesel fuels in accordance with EN 590 and by adding a flow improver. Ask your DEUTZ partner.
ASTM D 975 described in the operation manual. No
emission values are guaranteed with the other fuels
described in this operation manual.
2008 33
Operating media Coolant
ed to the materials in our engines. Order from your
4 General Total hardness too high:
Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized con- DEUTZ partner.
Never operate the engine without coolant, densate or water softened by ion exchanger). Please contact your DEUTZ partner if the DEUTZ
even for a short time! Total hardness or carbonate hardness too cooling system corrosion protection agent is not
low: available.
D/TD/TCD 2011 w Mixing with harder water (harder water is usually The cooling system must be monitored regularly.
available in the form of drinking water). This also includes checking the coolant system cor-
In liquid-cooled engines, the coolant must be condi-
tioned and monitored, otherwise the engine could be Chlorides and/or sulphates too high: rosion protection agent concentration in addition to
damaged by: Mixing with softened water (pH neutralized con- checking the coolant level.
densate or water softened by ion exchanger).
corrosion The cooling system corrosion protection agent con-
cavitation Cooling system corrosion protection agent centration can be checked with conventional test in-
freezing struments (e.g. refractometer).
Health damaging nitrous amines form
Water quality Cooling sys- Water percent- Cold protec-
when nitrite-based cooling system corro-
tem corrosion age tion up to
The right water quality is important for conditioning sion protection agents are mixed with
protection
the coolant. Clear, clean water within the following amine-based agents!
agent percent-
analysis values should always be used: age
Cooling system corrosion protection agents
Analysis values min max ASTM must be disposed of in an environmentally min. 35 % 65 % -22 C
ph value 6,5 8,5 D 1293 friendly way. 40 % 60 % -28 C
Chlorine (Cl) [mg/l] - 100 D 512 The conditioning of the coolant for liquid-cooled max. 45 % 55 % -35 C
D 4327 DEUTZ compact engines is performed by mixing an At temperatures below -35 C, please contact your
Sulphate (SO4) [mg/l] - 100 D 516 anti-freeze with corrosion protection inhibitors based responsible DEUTZ partner.
on ethylene glycol into the water.
Total hardness [mmol/l] 0,53 2,1 D 1126 It is possible to use other cooling system corrosion
(CaCO3) [mg/l] 53 213 DEUTZ cooling system corrosion protection protection agents (e.g. chemical corrosion protection
[dGH] 3,0 12,0 - agent agents) in exceptional cases. Consult your DEUTZ
partner.
Specifications of the water quality are made by the Container Order number:
local water board. 5 litre container 0101 1490
The water must be conditioned if it deviates from the 20 litre container 0116 4160
analysis values. 210 litre barrel 1221 1500
pH value too low:
This cooling system corrosion protection agent is
Addition of diluted sodium or potassium lye.
free from nitrite, amine and phosphate and is adapt-
Small trial mixtures are advisable.
34 2008
Maintenance schedule Maintenance
Assignment of the DEUTZ maintenance and service schedules to maintenance intervals
5
Standard maintenance schedule
D/TD/TCD 2011
Stage Activity To be carried out by Maintenance interval every ....... operating hours (oh)
E10 Initial commissioning Authorised specialists When commissioning new or overhauled engines
E20 Daily inspection Operator 1x daily or every 10 operating hours in continuous operation
E30 Maintenance Qualified personnel D: 1.000 1) / TD/TCD: 500 1)
E40 Extended maintenance I 1000
2)
E50 Extended maintenance II Authorised specialists 3.000 / 5.000 3) / 6.000 4)
EPA-certified engines
The EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) is a US Government organisation for the protection of the environment and human health.
Deviations from the standard maintenacne schedule for engines subject to EPA certification
Stage Activity To be carried out by Maintenance interval every ....... operating hours (oh)
E60 Intermediate overhaul Authorised specialists 3.000
Observations
1)
The lubricating oil load may be high depending on the application. The lubricating oil change interval must be halved here (!31).
Toothed belt change intervals recommended Engine application example:
values in op. h
2)
3,000 or max. 5 years Agricultural machinery; skid steer loader; wheel loader; high speed; impact load; extreme ambient tempera-
drilling machines; trench differs; joint cutters; excavators ture; high dust load
etc.
3)
5,000 or max. 5 years compressors; rollers; stackers; welding units; wheel medium to high variable speed; high ambient temper-
loaders small dumpers; skid steer loaders, etc. ature medium dust load
4)
6,000 or max. 5 years Electrical units 1500/1800 rpm; pump units with low low speed; medium ambient temperature low dust
speed; lifting platforms; cooling aggregates etc. load
2008 35
Maintenance Maintenance schedule
5 Maintenance measures
Stage Activity Measure Page

E10 The measures are listed in chapter 3. !25
E20 Check Lubricating oil level (if necessary top up) !38
D/TD/TCD 2011 w !26
Coolant level (top up if necessary)
Engine tightness (visual inspection for leaks)
Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator) !48
E30 Replace Lubricating oil An lubricating oil application/change strategy adapted optimally to the individual engine application !31/!38
type can be created, for example, with the DEUTZ oil diagnosis. Ask your DEUTZ partner.
Lubricating oil filter/insert (every time the lubricating oil is changed) !39
Check TD/TCD: !51
Single checking and setting of the valve clearance if necessary at the first lubricating oil change
E40 Check Heating plugs
D/TD/TCD 2011 w !44
Coolant (additive concentration)
Battery and cable connectors !53
V-belts (retension or renew if necessary) !49
Engine mounting (tighten, replace if damaged when necessary)
Fastenings, hose unions / clips (renew if damaged)
Settings Valve clearance !51
Replace By-pass lubricating oil filter
Fuel filter cartridge !42
Clean Fuel pre-cleaner / fuel pre-filter (change filter insert if necessary) !41/!43
Suction air filter/dry air filter (maintain in accordance with maintenance indicator) !48
E50 Replace Toothed belt !35
E60 Replace Injection valve
Clean Charge air cooler entry area (drain lube oil/condensate)
Turbocharger compressor outlet
36 2008
Maintenance schedule Maintenance
Stage
Every 2
Activity
Replace
Measure
V-belts
Page
!49
5
years Heating plugs
D/TD/TCD 2011 w !34 !44
Coolant
Maintenance work outside the DEUTZ maintenance and service schedules
*If the water level warning system (lamp/siren) responds, the fuel pre-filter must be emptied immediately.
Maintenance profile
A self-adhesive maintenance diagram is delivered with every engine. It should be stuck in a well visible location on the engine or equipment.
Order number: 0312 3538
2008 37
Care and maintenance work Lubricating oil system
The oil level must always be between the MIN
6 Regulations for working on the lubricating oil
system OIL ? and MAX marks! Top up to the MAX mark if nec-
essary.
Do not work when the engine is running!
Smoking and naked lights prohibited! Changing the lubricating oil
Be careful of hot lubricating oil. Danger of
scalding!
OIL Warm up the engine (lubricating oil temperature
> 80 C).
+80C
+176F Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level po-
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when sition.
working on the lubricating oil system. Clean Switch off the engine.
the area around the components con-
!
Place a collecting receptacle underneath the
cerned carefully. Blow damp parts dry with lube oil drain screw.
compressed air.
Unscrew the lube oil drain screw, drain oil.
Observe the safety regulations and nation-
al specifications for handling lube oils. Fit a new sealing ring to the lube oil drain screw,
Dispose of leaking lubricating oil and filter insert and tighten. (tightening torque 100 Nm).
elements properly. Do not allow used oil to Checking the lubricating oil level Pour in lube oil.
seep away into the ground. Quality/viscosity data.
Perform a trial run after all work. Pay atten- Low lubricating oil level and overfilling lead Filling volume (!65).
tion to tightness and lubricating oil pressure to engine damage. Warm up the engine (lubricating oil temperature
and then check the engine oil level. The lubricating oil level may only be > 80 C).
In case of fuels containing more than 1% checked with the engine in a horizontal po- Ensure that the engine or vehicle is in a level po-
sulphur, contact your corresponding sition and switched off. sition.
DEUTZ partner. If the engine is warm, switch off the engine Check lubricating oil level, if necessary top up.
and check the lubricating oil level after 5
minutes. If the engine is cold you can check
it immediately.
Be careful of hot lubricating oil. Danger of

scalding!
Pull out the lubricating oil dipstick and wipe off

with a lint-free, clean cloth.
Insert the lubricating oil dipstick as far as it will
go.
Extract the lubricating oil dipstick and read off the
oil level.
38 2008
Lubricating oil system Care and maintenance work
6
Change lubricating oil filter Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter
cartridge lightly.
The filter cartridge should never be pre- Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in
filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina- place and then tighten with a torque of 15-17 Nm.
tion! Fasten clamps of the twist protection (optional).
Remove clamps when twist protection mounted
(optional).
Loosen and unscrew filter cartridge with tool (or-
der number: 170050).
Collect draining lubricating oil
Clean the sealing surface of the filter support
2008 39
Care and maintenance work Fuel system
6 Specifications when working on the fuel system Clean and dry the engine and engine com-
partment thoroughly before beginning
Engine must be switched off! work.
Smoking and naked lights prohibited! Areas of the engine compartment from
No injection/high pressure pipes may be which dirt could be loosened must be cov-
disconnected while the engine is running. ered with a fresh, clean foil.
Caution when handling hot fuel! Work on the fuel system may only be car-
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when ried out in an absolutely clean environment.
refuelling and working on the fuel system. Contamination of the air such as dirt, dust,
Clean the respective affected parts careful- moisture etc. must be avoided.
ly. Blow damp areas dry with compressed
air.
Observe the safety regulations and nation-
al specifications for handling fuels.
Dispose of leaking fuel and filter elements
properly. Do not allow fuel to seep away
into the ground.
After all work on the fuel system, the sys-
tem should be vented, a trial run performed
and the tightness checked.
It will be necessary to vent the fuel system
when commissioning for the first time, after
maintenance work or if the tank has been
run dry.
Additional venting of the fuel system by a 5

minute trial run at idle speed or on low load
is absolutely essential.
Pay attention to utmost cleanliness due to
the high production accuracy of the system!
The fuel system must be tight and closed.
Make a visual inspection for leaks/damage
in the system.
40 2008
Fuel system Care and maintenance work
Vent the fuel system
Pump in the direction of the arrow (3) until a
6
5 strong resistance is felt and pressure has built
up.
The return line (5) must be filled.
4 ?
6
Start the engine and run in idle or on low load. Air
is pressed through the return pipe 5) to the tank.
3 ?7
1
Fuel supply pump, sieve filter cartridge clean/
change
Close fuel shutoff tap (with high-level tank) (sup-
ply (7)).
Remove connection (4) to the fuel filter.
Catch any escaping fuel.
Loosen screw (1).
Remove fuel screen (screw (1), cover and fuell
screen form one unit).
Take the sealing ring (2) and clean it, renew
when damaged.
Clean cover-fuel screen with fuel, renew de-
pending on the condition.
Put the sealing ring (2) in position.
Mount the cover-fuel filter with screw (1).
Reinstall connection (4) to the fuel filter.
Open fuel shutoff tap supply (7), start engine and
run in idle or on low load.
Check for leaks after starting the engine.
2008 41
Care and maintenance work Fuel system
Change the fuel filter cartridge Oil the gasket of the new DEUTZ original filter
cartridge lightly.
The filter cartridge should never be pre- Screw on new filter by hand until the gasket is in
filled. There is a danger of dirt contamina- place and then tighten with a torque of 10-12 Nm.
tion! Fasten clamps of the twist protection (optional).
Remove clamps when twist protection mounted Vent the fuel system.
(optional).
Loosen and unscrew filter cartridge with tool (or-
der number: 170050).
Catch any escaping fuel.
Clean the sealing surface of the filter support
42 2008
Fuel system Care and maintenance work
with fuel. bubbles.
Assembly in clockwise direction. Catch any escaping fuel. 6
7 Open the fuel shutoff tap and vent the system, Tighten the venting screw (7).
see venting the fuel system.
Vent the fuel system
5 1 Start engine.
Check for leaks after starting the engine. Bring engine control to stop position.
Position fuel collecting vessel below the con-
6 2 Change the fuel pre-filter insert stant-pressure valve in the crankcase/filter hous-
Shut off the fuel supply to the engine (with high- ing.
4 level tank). Open constant-pressure valve in the crankcase/
3 Place a vessel under the drain plug. fuel stopcock in the filter housing.
Open the drain tap (4) and drain off the liquid. Turn over the engine with starter (max. 20 Sec.)
Unscrew the filter insert (2) together with the wa- until bubble-free fuel emerges at the constant-
ter collection vessel (3). pressure valve in the crankcase/filter housing.
Unscrew the water collection vessel (3) from the Screw in ventilation screws (tightening torque
Clean/change/vent the fuel pre-filter filter insert (2). 25-5 Nm) and constant-pressure valve.
The special tool can be ordered under part Bring engine control to the start position and
1 Fuel pre-filter holder
number 8192 (!70). start.
2 Fuel filter insert
Check for leaks after starting the engine.
3 Water collection vessel Clean the water collection vessel (3) and all the
4 Water drain tap existing sealing surfaces (6) with a brush and
5 Fuel pump diesel fuel.
6 Sealing surface Oil the gaskets and sealing surfaces (6) of the
7 Venting screw new DEUTZ original filter insert (2) lightly or wet
with diesel fuel.
Shut off the fuel supply to the engine (with high- Screw the water collection vessel (3) to the filter
level tank). insert (2).
Place a vessel under the drain plug. Screw a new filter insert (2) with water collection
Open the drain tap (4) and drain off the liquid. vessel (3) onto the filter carrier 1) (tightening
Unscrew the filter insert (2) together with the wa- torque 17-18 Nm)
ter collection vessel (3). Open the fuel supply to the engine.
Empty emulsion in the water collection vessel (3) Vent the fuel system.
and clean the vessel.
Mount the filter insert (2) and water collection Vent the fuel pre-filter.
vessel (3). Wet the sealing surfaces (6) of the fil- Loosen the venting screw (7) slightly.
ter insert (2) and the water collection vessel (3) Operate the pump until fuel emerges without
2008 43
Care and maintenance work Cooling system
6 Specifications when working on the cooling sys-

tem
D/TD/TCD 2011 w
Danger of scalding from hot coolant!

the cap when cool!
The coolant must have a prescribed con-
centration of cooling system corrosion pro- 1
tection agent!
Observe safety regulations and national
specifications when handling cooling me-
dia.
Observe the manufacturer's specifications
for an external cooler.
Dispose of leaking liquids properly and do
not allow them to seep into the ground. Check coolant additive concentration Emptying the cooling system
Order coolant corrosion protection agent D/TD/TCD 2011 w D/TD/TCD 2011 w
from your DEUTZ partner.
Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully. Open cooler locking cap carefully.
Never operate the engine without coolant,
even for a short time! Check the coolant aditive concentration in the Place a collection tray underneath the coolant
cooler/compensation tank (2) with a convention- connection (1).
Checking the coolant level with an external cool- al antifreeze measuring device (1) (e.g. hydrom- Drain coolant.
er eter, refractormeter). Reconnect and tighten the coolant connection
D/TD/TCD 2011 w Necessary coolant additive concentration Cool- (1).
ant mixing ratio (!34). If the locking screw is not accessible, the drain-
Fill in new coolant and vent the system according
You can order the appropriate test instrument from age can be carried out at the engine oil cooler
to the specifications of the cooling system manu-
your DEUTZ partner under order number 1824. (coolant duct).
facturer.
Close cooler locking cap.
Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully.
The coolant level must always be between the
MIN and MAX marks of the compensation tank!
Fill up to the MAX mark if necessary.
44 2008
Cooling system Care and maintenance work
tion tank if necessary.
6
Fill and ventilate cooling system
Danger of scalding from hot coolant!

the cap when cool!
D/TD/TCD 2011 w
Open the cooling system cap (1) carefully.
Loosen the cooler venting screw if necessary.
Fill coolant up to the max. mark or filling limit.
Switch on any available heating and set to the
highest level so that the heating circuit is filled
and vented.
Close the cooler venting screw.
Close cooler locking cap.
Run engine up to operating temperature (open-
ing temperature of the thermostat).
Switch off the engine.
Check coolant level in cooled engine and top up
to the MAX mark or filling level on the compensa-
2008 45
Care and maintenance work Engine cleaning
6 Cleaning work Cleaning with cold cleaner

Spray the engine with cold cleaner and leave it
For all cleaning work, make sure that no for about 10 minutes to take effect.
parts are damaged (e.g. bent cooler mesh).
Spray the engine clean with a high pressure wa-
Cover electrical/electronic parts and con-
ter jet.
nections to clean the engine (e.g. control
units, generator, solenoid valves etc.). Do Warm up the engine so that the water residues
not aim the water/steam jet directly at them. evaporate.
Allow engine to warm up. Cleaning with a high pressure cleaner
Only carry out cleaning work on the engine Clean the engine with a steam jet (maximum
when it is not running! spray pressure 60 bar, maximum steam temper-
Remove the engine cover and cooling air ature 90 C, distance at least 1m).
cover if available and remount after clean- Warm up the engine so that the water residues
ing. evaporate.
Always clean the cooler and cooling fins from the
General exhaust air side to the fresh air side.
The following causes of soiling make it necessary to
clean the engine:
High dust content in the air.
Chaff and chopped straw in the area of the en-
gine.
Coolant leaks
Lubricating oil leakage
Fuel leaks
Because of the different application conditions,
cleaning depends on the degree of dirt contamina-
tion.
Cleaning with compressed air
Blow dirt off or out. Always blow out the cooler
and cooling fins from the exhaust air side to the
fresh air side.
46 2008
Suction system Care and maintenance work
Regulations for working on the intake system
1 5 2
Renewing the safety cartridge of the dry air filter
6
Do not work when the engine is running! Never clean the safety cartridge (4).
Renew safety cartridge (4) according to the inter-

Pay attention to utmost cleanliness when
val in the maintenance schedule
working on the intake system, close intake
openings if necessary. To do this:
Dispose of old filter elements properly. Unscrew hexagon nut (5), pull out safety car-
tridge (4).
4 3 Insert new safety cartridge, screw on hexag-
onal nut.
Insert filter element (3), mount hood (2) and fix
with clamping yoke (1).
Maintaining the dry air filter
Do not clean the filter element (3) with pet-

rol or hot liquids!
Renew damaged filter elements.
Maintain the filter element (3) according to the in-
terval in the maintenance schedule
Lift up the clamping yoke (1).
Remove the filter hood (2) and pull out the filter
element (3).
Filter element (3):
blow out with dry compressed air (max. 5
bar) from the inside to the outside if soiling is
only slight,
renew if heavily soiled.
2008 47
Care and maintenance work Suction system
Maintenance indicators for dry air filter Clean the dust discharge valve of the dry air filter Emptying the cyclone precleaner
The dry air filter is maintained according to a Empty the dust discharge valve (1) by pressing
Never fill the dust container (3) with lubri-
maintenance switch or maintenance indicator. together the discharge slit.
cating oil!
Maintenance is necessary when: Remove any caked dust by pressing together the
the yellow warning light of the maintenance upper section of the valve.
switch lights up when the engine is running. Clean the discharge slit. Loosen wing nut (1) and lift off housing cover (2).
the red field (1) of the maintenance indica- Remove the dust container (3) from the base (4)
tor is fully visible. and empty it. Clean the container using a brush
After carrying out maintenance work, reset the and clean diesel fuel. Then dry.
signal by pressing the button on the mainte- Place the dust container (3) on the base (4) and
nance indicator. The maintenance indicator is tighten the housing cover (2) with wing nut (1).
now ready for operation again.
48 2008
Belt drives Care and maintenance work
4
6
2
Checking the belt drive Checking the belt tension Tighten the generator V-belts
Lower indicator arm (1) into the measuring de- Loosen the screw (1), (2) and (3) slightly.
Only carry out work on the belt drive with
vice. Push the generator (4) outwards in the direction
the engine at a standstill!
Always change both belts in sets in case of Place guide (3) between two belt pulleys on the of the arrow until you get the correct V-belt ten-
wear on the double belts or damage to one V-belt (2). The stop have to be at the side. sion.
V-belt. Press the button (4) at right angles to the V-belt Retighten the screw (1), (2) and (3).
After repair work: Check that all guards (2) evenly until you hear or feel the spring snap
in. Renew the V-belts
have been replaced and that all tools have
been removed from the engine. Lift the measuring device carefully without alter- Loosen the screw (1), (2) and (3) slightly.
ing the position of the indicator arm (1). Swing the generator (4) in in the opposite direc-
Check the whole belt drive visually for damage. Read the measured value at the point of inter- tion to the arrow.
Renew damaged parts. section (arrow), scale (5) and indicator arm (1). Remove the V-belt (5) and fit a new V-belt.
Remount protective devices if necessary. If necessary, re-tension belt and measure again. Push the generator (4) outwards in the direction
Pay attention to correct fit of new belts, check the of the arrow until you get the correct V-belt ten-
tension after running for 15 minutes. Tools
sion.
Belt tension measuring device (order number: Retighten the screw (1), (2) and (3).
8115) can be obtained from your DEUTZ partner.
2008 49
Care and maintenance work Belt drives
Retighten the screws (1) and (2).
6 Checking the belt tension (!65).
1 2
3 4
Tighten belt
Loosen screws (1) and (2) and (3).
Plug socket wrench insert of the torque wrench
ino the opening (4) of the tensioning pulley (3).
Move the tensioning pulley (3) with the torque
wrench in the direction of the arrow (A) until the
correct belt tension is reached.
Retighten the screws (1) and (2).
Checking the belt tension (!65).
Change the belt
Loosen screws (1) and (2) and (3).
Move the tensioning pulley (3) in the direction of
the arrow (B).
Remove belt and fit new one.
Plug socket wrench insert of the torque wrench
ino the opening (4) of the tensioning pulley (3).
Move the tensioning pulley (3) with the torque
wrench in the direction of the arrow (A) until the
correct belt tension is reached.
50 2008
Setting work Care and maintenance work
Valve clearance setting schematic
Engines with turbocharger
6
TD/TCD 2011
This engine is equipped with an internal ex-

haust feedback system.
The inlet valve opens briefly in the out
stroke.
Do not confuse this with the valve over-
lap!
Valve overlap Settings

Cylinders Cylinders
1 4
Check valve clearance, adjust if necessary 3 2
Let the engine cool down for at least 30 minutes Engage hexagon socket head wrench (7) and in- 4 1
before setting the valve clearance: Lubricating oil sert and loosen the lock nut (4). 2 3
temperature below 80 C. Adjust the valve clearance setting screw (5) with
Remove the cylinder head hood. the hexagon socket head wrench (7) so that the
Place turning gear over fastening screws of the correct valve clerarance (1) is reached after
belt pulleys. tightening the lock nut (4).
Turn the crankcase until reaching valve overlap. Perform the setting procedure on every cylinder.
Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve be- Reinstall cylinder head cover, with new gasket.
gins to open.
The cylinders to be set can be seen in the
setting schematic.
Check the valve clearance (1) between the rock-
er arm lugs (2) and the valve (3) with a feeler
gauge (6).
The feeler gauge (6) must slide in with little re-
sistance.
For permissible valve clearance, see (!65)
Adjust valve clearance if necessary:
2008 51
Care and maintenance work Setting work
6 Valve clearance setting schematic
1 Suction motor
D 2011
Crankshaft position 1
Turn crankshaft until both vaalves overlap on the
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 cylinder.
Outlet valve is not yet closed, inlet valve begins
to open.
Setblack marked valves.
Mark the respective rocker arm with chalk to
check the setting you have made.
Crankshaft position 2
Turn the crankshaft one turn (360 ).
Setblack marked valves.
2
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
52 2008
Electrical system Care and maintenance work
Regulations for working on the electrical system Danger of explosion! The gases emitted by
the battery are explosive!
6
Do not touch the voltage conducting parts, Fire, sparks, smoking and naked lights are
faulty warning lamps should be immediate- prohibited!
ly replaced. Danger of acid burns! Wear protective
gloves and glasses! Avoid contact with skin
Pay attention to correct polarity of the con- and clothing!
nections. Danger of short circuit! Do not rest tools on
Cover electrical/electronic parts and con- the battery!
nections to clean the engine (e.g. control
units, generator, solenoid valves etc.). Do Checking the voltage
not aim the water/steam jet directly at them. Check the battery voltage with a conventional
Allow engine to warm up. voltmeter. The voltage indicates the charging
Touching a lead against the frame to check state. It should be between 12 and 14.4 Volt de-
whether it is live must not, under any cir- pending per battery.
cumstances, be carried out.
For electrical welding work, the ground ter- Check acid level Check acid density
minal of the welding gear must be clamped Unscrew caps.
Unscrew caps.
directly to the part being welded. Measure the electrolyte density of individual cells
Note the manufacturers specifications concern-
Three-phase current generator: Never dis- with a commercial hydrometer. Hydrometer
ing the liquid level.
connect the cables between battery, gener- reading indicates batterys state of charge. The
ator and regulator while the engine is The liquid should normally be 10-15 mm above
the top edge of the plate or reach up to any avail- acid temperature when measuring should be 20
running. C if possible.
able control device.
Battery Only use distilled water to top up the battery. Check the acid level before recharging.
Screw in caps. Screw in caps.
Electronically stored data could be lost if Acid density [kg/ l] Charge Measure
the battery is disconnected. status
Keep battery clean and dry. Normal Tropical
Make sure the battery is fitted correctly and 1,28 1,23 good none
securely. 1,20 1,12 half charge
Dispose of old batteries in an environmen-
tally friendly way. 1,12 1,08 empty charge
Removing the battery
Always disconnect the minus pole first when re-
moving the battery. Otherwise there is a danger
2008 53
Care and maintenance work Electrical system
6 of short-circuit!
Remove the fastenings and take out the battery.
Charging the battery
Unscrew caps.
Charge the battery with a conventional battery
charger. Observe the manufacturer specifica-
tions!
Screw in caps.
Installing the battery
Insert new or charged battery and attach the fas-
tenings.
Clean the terminals and battery poles with fine
emery paper.
Connect the plus pole first and then the minus
pole. Otherwise there is a danger of short-circuit!
Make sure the terminals have good contact.
Tighten clamp bolts hand-tight.
Grease the assembled terminals with an acid-
free, acid-resistant grease.
54 2008
Fault table Faults
Faults and remedies
7
Faults Causes Measures
Engine does not start or is difficult to Not disconnected (if possible) Check coupling
start Below starting limit temperature Check
Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Change the lubricating oil
Fuel quality does not comply with operating manual Change the fuel
Battery defective or discharged Check battery
Cable connection to starter loose or oxidized Check cable connections
Starter defective or pinion does not engage Check starter
Stop magnet defective (release circuit) Check lifting magnet
Engine stop lever still in stop position Check/replace
Stop magnet defective (release circuit) Check/replace
Incorrect valve clearance Check valve clearance and set if necessary
Injection valve defective Check fuel injector / change if necessary
Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective Check/replace
Air in fuel system Vent fuel system
Compression pressure too low Check compression pressure
Exhaust gas backpressure too high Check
Injection line leaks Check injection line
Engine does not start and diagnostic Engine electronics prevents starting Check error according to error code and
lamp flashes eliminate error if necessary
2008 55
Faults Fault table
7 Faults
Engine starts, but runs irregularly or
Causes
Belt/V-rib belt (fuel pump in belt drive)
Measures
Check whether torn or loose
fails Incorrect valve clearance Check valve clearance and set if necessary
Compression pressure too low Check compression pressure
Glow plugs defective Change
Air in fuel system Vent
Fuel filter contaminated Clean
Speed changes are possible and diag- Engine electronics has detected a system error and activates an equivalent speed Check error according to error code and
nostic lamp lights up eliminate error if necessary
56 2008
Fault table Faults
Faults
Engine becomes excessively hot.
Causes
Vent line blocked
Measures
Clean
7
Temperature warning system acti- Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Change the lubricating oil
vates
Lubricating oil cooler fins soiled Clean
Lube oil filter contaminated on the air or lube oil side Change
Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Lubricating oil level too low Fill up lube oil
Starter defective or pinion does not engage Check starter
Stop magnet defective (release circuit) Check lifting magnet
Coolant heat exchanger soiled Clean
Defective cooling water pump (torn or loose V-belt) Check whether torn or loose
Low coolant Fill up
Resistance in cooling system is too high / flow volume too low Check the cooling system
Cooling fan or exhaust thermostat defective, V-belt torn or loose Check/replace/tension
Heat short-circuit in the cooling air guidance Check the cooling system
Charge air line leaking Check charge air line
Charge air cooler soiled Check/clean
Air filter maintenance switch / maintenance indicator defective Check/replace
Fan defective/V-rib belt torn or loose Check fan/V-belt, change if necessary
2008 57
Faults Fault table
7 Faults
Engine output is deficient
Causes
Lube oil level too high
Measures
Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Lubricating oil level too low Fill up lube oil
Lubricating oil cooler fins soiled Clean
Engine stop lever still in stop position Stop magnet defective (release circuit)
Fan defective/V-rib belt torn or loose Check fan/V-belt, change if necessary
Charge air cooler soiled Clean
Heat short-circuit in the cooling air guidance Check the cooling system
Resistance in cooling system is too high / flow volume too low Check the cooling system
Injection valve defective Check fuel injector
Engine performs poorly and diagnos- Engine electronics reduce performance Check error according to error code and
tic lamp lights eliminate error if necessary
Engine does not run on all cylinders Injection line leaks Check injection line
Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Engine lubricating oil pressure is non- Lubricating oil level too low Fill up lube oil
existant or excessively low Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
Wrong SAE viscosity class of the engine lubricating oil Change the lubricating oil
58 2008
Fault table Faults
Faults
Engine lubricating oil consumption
Causes
Lube oil level too high
Measures
Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
7
excessive Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
Lubricating oil in the exhaust system Engine operated continuously with too low a load (< 20-30%) Check load factor
Engine producing blue smoke Lube oil level too high Check lube oil level, if necessary drain off.
Excessive inclination of engine Check engine mounting / reduce inclination
Engine producing white smoke Below starting limit temperature Check
Engine producing black smoke Air filter clogged / turbocharger defective Check/replace
Charge air pressure-dependent full load stop defective Check
2008 59
Faults Engine management
7 Diagnostic key and error lamp

The diagnostic key (1) and the error lamp (2) are ac-
Switch off prompt for the operator. Attention:
Failure to do so will lead to loss of guarantee!
commodated in the vehicle drive stand. The blink- Automatic shutdown of the engine after a short
code release can be activated using the diagnostic warning time, possibly in connection with a start
key (1). lock.
1 The error lamp can release the following signals:
Engine forced to run at low idle speed to cool the
engine, with automatic shutdown if necessary.
Function test Start lock
Ignition on, error lamp lights up for approx. 2
seconds and then goes out. Please contact your DEUTZ-partner in case of mal-
2 functions and sare parts inquiries. Our specially
3 Check the error lamp if there is no reaction trained personnel will ensure fast, professional re-
after switching on the ignition. pairs using original DEUTZ spare parts in case of
damage.
The lamp does not light
After the lamp test an extinguished lamp indi-
Engine protection function of the EMR2 system cates an error-free and trouble-free operat-
ing state within the scope of the control
Optional possibility.
Depending on the design of the monitoring functions,
the EMR2 system (3) can protect the engine in cer- Steady light
tain problematical situations by monitoring important Error in the system.
limit values during operation and checking the cor- Operation continued with restrictions.
rect function of the system components. The engine must be checked by a DEUTZ
partner.
Flashing
Serious error in the system.
The engine has reached switch-off condition.
The switch-off process has been accom-
plished.
Blink code
Errors that may occur can be classified.
The blink codes can only be interpreted by a
DEUTZ partner.
The flashing error lamp may have the following
meaning depending on the engine configuration:
60 2008
Engine management Faults
Gear oil pressure
Battery voltage 7
Accelerator position
Fuel consumption
Error messages are displayed in clear text and
acoustically; the error memory of the control unit can
be read out.
For a detailed description, refer to the operating in-
structions enclosed with the DEUTZ Electronic Dis-
play.
DEUTZ Electronic Display

In order to show measured values and error messag-
es of the EMR control unit, a CAN display is option-
ally available, which can be integrated into the
dashboard of the drivers position of working ma-
chines.
All data sent from the EMR control unit through CAN
can be displayed.
Engine speed
Engine torque (current)
Lubricating oil temperature
Coolant temperature
Suction intake air temperature
Exhaust gas temperature
Gear oil temperature
Lubricating oil pressure
Coolant pressure
Charge air pressure
Fuel pressure
2008 61
Transport and storage Transport
8
1
Suspension equipment
Danger to life!
Always use proper suspension equipment when The engine may tip over or fall down if sus-
transporting the engine. pended incorrectly!
The suspension device (1) must be adjustable
The fastening attachment cannot be fixed se-
for the engine's centre of gravity.
curely above the centre of gravity (1).
After transportation and before commissioning of
engine: remove attachment eyes (2). The fastening attachment can slip, the engine
swings backwards and forwards (1).
Too short a fastening attachment causes bend-
ing torques in the transport device (2) and can
damage it.
62 2008
Protecting the engine against corrosion Transport and storage
General
Engines contain the following types of corrosion pro-
by wetting of the walls with the implemented cor-
rosion protection agent in a corrosion protection
suction system after shutting down the engine
until it emerges visibly from the pressure nozzle. 8
run of the engine.
tection: Cooling system
The corrosion protection run can be performed
Interior corrosion protection once to protect the different systems: Depending on the series the engines are
Exterior corrosion protection equipped with cooling air, cooling oil or cooling
Fuel system fluid system (cooling water with cooling system
Your DEUTZ partner has the right corro-
protection agent).
sion protection agent for your needs. Close the fuel/tank/supply line to the en-
Cooling air system, see the Exterior corrosion
gine so that the system is protected against
protection section.
The following measures for corrosion protection af- dirt and dust. Protect the electronics
against moisture and corrosion. In engines of the oil-cooled series the circulating
ter taking the engine out of operation meet the re- lubricating oil serves simultaneously for cooling.
quirements for 12 months corrosion protection. The cooling chambers are protected automati-
Fill the fuel tank with a mixture of:
The following corrosion protection work may only be 90 % distilled fuel cally against corrosion with the lube oil system.
carried out by persons familiar with it and instructed 10 % corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20
in the potential dangers. D/TD/TCD 2011 w
Perform a corrosion protection run with no load
If these measures are deviated from by exposing the for at least 5 minutes. If a coolant with corrosion protection properties is
corrosion-protected engines or parts to unfavourable poured into liquid-cooled engines, no further ac-
conditions (installation outdoors or storage in damp, Lubricating oil system tion is necessary after draining.
badly aired places) or damage to the corrosion pro- Drain lubricating oil from warm engine. If not, the coolant must be drained and, to ensure
tection layer, a shorter corrosion protection duration the formation of a covering layer on the inside
Thoroughly clean lube oil tray, cylinder head with
is to be expected. surfaces of the cooling system, a corrosion pro-
rocker arms, valves, valve springs with diesel
The engine corrosion protection should be checked fuel or cleaning agent. tection run performed with a mixture of:
about every 3 months by opening the covers. If cor- Fill the engine with corrosion protection oil SAE 95 % treated water
rosion is detected, the corrosion protection should 20W-20 up to the MAX mark and perform a cor- 5 % corrosion protection agent
be renewed. rosion protection run for at least 5 minutes so The duration of the corrosion protection run and
At the end of the corrosion protection work the crank that all the components of the lubricating oil sys- the concentration of the corrosion protection
drive may no longer be turned so that the corrosion tem are wetted or wet all accessible parts with agent are specified by the manufacturer of the
protection agent in the bearings, bearing liners and corrosion protection oil and pump corrosion pro- corrosion protection agent.
cylinder liners is not scraped off. tection oil through the engine with a separate Then drain the coolant.
Before operating a corrosion protected engine, the pump until all bearings and bearing liners are
corrosion protection must be removed. wetted.
Interior corrosion protection Air compressor
Interior corrosion protection is always provided If a compressor is installed, a corrosion protec-

tion agent must be sprayed into the compressor
2008 63
Transport and storage Protecting the engine against corrosion
8 Air intake pipes

After the corrosion protection run, remove the
Toothed belts for engine control may not be re-
moved.
fuel.
Lubricating oil system
cylinder head cover and deinstall injectors. The Engine openings
respective piston must be set to LT. Unscrew the lube oil drain screw, drain oil.
All engine openings must be fitted with air-tight, Fill the engine with lubricating oil via the lubricat-
The accessible part of the cylinder liner should
water-tight covers to delay the vapourisation ing oil filler neck.
be coated with corrosion protection oil with a
process of the corrosion protection agents.
spray lance through the opening. Coolant system
With installed air compressor, the suction and
Spray corrosion protection oil SAE 20W-20 into
pressure connection must be sealed by a cap. D/TD/TCD 2011 w
the suction air intake line.
Air should be excluded to avoid ventilation of the If the implemented corrosion protection agent is
Exterior corrosion protection engine (chimney effect) for the suction from an compatible with the intended cooling system pro-
air supply pipe. tection agent, this can be filled directly into the
The engine must be cleaned thoroughly with a
cleaning agent before exterior corrosion protec- Storage and packaging coolant system as specified.
tion. Any signs of corrosion and damage to the If it is uncertain whether the implemented corro-
paintwork must be removed. After being protected against corrosion, the en- sion protection agent is compatible with the cool-
gine must be stored in a dry, ventilated hall and ing system protection agent, the cooling system
Cooling air system in air-cooled engines suitably covered. should be purged with fresh water for about 15
The air guidance compartment of the engines is The cover must be placed loosely over the en- minutes before filling.
unpainted and must be sprayed with a corrosion gine so that the air can circulate around it to pre-
vent condensation from forming. Use a desiccant Removal of exterior corrosion protection
protection agent.
if necessary. All areas and components coated with corrosion
Bare exterior surfaces and parts protection agent must be washed off with dis-
Removal of corrosion protection
Coat or spray all bare exterior parts and surfaces tilled fuel or a suitable cleaning agent.
The corrosion protection must be removed from Wash out grooves of V-belt pulleys if necessary.
(e.g. flywheel, flange faces) with corrosion pro-
the corrosion protected engine before starting.
tection agent. Mount V-belts or V-rib belts as specified.
The packaging and all covers over the closed Fill with coolant.
Rubber parts openings must be removed.
Any corrosion deposits and paint damage should
Rubber parts (e.g. muffs) which are not painted
be remedied.
over must be rubbed down with talcum powder.
Fuel system
Belt drive
Remove V-belts and V-rib belts and store If there is a mixture of diesel fuel/corrosion pro-
tection oil in the fuel tank, drain it.
packed.
Spray V-belt pulleys and tension rollers with cor- Connect fuel/tank/supply line to the engine. Pay
rosion protection agent. attention to cleanliness.
Fill the fuel tank and fuel system with the proper
64 2008
Engine and setting data Technical data
General technical data
9
Engine type Dimension D 2011 L02 i D 2011 L03 i D 2011 L04 i TD 2011 L04 i
Working principle Four-stroke diesel engine
Charging Suction motor Exhaust gas turbo-
charger
Type of cooling oil-cooled (integrated cooler)
Cylinder arrangement in series
No. of cylinders 2 3 4 4
Bore/stroke [mm] 94/112 96/125
3
Total displacement [cm ] 1554 2331 3619
Combustion process Direct injection
Injection system Pump-pipe-nozzle
Exhaust gas recirculation without without external internal
Valves per cylinder 2 2 2 2
+0,1 +0,1
Valve clearance: Inlet/outlet [mm] 0,3 / 0,5
Firing order of the engine 1-2 1-2-3 1-3-4-2
Direction of rotation looking onto the flywheel left
Engine power rating according to ISO 3046 [kW] see engine rating plate
Speed (nominal revolutions) [rpm] see engine rating plate
Injection timing [BTDC] see engine rating plate
Lubricating oil filling volume (without/with filter) [l] 6/6,5* 5,5/6* 11,3/11,8*
Lube oil temperature in the lube oil tray, maximum [C] 130
Lubricating oil pressure minimum (low idle, engine [kPa/bar] 150/1,5
warm)
V-belt tension Pre-tensioning/Re-tensioning
V-belt AVX 10 [N] 450!50/300!20
Weight without cooling system according to DIN [kg] 175 217 261 258
70020-A
2008 65
Technical data Engine and setting data
9 Engine type Dimension D 2011 L02 o D 2011 L03 o

Charging Suction motor
Type of cooling oil-cooled
No. of cylinders 2 3
Bore/stroke [mm] 94/112
3
Total displacement [cm ] 1554 2331
Exhaust gas recirculation without without
Valves per cylinder 2 2
+0,1 +0,1
Firing order of the engine 1-2 1-2-3
Lubricating oil filling volume (without/with filter) [l] 6/6,5* 5,5/6,0*
Lubricating oil pressure minimum (low idle, engine [kPa/bar] 150/1,5
warm)
V-belt AVX 10 [N] 450!50/300!20
Weight without cooling system according to DIN 70020- [kg] 169 210
A
66 2008
Engine type Dimension D 2011 L04 o TD 2011 L04 o 9
Charging Suction motor Exhaust gas turbocharger
Type of cooling oil-cooled
No. of cylinders 4 4
3
Total displacement [cm ] 3619
Exhaust gas recirculation external internal
Valves per cylinder 2 2
+0,1 +0,1
Firing order of the engine 1-3-4-2
Lubricating oil filling volume (without/with filter) [l] 10*/10,5*
Lubricating oil pressure minimum (low idle, engine warm) [kPa/bar] 150/1,5
V-belt AVX 10 [N] 450!50/300!20
Weight without cooling system according to DIN 70020-A [kg] 253 255
2008 67
Technical data Engine and setting data
9 Engine type Dimension D 2011 L04 w TD 2011 L04 w TCD 2011 L04 w
Charging Suction motor Exhaust gas turbocharger Turbocharger with charge air
cooling
Type of cooling water-cooled
No. of cylinders 4 4 4
3]
Total displacement [cm 3619
Exhaust gas recirculation external internal internal
Valves per cylinder 2 2 2
+0,1 +0,1
Firing order of the engine 1-3-4-2
Coolant volume (only engine content without cooler / [l] 2,9
hoses and pipes)
Permissible continuous coolant temperature [C] max. 110
Temperature difference between coolant inlet/outlet [C] 4-6
Start of thermostat opening [C] 88
Thermostat fully open [C] 92
Lubricating oil filling volume (without/with filter) [l] 10,0*/10,5*
68 2008
Engine type
Lubricating oil pressure minimum (low idle, engine
Dimension
[kPa/bar]
D 2011 L04 w TD 2011 L04 w
150/1,5
TCD 2011 L04 w 9
warm)
Charge air temperature outlet at rated power [C] 50
V-belt AVX 10 [N] 450!50/300!20
Weight without cooling system according to DIN 70020- [kg] 266 268
A
*specified lubricating oil filling volumes apply for standard versions. In engines which deviate from the standard, for example different lubricating oil pans/dipstick variants
and/or special inclined versions, the lubricating oil volume may vary. The lubricating oil dipstick mark is always decisive.
2008 69
Technical data Tools
9 Tool ordering
The special tools described in this chapter can be or-
dered from:
WILBR - Wilhelm Bcker GmbH & Co. KG

Taubenstrasse 5
42857 Remscheid
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 2191 9339-0
Fax: +49 (0) 2191 9339-200
E-mail: info@wilbaer.de
www.deutz-tools.com
Torx tool V-belt tension measuring instrument
Order number: Order number:
8189 8115
The Torx screw system is used in engines in this se- Measuring instrument for checking the specified V-
ries among other things. This system was introduced belt tensions.
for a number of reasons:
Excellent accessibility
High force transmission when loosening and
tightening
Slipping or breaking of the key and risk of injury
are practically excluded.
70 2008
Tools Technical data
9
Special tools for removing the water collection Special wrench

vessel.
Order number:
Order number:
170050
8192
For loosening changeable filters.
On Racor filters, only loosen the water collection
vessel with a special tool.
2008 71
DEUTZ Oil
DEUTZ Oil DQC II-05 DEUTZ Oil DQC III-05 DEUTZ Oil DQC IV-05 (Synthetic)
ACEA E5-02 / E3-96 / B3-04 ACEA E7-04 / E5-02 / E3-96 / B4-04 / A3-04 ACEA E7-04 / E5-02 / E4-99
API CG-4 API CI-4 / SL GLOBAL DHD-1
TLS-15W40D TLX-10W40FE DEUTZ Oel DQC IV-5W30

(DQC II-05) (DQC III-05) (DQC IV-05)
5 L 0101 6331 5 L 0101 6335 5 L
20 L 0101 6332 20 L 0101 6336 20 L 0101 7849
209 L 0101 6333 209 L 0101 6337209 L 0101 7850
DEUTZ AG
Supporthouse Information Systems
Ottostrae 1
51149 Kln
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 221-822-0
Fax: +49 (0) 221-822-5850
E-Mail: info@deutz.com
www.deutz.com
Printed in Germany
02/2008
All rights reserved
Order number:
The engine company. 0312 3547 en

01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
18801001.TXT
Technical data 3205 D 2011 L04W H188

Valid from Serial-No. 0001 09.02.2009
Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4355 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2290 mm
Total width with cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2100 mm
Loading width, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1480 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370 mm
Max. working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370 mm
Lateral overhang, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/55 mm
Total hight without cab.(steer.wh.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110 mm
Total hight with cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2830 mm
Total hight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2768 mm
Loading hight, minimum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2110 mm
Ground clearance, left/right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350/350 mm
Ground clearance, centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295 mm
Turning radius, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2965 mm
Turning radius, outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4335 mm
Center of gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .smooth/nondivided
Drum width, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370 mm
Drum diameter, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000 mm
Shell thickness, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 mm
Wheel dimensions
Width over tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1430 mm
Number of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR 12.4-24 8 PR
Diameter of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1160 mm
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 mm
Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,3-1,5 bar
Weights
Basic weight without cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4850 kg
Basic weight w. ROPS-cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5320 kg
Basic weight without cab, with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5100 kg
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Operating weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5475 kg
Operating weight with ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5255 kg
Maximum weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6600 kg
Axle load, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2680/2795 kg
Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397,5 kg
Static linear load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19,6 kg/cm
Static surface drum load, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,20 kg/cm
Linear load with vibr., front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70,9/64,9 kg/cm
Mass of vibrating parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1280 kg
Mass of elast. mounted parts, front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1400 kg
Spring mounted:vibrat. mass, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,1
Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95/87 kN
Compaction force, rear, I/II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27/27 kN
French classific. M1/LxAO(-2)/class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24,2/V1
1
18801001.TXT

Diesel engine
Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DEUTZ
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D 2011 L04 W
Power rating ISO 14396, kW/PS/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,0/65,3/2500
Power rating SAE J1349, kW/HP/rpm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48,0/64,3/2500
Number of cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Cooling, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Water
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Torque max./speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210/1700 Nm/UpM
Injection system, type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pump-nozzle
Speed adjustment, actuation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .manual
Fuel consumption, 100 % eng. output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,7 l/h
Fuel consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,6 l/h
Operating hours per tank filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Std.
Engine oil consumption, average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,02 l/h
Operating voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 V
Alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01243713
Alternator, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14/95 V/A
Starting motor, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01285858
Starting motor, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/2300 V/W
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Battery, capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12/135 V/Ah
Vibration control
Frequency setting, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electro-hydraulic
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator
Vibration
Vibration frequency, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30/42 Hz
Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,55/0,69 mm
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69/61 kN
Drive
Hydrostatic drive, front/rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hydraulic motor/axle
Speed, working gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6,7/0-8,8/0-9,2 km/h
Speed, transportation gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-13,6 km/h
Climbing ability, vibration on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/60 %
Theor. climb. abil., vibr. on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55/60 %
Static lateral inclination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Grad
Permissible longitudinal tilt, dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Grad
Permissible lateral inclination, di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Grad
max.perm.ambient temp. by full load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Hydraulic pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057212
Hydraulic motor, front, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00876429
Hydraulic motor, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00876437
Wheel gear, front, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01256688
Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010971
Differential lock, type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Self-locking differential
2
18801001.TXT

Vibrator drive
Steering
Steering, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Articulated steering
Steering, actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic, steer. wheel
Steering unit, hydr., Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01257609
Steering pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01268341
Steering lock +/- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Grad
Oscillation angle +/-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Grad
Tank capacity/Filling amount

Engine oil-capacity (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10,0 Ltr.
Engine oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .API CG-4/CH-4, SAE 15W40
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,0 Ltr.
Engine coolant, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Coolant emulsion
Coolant water/protective agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60/40 %
Fuel tank, capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Ltr.
Fuel tank, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel
Hydr. reserv., capac. (oil change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Ltr.
Hydraulic oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .HLP-VG46
Hydraulic oil reservoir, material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sheet steel
Vibrator oil, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,3 Ltr.
Drum gear, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,2 Ltr.
Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Axle differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,6 Ltr.
Planetary gear/wheel gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2x 0,8 Ltr.
Gear oil grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .API GL-5 SAE 85W90
Brake system
Service brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydrostatic
Service brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Drive lever
Parking brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring-loaded/mechanical
Parking brake, application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electr. a. autom.
Emergency brake, mode of action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .hydr./mech.
Emergency brake, application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Emergency stop
Service parts
Engine oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00251194
Fuel filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00234567
Fuel prefilter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2044633
Air filter, type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .dry + prefractionator
Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051604
Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051606
Hydraulic oil filter, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01285491
Hydr. oil filter, steer., Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2031492
V-belt, alternator, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00341622
V-belt, cooling pump, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01287370
Operating data
Output*, 1 pass/2 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2000 m/h
Output*, 3 pass./5 km/h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1700 m/h
3
18801001.TXT

Output*, 1pass/2km/h 20cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 m/h

Output*, 1pass/2km/h 50cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1020 m/h
* =work.factor=0.83/work.width=90% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sound level
Acoustic pressure LP(A) cabin, max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 db(A)
Acoustic power LW(A), measured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 dB(A)/1p
Acoustic power LW(A), sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 dB(A)/1p
Acoustic power LW(A), lim. val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 dB(A)/1p
Measuring data diesel engine

Idling speed/rated speed/max. speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975/2500/2650 U/Min
Operating temperature from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 - 110 Grad
Maximum temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Grad
Measuring data hydraulic

Filling circuit pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 bar
High-pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 bar
Contr.press.diff. (Y1toY2) from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 18 bar
Leakage press. pump max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0,5/1,5 bar
Leakage oil motor front maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,4 Ltr./Min
Leak.press. motor fr max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Leakage oil motor rear maximum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,1 Ltr./Min
Leak.press. motor re max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Operating temp. hydr. oil tank max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Operating temperature pump max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Operating temper. motor front max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Operating temper. motor rear max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Measuring data vibration hydraulic

Range of adjustment from-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400 - 1050 mA
Wor.press. la.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Work.press. la.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Wor.press. sm.ampl. single from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Wor.press. sm.ampl. doub. from*-to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Leakage oil motor maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3,9 Ltr./Min
Leak. pressure motor max. warm/cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
Operating temperature motor max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
Temperature vibr. bear. cover max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grad
* = on resilient base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring data steering hydraulic

Pressure relief steering unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 bar
Pressure relief shock valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 bar
Working pressure steering* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
* = on dry asph. surface in neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring data brake

Service brake stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m
Parking brake blocks in 2. gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .yes J/N
4
18801001.TXT

Emergency stop/stopping distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m

Opening pressure parking brake min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
5
18802001.TXT
Technical data 3205 P D 2011 L04W H188

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4355 mm
Total length with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4847 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2290 mm
Total width with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1605 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1370 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Drum type, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Padfoot
Padfoot, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Height of the padfoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 mm
Front area of padfoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 cm
Wheel dimensions
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR 12.4-24 8 PR
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 mm
Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,3-1,5 bar
Weights
Basic weight with cab, with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5980 kg
Basic weight no cab, with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5510 kg
Basic weight with ROPS, with blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5760 kg
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Blade, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00873020
Blade weigth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 kg
Operating weight with cabin, blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6135 kg
Operating weight with ROPS, blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5915 kg
1
18802001.TXT

Load per tire, rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1397,5 kg

Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99/91 kN
Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,2/0,53 mm
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69/61 kN
Drive
2
18802001.TXT

Wheel gear, front, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01256688

Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010971
Vibrator drive
Steering

Vibrator front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,3 Ltr.
Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051604
Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051606
3
18802001.TXT

Operating data
Sound level




4
18802001.TXT



5
18901001.TXT
Technical data 3307 TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AW 14.9-24 8 TL
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,2 bar
Ballast per tire, water/MGCL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425/175 kg
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Load per tire, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1440 kg
Compaction force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163/133 kN
1
18901001.TXT

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Amplitude, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,7/0,6 mm
Centrifugal force, front, I/II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125/95 kN
Drive
Wheel gear, front, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024034
Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
2
18901001.TXT

Vibrator drive
Steering

Vibrator front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Ltr.
Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
Air filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01209582
Safety filter cartridge, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01209612
Operating data
Output*, 1 pass/8 km/h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10000 m/h
3
18901001.TXT


Sound level





4
18901001.TXT


5
18902001.TXT
Technical data 3307 P TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Padfoot, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Wheel dimensions
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR 14.9-24 8 TL
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Blade, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00864668
Blade weigth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490 kg
1
18902001.TXT


Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
2
18902001.TXT


Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
Vibrator drive
Steering

Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
3
18902001.TXT


Operating data
Sound level



4
18902001.TXT



5
18903001.TXT
Technical data 3307 HT TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
1
18903001.TXT

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Frequency setting, function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .electrical
Frequency regulation, function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hammtronic/manual
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Regulation, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hammtronic/manual
Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0 - 12,5 km/h
Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
2
18903001.TXT

Vibrator drive
Steering

Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
Operating data
3
18903001.TXT


Sound level





4
18903001.TXT


5
18904001.TXT
Technical data 3307 HT P TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Padfoot, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Wheel dimensions
Size of tires, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TR 14.9-24 8 TL
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Blade, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00864668
Blade weigth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490 kg
1
18904001.TXT


Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibration
Drive
Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11,9 km/h
2
18904001.TXT


Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
Vibrator drive
Steering

Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
3
18904001.TXT


Operating data
Sound level



4
18904001.TXT



5
18905001.TXT
Technical data 3307 VIO TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Linear load with vibr., front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95,4 kg/cm
Compaction force, vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 kN
Compaction force, oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 kN
1
18905001.TXT

Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 kN

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci.
Vibration
Vibration frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hz
Amplitude, vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,38 mm
Centrifugal force, vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 kN
Oscillation
Oscillation frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hz
Tangential amplitude, oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,37 mm
Oscillation force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 kN
Drive
2
18905001.TXT


Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
Vibrator drive
Steering

Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
Operating data
3
18905001.TXT


Sound level





4
18905001.TXT


5
18906001.TXT
Technical data 3307 HT VIO TD 2011 L04W H189

Machine dimensions
Total length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4680 mm
Wheel base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2465 mm
Working width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1680 mm
Drum dimensions
Drums, number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Wheel dimensions
Tire width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380 mm
Weights
Cab weigth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 kg
ROPS weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 kg
Linear load with vibr., front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95,4 kg/cm
Compaction force, vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 kN
Compaction force, oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 kN
1
18906001.TXT

Compaction force, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 kN

Diesel engine
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TD 2011 L04 W
Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3620 cm
Bore/stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96/125 mm/mm
Battery, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .00351857
Vibration control
Vibration system
Vibrating mode, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circular vibrator/osci.
Vibration
Vibration frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hz
Amplitude, vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,38 mm
Centrifugal force, vibr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 kN
Oscillation
Oscillation frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hz
Tangential amplitude, oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1,37 mm
Oscillation force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 kN
Drive
Speed, infinitely variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-12,5 km/h
2
18906001.TXT


Axle, rear, Hamm No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2010960
Vibrator drive
Steering

Gear oil, Hamm No.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .01238051
Brake system
Service parts
3
18906001.TXT

Operating data
Sound level




4
18906001.TXT



5
01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Transportdaten / Transportation data
# 2055076
3205
Gewichte / Weights
Leergewicht ohne Kabine
[kg] 4850
Tare weight without cab
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 5475
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 6600
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 2680
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 2795
Rear axle load
Transportdaten / Transportation data 1 / 15

# 2055076
3205 P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 5190
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 5815
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 6600
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 3020
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 2795
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3307 3307 HT VIO
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 6215
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 6840
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 7800
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 3960
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 2880
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3307 P /..HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 6215
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 6840
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 7800
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne [kg] 3960
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 2880
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3412 /..HT /..VIO
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 11530
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 12200
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 14200
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 6705
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 5495
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3412 P / 3412 HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 11630
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 12300
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 14200
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 6805
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 5495
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3414 /..HT /..VIO
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 13570
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 14240
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 15100
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 8215
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 6025
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3414 P / 3414 HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 13670
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 14340
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 16100
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 8315
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 6025
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3516 / 3516 HT
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 15085
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 15755
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 16200
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 9305
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 6450
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3516 P / 3516 HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 15185
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 15855
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 17800
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 9405
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 6450
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3518 / 3518 HT
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 17155
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 17825
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 20000
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 10785
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 7040
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3518 P / 3518 HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 17355
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 18025
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 20000
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 10985
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 7040
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3520 / 3520 HT
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 19130
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 19800
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 22500
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 12490
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 7310
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3520 P / 3520 HT P
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 19330
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 20000
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 22500
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 12690
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 7310
Rear axle load

# 2055076
3625 HT
Gewichte / Weights
[kg] 24115
Betriebsgewicht
[kg] 24785
Oper. weight
Hchstgewicht
[kg] 25000
Tare weight total
Achslast vorne
[kg] 16115
Front axle load
Achslast hinten
[kg] 8670
Rear axle load

01 - View
08 - Manuals
10 - Machine data
12 - Appendix
a
Tightening torques
# 2020568
For screws with metric thread in steel like in DIN 931; 912; 934...
The torque wrench settings are valid with and without Loctite.
Metric screws
Metric screws with fine thread
Torque (Nm)
Torque (Nm)
Dimension 8.8 10.9 12.9
Dimension 8.8 10.9 12.9
M5 5,5 8,1 9,5

M8x1 24,5 36 43
M6 9,5 14 16,5
M10x1,25 49 72 84
M8 23 34 40
M12x1,25 87 125 150
M10 46 68 79
M12x1,5 83 122 145
M12 79 117 135
M14x1,5 135 200 235
M14 125 185 215
M16x1,5 205 300 360
M16 195 280 330
M18x1,5 310 440 520
M18 280 390 460
M20x1,5 430 620 720
M20 390 560 650
M22x1,5 580 820 960
M22 530 750 880 M24x2 730 1040 1220
M24 670 960 1120 M27x2 1070 1500 1800
M27 1000 1400 1650 M30x2 1490 2120 2480
M30 1350 1900 2250
Appendix 1/2
Tightening torques
# 2020568
Tightening torques for screwed

hydraulic connections Tightening torques for wheel mounting
whitworth-pipe thread
Dimension Torque in Nm
Thread in steel in aluminum 8.8 10.9
Spherical collar nut
G1/8 20 Nm 15 Nm M16x1,5 240 340
G1/4 40 Nm 25 Nm M18x1,5 330 460
G3/8 80 Nm 45 Nm M20x1,5 500 640
G1/2 110 Nm 80 Nm Tightening torques VSTI steel/aluminum M22x1,5 640 750
G3/4 200 Nm Thread Torque Thread Torque Shouldered nut with lockwasher
G1 370 Nm M16x1,5 180 260
G1 600 Nm G1/8 10 Nm M 10 x 1 10 Nm M18x1,5 260 360
G 1 1/2 800 Nm G1/4 20 Nm M 12 x 1,5 20 Nm M20x1,5 350 450
G3/8 40 Nm M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm M22x1,5 450 550
G1/2 60 Nm M 16 x 1,5 35 Nm
G3/4 90 Nm M 18 x 1,5 40 Nm
G1 140 Nm M 20 x 1,5 50 Nm
M 22 x 1,5 60 Nm
M 26 x 1,5 70 Nm
M 27 x 2 90 Nm
M 33 x 2 140 Nm
Appendix 2/2
Sealants, lubricants, liquid plastics
# 2071621
Identifi- Hamm Ident-No. Gebindegre Description Solidity
cation
+ 382620
263397
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes besides
galvanized screws
removable
393037 50ml Liquid plastic for bolt connecting all sizes removable
393029 250ml
, 382639
263419
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for joints, e.g. hub-shaft bushing, carrier
surfaces, repairs
hardly
removable
- 1234188
1234196
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic for joints with narrow gaps, e.g. roller
bearing
removable
/ 382604
323705
50ml
250ml
Liquid plastic to tighten surfaces (adhesive gab max. 0.5
mm)
easily
removable
0 231347 500ml is no longer used
1 1225757
1204025
1kg
200kg
High-grade grease, resistant to pressure and
temperatures, for high-speed roller bearings
Low base oil
viscosity
2 1227114 1kg High-grade grease, resistant to pressure, water-repellent

for low-speed roller bearings, couplings, shafts
High base oil
viscosity
3 392693 250ml Liquid plastic for tightening pip threads up to 3 easily

removable
4 1215809 300ml Sealants to tighten water, oil and fuel tanks easily
removable
" 2065035 400g Wirtgen Group multi-purpose grease
# 2065020
2065025
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group engine oil 15W40
2065026 208l
2112355 5l Wirtgen Group engine oil 10W40

2112354 20l
$ 2065028
2065029
20l
208l
Wirtgen Group hydraulic oil HVLP 46
% 1238051
2065037
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group special gear oil
( 2065030
2065031
5l
20l
Wirtgen Group gear oil 85W90
2117378 5l Separating agent

2117379 20l
&
2120296 5l Antifreeze
20l
Appendix 1/1
Service Training
Questionnaire for your training!
In order to improve the quality of our trainings to your favour, we kindly ask you to fill
in this questionnaire.
However, only honest and constructive criticism is useful.
Date:
Topic of the training:
Trainer:
1. Assessment of the training

excellent good satisfactory insufficient poor
Overall impression of the training
Related to practice
Quantity of the training matter
Training progress
Structure of the training documents
Content of the training documents
Comprehensibility of the training documents
Positive aspects of the training:
Negative aspects of the training

(short description why)
Following topics should be

added:
Following topics should be left

out:
Seite 1 von 2
Service Training
2. Assessment of the speaker
Overall impression
Expertise
Content of the speech
Style of the speech
Use of media
Linguistic qualities
Remarks regarding the

speaker:
3. Assessment of the surroundings

Premises
Media / technology
Meals
Organisation
4. Information of the training participant

Field of duty in your company/subsidiary?
How long have you been working with HAMM products?
In how many trainings have you already participated at

company HAMM?
5. Proposals, ideas, helpful suggestions
Seite 2 von 2
List of participants
Trainer: Place/ Date:
Topic:
Family name: First name: Company: Position Signature:

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

S3000 H188-H189

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

S3000 H188-H189

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Service Training

02 - Operators manual / maintenance

06 - Electric circuit diagrams

07 - Hydraulic circuit diagrams

3205 3307 3410 3412 3516

3411 3414 3518

3205 P 3307 P 3410 P 3412 P 3516 P

3307 HT 3412 HT 3516 HT 3625 HT

3307 HT VIO 3412 HT VIO

Type designation e.g. 3307

View of roller drum from the left

Engine room 3307 / ..HT

View of roller drum from the right

Engine (Type view)

Engine (Cooling air duct)

Switch box Standard

Switch box HAMMtronic

Filter indicator for

Main filter for

Oil dip stick

Engine oil filter

Brake release valve

Engine compartment (left side) 3205 (H188)

Engine compartment (right side) 3205 (H188)

Filter indicator for

Main filter for

Oil dip stick

Engine oil filter Fuel pre-filter

Engine compartment (right side) 3307 (H159) Starter relay

Brake release valve

Engine compartment (left side) 3307 (H189)

Engine compartment (right side) 3307 (H189)

3205 3307 3205 3307 3412 3625

oil cooled water cooled water cooled

Intake of air on the highest

High cooling performance,

Switch box Standard (H158, H159)

Manual pump for

Fuses and relays

Plug for Hamm

Switch box Standard (H158, H159)

Connections for HCM

Switch box Standard (H188, H189)

Switch box HAMMtronic Installation of

Manual pump for

Fuses and relays

Plug for Hamm

Switch box HAMMtronic

Connections for HCM

Connection for diagnostics (laptop)

Switch box HAMMtronic (H188, H189)

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Operating elements standard machine

Monitoring elements on the standard display

Engine speed display Frequency display

Starting and Preselection of final Constant

Automatic adjustment of hydraulic axle drive and drum

Automatic control of preselected frequency independent of